Table of Contents

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

 

FORM 20‑F

 

 

(Mark One)

   REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

OR

 

   ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the fiscal year ended December 31,  20172018

 

OR

 

   TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

OR

 

☐   SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

Date of event requiring this shell company report: Not applicable

For the transition period from          to         

 

Commission file number 001‑36622

 

 

PROQR THERAPEUTICS N.V.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

The Netherlands

(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

 

Zernikedreef 9

2333 CK Leiden

The Netherlands

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

Smital Shah, Chief Business and Financial Officer

Tel: +31 88 166 7000

sshah@proqr.com, Zernikedreef 9, 2333 CK Leiden, The Netherlands

(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)

 

 

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class

    

Name of each exchange on which registered

Ordinary Shares, nominal value € 0.04 per share

 

NASDAQ Stock Market

 

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:


 

Table of Contents

None

(Title of Class)

 

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act:

None

(Title of Class)

 

 

 

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report.

Ordinary shares, nominal value € 0.04 per share: 31,921,86538,872,936

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

☐ Yes   ☒ No

 

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

☐ Yes   ☒ No

 

Note – Checking the box above will not relieve any registrant required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 from their obligations under those Sections.

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

☒ Yes   ☐ No

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S‑T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).

☒ Yes   ☐ No

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer.filer or an emerging growth company. See definition of “accelerated filer and large“large accelerated filer”,  “accelerated filer”, and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b‑2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

 

 

 

 

 

☐ Large accelerated filer

☒ Accelerated filer

☐ Non-accelerated filer

☒ Emerging growth company

If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards†  provided pursuant to section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

†The term “new or revised financial accounting standard” refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

☐ U.S. GAAP

☒ International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board

☐ Other

 

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.

☐ Item 17   ☐ Item 18

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b‑2 of the Exchange Act).

☐ Yes   ☒ No

 

 

 


 

Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

Page

 

 

 

Introduction 

4

 

 

Forward-looking statements 

5

 

 

Part I 

6

 

 

 

Item 1 Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers

6

 

 

 

Item 2 Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable

6

 

 

 

Item 3 Key Information

6

 

 

 

 

A. Selected financial data

6

 

 

 

 

B. Capitalization and indebtedness

7

 

 

 

 

C. Reasons for the offer and use of proceeds

7

 

 

 

 

D. Risk factors

7

 

 

 

Item 4 Information on the Company

43

45

 

 

 

 

A. History and development of the company

43

45

 

 

 

 

B. Business overview

4345

 

 

 

 

C. Organizational structure

9690

 

 

 

 

D. Property, plants and equipment

9690

 

 

 

Item 4A Unresolved staff comments

9690

 

 

 

Item 5 Operating and Financial Review and Prospects

9690

 

 

 

 

A. Operating results

97

91

 

 

 

 

B. Liquidity and capital resources

103

97

 

 

 

 

C. Research and development, patents and licenses, etc.

107

102

 

 

 

 

D. Trend information

107

102

 

 

 

 

E. Off-balance sheet arrangements

107

102

 

 

 

 

F. Tabular disclosure of contractual obligations

108

102

 

 

 

 

G. Safe harbor

108102

 

 

 

Item 6 Directors, Senior Management and Employees

108102

 

 

 

 

A. Directors and senior management

108102

 

 

 

 

B. Compensation

111105

 

 

 

 

C. Board practices

112107

 

 

 

 

D. Employees

116110

 

 

 

 

E. Share ownership

116110

 

 

 

Item 7 Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions

116110

 

 

 

 

A. Major shareholders

116110

 

 

 

 

B. Related party transactions

118113

 

 

 

 

C. Interests of experts and counsel

119113

 

 

 

Item 8 Financial Information

119113

1


Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

A. Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information

119113

 

 

 

1


 

B. Significant Changes

120114

 

 

 

Item 9 The Offer and Listing

120114

 

 

 

 

A. Offering and listing details

120114

 

 

 

 

B. Plan of distribution

120114

 

 

 

 

C. Markets

120115

 

 

 

 

D. Selling shareholders

120115

 

 

 

 

E. Dilution

121115

 

 

 

 

F. Expenses of the issue

121115

 

 

 

Item 10 Additional Information

121115

 

 

 

 

A. Share capital

121115

 

 

 

 

B. Memorandum and articles of association

121116

 

 

 

 

C. Material contracts

129124

 

 

 

 

D. Exchange controls

129124

 

 

 

 

E. Taxation

130124

 

 

 

 

F. Dividends and paying agents

138132

 

 

 

 

G. Statement by experts

138132

 

 

 

 

H. Documents on display

138132

 

 

 

 

I. Subsidiary information

139132

 

 

 

Item 11 Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

139132

 

 

 

Item 12 Description of Securities other that Equity Securities

140133

 

 

 

 

A. Debt securities

140133

 

 

 

 

B. Warrants and rights

140133

 

 

 

 

C. Other securities

140133

 

 

 

 

D. American depositary shares

140133

 

 

 

Part II 

 

 

 

 

Item 13 Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies

141134

 

 

 

Item 14 Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds

141134

 

 

 

Item 15 Controls and Procedures

141134

 

 

 

 

A. Disclosure controls and procedures

141134

 

 

 

 

B. Management’s annual report on internal control over financial reporting

141134

 

 

 

 

C. Attestation report of the registered public accounting firm

142135

 

 

 

 

D. Changes in internal control over financial reporting

142135

 

 

 

Item 16A Audit Committee Financial Expert

142135

 

2


 

 

 

 

3


 

Introduction

This document contains information required for the annual report on Form 20‑F for the year ended December 31, 20172018 of ProQR Therapeutics N.V. (the “2017“2018 Form 20‑F”). Unless the context specifically indicates otherwise, references in this 20172018 Form 20‑F to “ProQR Therapeutics N.V.”, “ProQR Therapeutics”, “ProQR”, “we”, “our”, “ours”, “us”, the “Company” or similar terms refer to ProQR Therapeutics N.V.

IFRS based information

The audited financial statements as at December 31, 20172018 and 2016,2017, and for the years ended December 31, 2018,  December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, and December 31, 2015, included in the 20172018 Form 20‑F have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).

Non-GAAP information

In presenting and discussing our financial position, operating results and cash flows, management uses certain non-GAAP financial measures. These non-GAAP financial measures should not be viewed in isolation as alternatives to the equivalent IFRS measure and should be used in conjunction with the most directly comparable IFRS measure(s).

Exchange rates

All references in this annual report to “U.S. dollars” or “$” are to the legal currency of the United States, and all references to “€” or “euro” are to the currency of the European Economic and Monetary Union. Our business to date has been conducted primarily in the European Union, and we prepare our financial statements in euros.

Fair value information

In presenting our financial position, fair values are used for the measurement of various items in accordance with the applicable accounting standards. These fair values are based on market prices, where available, and are obtained from sources that are deemed to be reliable. Readers are cautioned that these values are subject to changes over time and are only valid at the balance sheet date. When quoted prices or observable market values do not exist, fair values are estimated using valuation models, which we believe are appropriate for their purpose. They require management to make significant assumptions with respect to future developments which are inherently uncertain and may therefore deviate from actual developments. Critical assumptions used are disclosed in the financial statements. In certain cases, independent valuations are obtained to support management’s determination of fair values.

Trademarks

“ProQR” and “Axiomer” are our trademarks. Other trademarks or trade names referred to in this annual report are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, the trademarks and trade names in this annual report may be referred to without the ® and ™ symbols, but such references should not be construed as any indicator that their respective owners will not assert, to the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, their rights thereto.

4


 

Forward-looking statements

Pursuant to provisions of the United States Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, ProQR is providing the following cautionary statement.

This document contains certain forward looking statements with respect to the financial condition, results of operations and business of ProQR and certain of the plans and objectives of ProQR with respect to these items. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in these forward-looking statements are reasonable, these statements relate to future events, including our clinical development plans or our future financial performance, and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements, including in relation to the clinical development of sepofarsen (formerly known as QR-110),  QR-411,  QR-421a, QR-1123, eluforsen (formerly known as QR‑010), QR‑110, QR‑313, QR-421a or any other pipeline program, to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements, including in relation to the clinical development of sepofarsen,  QR-411, QR-421a, QR-1123, eluforsen QR‑110, QR‑313, QR-421a or any other pipeline program, expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements can be identified generally as those containing words as “aim,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “predict,” “project,” “target,” “potential,” “will,” “would,” “could,” “should,” “continue,” and similar expressions, although not all forward-looking statements contain these identifying words.

Forward-looking statements appear in a number of places in this Annual Report and include, but are not limited to, statements regarding our intent, belief or current expectations. Forward-looking statements are based on our management’s beliefs and assumptions and on information currently available to management. By their nature, forward-looking statements involve risk and uncertainty, because they relate to events that depend on circumstances that will occur in the future. As a result, ProQR’s actual future results may differ materially from the plans, goals and expectations set forth in such forward-looking statements. For a discussion of factors that could cause future results to differ from such forward-looking statements, reference is made to the information in Item 3.D: “Risk Factors”.

Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made, and we do not undertake any obligation to update them in light of new information or future developments or to release publicly any revisions to these statements in order to reflect later events or circumstances or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

5


 

Part I

Item 1: Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers

Not applicable.

Item 2: Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable

Not applicable.

Item 3: Key Information

A. Selected financial data

The following table sets forth selected financial data for ProQR Therapeutics N.V. for the periods indicated. We derived the selected financial data from our consolidated audited financial statements 20132014 through 2017.2018.

Our historical results for any prior period are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected in any future period. The information set forth below should be read in conjunction with the information in Item 5: “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” and with our audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this annual report. Our financial statements are prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

Year Ended

 

Year Ended

 

Year Ended

 

Year Ended

 

 

December 31, 

 

December 31, 

 

December 31, 

 

December 31, 

 

December 31, 

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

(€ in thousands, except for per share data)

Statement of comprehensive loss data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other income

 

 

1,495

 

 

1,828

 

 

3,235

 

 

313

 

 

116

Research and development costs

 

 

(31,153)

 

 

(31,923)

 

 

(23,401)

 

 

(10,267)

 

 

(2,569)

General and administrative costs

 

 

(10,840)

 

 

(9,478)

 

 

(6,837)

 

 

(6,507)

 

 

(786)

Operating result

 

 

(40,498)

 

 

(39,573)

 

 

(27,003)

 

 

(16,461)

 

 

(3,239)

Finance income and expense

 

 

(3,175)

 

 

470

 

 

6,171

 

 

4,334

 

 

(14)

Corporate income taxes

 

 

(2)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Result for the year

 

 

(43,675)

 

 

(39,103)

 

 

(20,832)

 

 

(12,127)

 

 

(3,253)

Other comprehensive income

 

 

151

 

 

(16)

 

 

 1

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Total comprehensive loss (attributable to equity holders of the Company)

 

 

(43,524)

 

 

(39,119)

 

 

(20,831)

 

 

(12,127)

 

 

(3,253)

Share information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average number of shares outstanding

 

 

25,374,807

 

 

23,346,507

 

 

23,343,262

 

 

11,082,801

 

 

5,517,688

Earnings per share for result attributable to the equity holders of the Company (expressed in Euro per share) Basic and diluted loss per share

 

(1.72)

 

(1.67)

 

(0.89)

 

(1.09)

 

(0.59)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As at December 31, 

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

    

2014

    

2013

 

 

(€ in thousands)

Statement of financial position data:

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Cash and cash equivalents

 

48,099

 

59,200

 

94,865

 

112,736

 

4,129

Total assets

 

53,103

 

65,543

 

100,109

 

115,247

 

4,504

Total liabilities

 

13,778

 

12,407

 

10,310

 

5,843

 

4,593

Total shareholders’ equity

 

39,363

 

53,136

 

89,799

 

109,404

 

(89)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

Year Ended

 

Year Ended

 

Year Ended

 

Year Ended

 

 

December 31, 

 

December 31, 

 

December 31, 

 

December 31, 

 

December 31, 

 

 

2018

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

2014

 

 

(€ in thousands, except for per share data)

Statement of comprehensive loss data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other income

 

 

5,761

 

 

1,495

 

 

1,828

 

 

3,235

 

 

313

Research and development costs

 

 

(29,514)

 

 

(31,153)

 

 

(31,923)

 

 

(23,401)

 

 

(10,267)

General and administrative costs

 

 

(12,540)

 

 

(10,840)

 

 

(9,478)

 

 

(6,837)

 

 

(6,507)

Operating result

 

 

(36,293)

 

 

(40,498)

 

 

(39,573)

 

 

(27,003)

 

 

(16,461)

Finance income and expense

 

 

(792)

 

 

(3,175)

 

 

470

 

 

6,171

 

 

4,334

Corporate income taxes

 

 

(1)

 

 

(2)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Result for the year

 

 

(37,086)

 

 

(43,675)

 

 

(39,103)

 

 

(20,832)

 

 

(12,127)

Other comprehensive income

 

 

(28)

 

 

151

 

 

(16)

 

 

 1

 

 

 —

Total comprehensive loss (attributable to equity holders of the Company)

 

 

(37,114)

 

 

(43,524)

 

 

(39,119)

 

 

(20,831)

 

 

(12,127)

Share information

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Weighted average number of shares outstanding

 

 

34,052,520

 

 

25,374,807

 

 

23,346,507

 

 

23,343,262

 

 

11,082,801

Earnings per share for result attributable to the equity holders of the Company (expressed in Euro per share) Basic and diluted loss per share

 

(1.08)

 

(1.72)

 

(1.67)

 

(0.89)

 

(1.09)

 

6


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As at December 31, 

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

    

2014

 

 

(€ in thousands)

Statement of financial position data:

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Cash and cash equivalents

 

105,580

 

48,099

 

94,865

 

112,736

 

4,129

Total assets

 

110,231

 

53,103

 

100,109

 

115,247

 

4,504

Total liabilities

 

17,546

 

13,778

 

10,310

 

5,843

 

4,593

Total shareholders’ equity

 

92,915

 

39,363

 

89,799

 

109,404

 

(89)

Exchange rate information

Our business is primarily conducted in the European Union, and we maintain our books and records in euros. We have presented results of operations in euros. In this annual report, translations from euros to U.S. dollars were made at a rate of $ 1.19931.1450 to € 1.00, the official exchange rate quoted by the European Central Bank at the close of business on December 31, 2017.2018. As at March 9, 2018,11, 2019, the official exchange rate of Euro to U.S. dollars was $ 1.22911.1244 to € 1.00. Such U.S. dollar amounts are not necessarily indicative of the amounts of U.S. dollars that could actually have been purchased upon exchange of euros at the dates indicated.

The following table presents information on the exchange rates between the euro and the U.S. dollar for the periods indicated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Period-end

    

Average for period

    

Low

    

High

 

 

(€ per U.S. dollar)

Year ended December 31, 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

2013

 

1.3791

 

1.3281

 

1.2768

 

1.3814

2014

 

1.2141

 

1.3285

 

1.2141

 

1.3953

2015

 

1.0887

 

1.1095

 

1.0552

 

1.2043

2016

 

1.0541

 

1.1069

 

1.0364

 

1.1569

2017

 

1.1993

 

1.1297

 

1.0385

 

1.2060

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Month ended

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

September 30, 2017

 

1.1806

 

1.1915

 

1.1741

 

1.2060

October 31, 2017

 

1.1638

 

1.1756

 

1.1605

 

1.1856

November 30, 2017

 

1.1849

 

1.1738

 

1.1562

 

1.1952

December 31, 2017

 

1.1993

 

1.1836

 

1.1736

 

1.1993

January 31, 2018

 

1.2457

 

1.2200

 

1.1932

 

1.2457

February 28, 2018

 

1.2214

 

1.2348

 

1.2214

 

1.2493

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Period-end

    

Average for period

    

Low

    

High

 

 

(€ per U.S. dollar)

Year ended December 31, 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

2014

 

1.2141

 

1.3285

 

1.2141

 

1.3953

2015

 

1.0887

 

1.1095

 

1.0552

 

1.2043

2016

 

1.0541

 

1.1069

 

1.0364

 

1.1569

2017

 

1.1993

 

1.1297

 

1.0385

 

1.2060

2018

 

1.1450

 

1.1810

 

1.1261

 

1.2493

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Month ended

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

September 30, 2018

 

1.1576

 

1.1659

 

1.1562

 

1.1777

October 31, 2018

 

1.1318

 

1.1484

 

1.1318

 

1.1606

November 30, 2018

 

1.1359

 

1.1367

 

1.1261

 

1.1487

December 31, 2018

 

1.1450

 

1.1384

 

1.1285

 

1.1454

January 31, 2019

 

1.1488

 

1.1416

 

1.1341

 

1.1535

February 28, 2019

 

1.1416

 

1.1351

 

1.1260

 

1.1471

 

B. Capitalization and indebtedness

Not applicable.

C. Reasons for the offer and use of proceeds

Not applicable.

D. Risk factors

Our business is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties. If any of these risks actually occurs, our business, prospects, operating results and financial condition could suffer materially. These risks include, but are not limited to, the following:

7


Risks Related to Our Capital Needs and Financial Position

We are a clinical stage biopharmaceutical company with a history of losses. We expect to continue to incur significant losses for the foreseeable future and may never achieve or maintain profitability, which could result in a decline in the market value of our ordinary shares.

We are a clinical stage biopharmaceutical company with a limited operating history, engaged in the discovery and development of RNA-based therapeutics for the treatment of severe genetic disorders. Since our inception in February 2012, we have devoted a significant portion of our resources to the development of our product candidates in cystic fibrosis (CF),  eluforsen,  Leber’s congenital amaurosis (LCA),  QR‑110,sepofarsen, epidermolysis bullosa (EB), QR‑313 and Usher syndrome, QR-421a. We have had significant operating losses since our inception. Our net losses for the years

7


ended December 31, 2015,2016,  December 31, 20162017 and December 31, 20172018 were, € 20,832,000,39,103,000, € 39,103,00043,675,000 and    € 43,675,00037,086,000 respectively. At December 31, 2017,2018, we had an accumulated deficit of € 119,370,000.155,443,000. Substantially all of our losses have resulted from expenses incurred in connection with our research and development programs and from general and administrative costs associated with our operations. Our technologies and product candidates are in early stages of development, and we are subject to the risks of failure inherent in the development of product candidates based on novel technologies.

To date, the only income we have generated has been from the receipt of (government) research grants. Our ability to generate revenue and become profitable depends upon our ability to obtain marketing approval and successfully commercialize eluforsen, QR‑110, QR‑313,sepofarsen,  QR-421a, QR-1123 or any other product candidates that we may develop, in-license or acquire in the future.

Even if we are able to successfully achieve regulatory approval for these product candidates, we do not know when any of these product candidates will generate revenue for us, if at all. We have not generated, and do not expect to generate, any product revenue for the foreseeable future, and we expect to continue to incur significant operating losses for the foreseeable future due to the cost of research and development, pre-clinicalpreclinical studies and clinical trials and the regulatory approval process for product candidates. The amount of future losses is uncertain. Our ability to achieve profitability, if ever, will depend on, among other things, us or any future collaborators successfully developing product candidates, obtaining regulatory approvals to market and commercialize product candidates, manufacturing any approved products on commercially reasonable terms, establishing a sales and marketing organization or suitable third party alternatives for any approved product and raising sufficient funds to finance business activities. If we or any future collaborators are unable to develop and commercialize one or more of our product candidates or if sales revenue from any product candidate that receives approval is insufficient, we will not achieve profitability, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Our ability to generate revenue from our product candidates also depends on a number of additional factors, including our ability to:

·

successfully complete development activities, including the ongoing and planned pre-clinicalpreclinical and clinical studies for our product candidates;

·

complete and submit New Drug Applications, or NDAs, to the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, and Marketing Authorization Applications, or MAAs, to the European Medicines Agency, or EMA, and obtain regulatory approval for indications for which there is a commercial market;

·

complete and submit applications to, and obtain regulatory approval from, other foreign regulatory authorities;

·

set a commercially viable price for any products for which we may receive approval;

·

obtain commercial quantities of our products at acceptable cost levels;

·

develop a commercial organization capable of sales, marketing and distribution for the products we intend to sell ourselves in the markets in which we have retained commercialization rights;

8


·

find suitable partners to help us market, sell and distribute our approved products that we do not intend to sell ourselves in one or more markets;

·

achieve acceptance among patients, clinicians and advocacy groups for any product we develop; and

·

obtain coverage and adequate reimbursement for our products from third-parties, including government payors.

In addition, because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with product development, including the risk that our product candidates may not advance through development or be shown to be safe and effective for their intended

8


uses, the FDA, the EMA or other regulatory agencies may require additional clinical trials or pre-clinicalpreclinical studies or impose post-approval requirements.

We are unable to predict the timing or amount of increased expenses, or when or if we will be able to achieve or maintain profitability. Even if we are able to complete the processes described above, we anticipate incurring significant costs associated with commercializing our product candidates. Moreover, our first commercial sale of eluforsen, if ever, will trigger a milestone payment to Cystic Fibrosis Foundation Therapeutics, Inc., or CFFT, of approximately $ 16 million pursuant to our agreement with CFFT, and we may not have sufficient funds to support this payment obligation. Commercialization of QR-421a will trigger payments of up to $ 37.5 million pursuant to our agreement with Foundation Fighting Blindness, or FFB. Under our collaboration with Ionis related to our QR-1123 product candidate, we will be required to make payments to Ionis upon achievement of development and sales milestones, and royalty payments as a percentage of annual net sales. See “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Clinical support agreement”Prospects” and the notes to the financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report for more details on these transactions.

Even if we are able to generate revenues from the sale of any of our product candidates, we may not become profitable and may need to obtain additional funding to continue operations. If we fail to become profitable or are unable to sustain profitability on a continuing basis, then we may be unable to continue our operations at planned levels and be forced to reduce our operations.

We will require additional capital to fund our operations and if we fail to obtain necessary financing, we will not be able to complete the development and commercialization of our product candidates.

Our operations have consumed substantial amounts of cash since inception. We expect to continue to spend substantial amounts to conduct further research and development and pre-clinicalpreclinical testing and clinical trials of our product candidates, to seek regulatory approvals for our product candidates and to launch and commercialize any product candidates for which we receive regulatory approval, including potentially building our own commercial organization to address the United States, the European Union and certain other markets. As at December 31, 2017,2018, we had € 48,099,000105,580,000 in cash and cash equivalents. Based on our current operating plan, we believe that the existing cash and cash equivalents will be sufficient to fund our anticipated level of operations into the second half of 2019.2021. However, our future capital requirements and the period for which our existing resources will support our operations may vary significantly from what we expect. Our monthly spending levels will vary based on new and ongoing development and corporate activities. Because the length of time and activities associated with successful development of our product candidates is highly uncertain, we are unable to estimate the actual funds we will require for development and any approved marketing and commercialization activities. Our future funding requirements, both near and long-term, will depend on many factors, including, but not limited to:

·

the initiation, progress, timing, costs and results of pre-clinicalpreclinical studies and clinical trials for our product candidates;

·

the clinical development plans we establish for these product candidates;

·

the number and characteristics of product candidates that we develop or may in-license, or programs that we may pursue in our innovation unit;

·

the terms of any collaboration arrangements we may choose to enter into;

9


·

the outcome, timing and cost of meeting regulatory requirements established by the FDA, the EMA and other comparable foreign regulatory authorities;

·

the cost of filing, prosecuting, defending and enforcing our patent claims and other intellectual property rights;

·

the cost of defending intellectual property disputes, including patent infringement actions brought by third parties against us or our product candidates;

9


·

the effect of competing technological and market developments;

·

the cost and timing of completion of commercial-scale outsourced manufacturing activities; and

·

the cost of establishing sales, marketing and distribution capabilities for any product candidates for which we may receive regulatory approval in regions where we choose to commercialize our products on our own.

We cannot be certain that additional funding will be available on acceptable terms, or at all. If we are unable to raise additional capital in sufficient amounts or on terms acceptable to us, we may have to significantly delay, scale back or discontinue the development or commercialization of one or more of our products or product candidates or one or more of our other research and development initiatives. We also could be required to seek collaborators for one or more of our current or future product candidates at an earlier stage than otherwise would be desirable or on terms that are less favorable than might otherwise be available or relinquish or license on unfavorable terms our rights to technologies or product candidates that we otherwise would seek to develop or commercialize ourselves.

Raising additional capital may cause dilution to our existing shareholders, restrict our operations or require us to relinquish rights to our technologies or product candidates.

We may seek additional capital through a combination of private and public equity offerings, debt financings, strategic partnerships and alliances and licensing arrangements. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, existing ownership interests will be diluted and the terms of such financings may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect the rights of existing shareholders. Debt financings may be coupled with an equity component, such as warrants to purchase shares, which could also result in dilution of our existing shareholders’ ownership. The incurrence of indebtedness would result in increased fixed payment obligations and could also result in certain restrictive covenants, such as limitations on our ability to incur additional debt, limitations on our ability to acquire or license intellectual property rights and other operating restrictions that could adversely impact our ability to conduct our business and may result in liens being placed on our assets and intellectual property. If we were to default on such indebtedness, we could lose such assets and intellectual property. If we raise additional funds through strategic partnerships and alliances and licensing arrangements with third parties, we may have to relinquish valuable rights to our product candidates, or grant licenses on terms that are not favorable to us.

We have a limited operating history, which may make it difficult for you to evaluate the success of our business to date and to assess our future viability.

We were founded in February 2012 and began operations in May 2012. Our operations to date have been limited to organizing and staffing our company, acquiring and developing product and technology rights, and conducting development activities for our product candidates. Consequently, any predictions about our future success, performance or viability may not be as accurate as they could be if we had a longer operating history, more experience with clinical development or approved products on the market.

10


Risks Related to the Development and Regulatory Approval of our Product Candidates

We depend on the success of our product candidates, which are still in early phases of development. We cannot be certain that we will be able to successfully complete the clinical development of, obtain regulatory approval for, or successfully commercialize our product candidates.

We currently have no products on the market, and our most advancedonly one of four product candidate,candidates, eluforsen, has only in 2017 completed its second clinical trial.trial in 2017. In September 2018, we reported interim results from our Phase 1/2 clinical trial of our lead product candidate, sepofarsen, and we only recently in January 2019 reached agreement with the FDA on the design of a proposed Phase 2/3 pivotal trial for this candidate.  While we expect to initiate this trial in the first half of 2019, there can be no assurance that we will commence this trial in the expected timeframe or at all.  Our business depends on the successful clinical development, regulatory approval and commercialization of our product candidates, and will require additional pre-clinicalpreclinical testing and substantial additional clinical development and regulatory approval efforts before we are permitted to commence its commercialization, if ever. It will be several years before we can commence and complete a pivotal study for any of our product candidates, if ever. The clinical trials and manufacturing and marketing of our product candidates will be subject to extensive and rigorous review and regulation by numerous government authorities in the United States, the European Union and other jurisdictions where we intend to test and, if approved, market our product candidates. Before obtaining regulatory

10


approvals for the commercial sale of any product candidate, we must demonstrate through pre-clinicalpreclinical testing and clinical trials that the product candidate is safe and effective for use in each target indication, and potentially in specific patient populations, including the pediatric population. This process can take many years and may include post-marketing studies and surveillance, which would require the expenditure of substantial resources beyond our existing funds. Of the large number of drugs in development for approval in the United States and the European Union, only a small percentage successfully complete the FDA or EMA regulatory approval processes, as applicable, and are commercialized. Accordingly, even if we are able to obtain the requisite financing to continue to fund our research, development and clinical programs, we cannot assure you that any of our product candidates will be successfully developed or commercialized.

The regulatory approval processes of the FDA, the EMA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities are lengthy, time-consuming and inherently unpredictable, and if we are ultimately unable to obtain regulatory approval for our product candidates, our business will be substantially harmed.

We are not permitted to market our product candidates in the United States or the European Union until we receive approval of an NDA from the FDA or an MAA from the European Commission, respectively, or in any other foreign countries until we receive the requisite approval from such countries. Prior to submitting an NDA to the FDA or an MAA to the EMA for approval of our product candidates, we will need to complete ourthe ongoing pre-clinicalpreclinical and toxicology studies, as well as a proof-of-concept study and Phase 1, Phase 2 and Phase 3 clinical trials. While we intend to submit marketing applications for our product candidates that successfully complete clinical development, there can be no assurance that we will be able to do so in a timely manner or at all. Successfully initiating and completing our clinical programprograms and obtaining approval of an NDA or a MAA is a complex, lengthy, expensive and uncertain process, and the FDA, the EMA or other comparable foreign regulatory authorities may delay, limit or deny approval of our product candidates for many reasons, including, among others:

·

we may not be able to demonstrate that our product candidates are safe and effective in treating patients to the satisfaction of the FDA or the EMA;

·

the results of our clinical trials may not meet the level of statistical or clinical significance required by the FDA or the EMA for marketing approval;

·

the FDA or the EMA may disagree with the number, design, size, conduct or implementation of our clinical trials;

·

the FDA or the EMA may require that we conduct additional clinical trials;

·

the FDA or the EMA or other applicable foreign regulatory agencies may not approve the formulation, labeling or specifications of our product candidates;

11


·

the clinical research organizations, or CROs, that we retain to conduct our clinical trials may take actions outside of our control that materially adversely impact our clinical trials;

·

the FDA or the EMA may find the data from pre-clinicalpreclinical studies and clinical trials insufficient to demonstrate that the clinical and other benefits of our products outweigh their safety risks;

·

the FDA or the EMA may disagree with our interpretation of data from our pre-clinicalpreclinical studies and clinical trials;

·

the FDA or the EMA may not accept data generated at our clinical trial sites;

·

if our NDAs or MAAs, if and when submitted, are reviewed by the FDA or the EMA, as applicable, the regulatory agency may have difficulties scheduling the necessary review meetings in a timely manner, may recommend against approval of our application or may recommend that the FDA or the EMA, as applicable, require, as a condition of approval, additional pre-clinicalpreclinical studies or clinical trials, limitations on approved labeling or distribution and use restrictions;

11


·

the FDA may require development of a Risk Evaluation and Mitigation Strategy as a condition of approval or post-approval, and the EMA may grant only conditional approval or impose specific obligations as a condition for marketing authorization, or may require us to conduct post-authorization safety studies;

·

the FDA, the EMA or other applicable foreign regulatory agencies may not approve the manufacturing processes or facilities of third-party manufacturers with which we contract; or

·

the FDA or the EMA may change their approval policies or adopt new regulations.

Any of these factors, many of which are beyond our control, could jeopardize our ability to obtain regulatory approval for and successfully market our product candidates. Any such setback in our pursuit of regulatory approval would have a material adverse effect on our business and prospects.

Changes in regulatory requirements, FDA guidance or unanticipated events during our clinical studies may occur, which may result in changes to clinical study protocols or additional clinical study requirements, which could result in increased costs to us and could delay our development timeline.

Changes in regulatory requirements, FDA guidance or unanticipated events during our clinical studies may force us to amend clinical study protocols or the FDA may impose additional clinical study requirements, or involve delays to the clinical trials. Amendments to our clinical study protocols would require resubmission to the FDA and IRBs for review and approval, which may adversely impact the cost, timing and/or successful completion of a clinical study. For example, while we have reached agreement with the FDA on the design of a proposed Phase 2/3 pivotal trial for our lead product candidate sepofarsen, there can be no assurance that there will be no changes to the planned design of this trial or that we will not be required to conduct additional testing for this product candidate. If we experience delays completing—or if we terminate—any of our clinical studies, or if we are required to conduct additional clinical studies, the commercial prospects for our product candidates may be harmed and our ability to generate product revenue will be delayed.

Failures or delays in the commencement or completion of our pre-clinicalpreclinical studies or ongoing or planned clinical trials of our product candidates could result in increased costs to us and could delay, prevent or limit our ability to generate revenue and continue our business.

Successful completion of clinical trials is a prerequisite to submitting an NDA to the FDA or a MAA to the EMA and, consequently, the ultimate approval and commercial marketing of our product candidates. Clinical trials are expensive, difficult to design and implement, can take many years to complete and are uncertain as to outcome. A product candidate can unexpectedly fail at any stage of clinical development. The historical failure rate for product candidates is high due to scientific feasibility, safety, efficacy, changing standards of medical care and other variables. We do not know

12


whether our clinical trials will begin or be completed on schedule, if at all, as the commencement and completion of clinical trials can be delayed or prevented for a number of reasons, including, among others:

·

delays in reaching or failing to reach agreement on acceptable terms with prospective CROs and trial sites, the terms of which can be subject to extensive negotiation and may vary significantly among different CROs and trial sites;

·

inadequate quantity or quality of a product candidate or other materials necessary to conduct clinical trials;

·

difficulties obtaining institutional review board, or IRB, or ethics committee approval to conduct a clinical trial at a prospective site or sites;

·

challenges in recruiting and enrolling patients to participate in clinical trials, including the size and nature of the patient population, the proximity of patients to clinical sites, eligibility criteria for the clinical trial, the nature of the clinical trial protocol, the availability of approved effective treatments for the relevant disease and competition from other clinical trial programs for similar indications;

·

severe or unexpected drug-related side effects experienced by patients in our clinical trials or by individuals using drugs similar to our product candidates;

12


·

reports from pre-clinicalpreclinical or clinical testing of other RNA therapies that raise safety or efficacy concerns; or

·

difficulties retaining patients who have enrolled in a clinical trial but may be prone to withdraw due to lack of efficacy, side effects, personal issues or loss of interest.

Clinical trials may also be delayed or terminated as a result of ambiguous or negative interim results. In addition, a clinical trial may be suspended or terminated by us, the FDA, or the IRBs at the sites where the IRBs are overseeing a clinical trial, a data safety monitoring board, or DSMB, overseeing the clinical trial at issue or other regulatory authorities due to a number of factors, including, among others:

·

failure to conduct the clinical trial in accordance with regulatory requirements or our clinical protocols;

·

inspection of the clinical trial operations or trial sites by the FDA, the EMA or other regulatory authorities that reveals deficiencies or violations that require us to undertake corrective action, including the imposition of a clinical hold;

·

unforeseen safety issues, including any that could be identified in our ongoing toxicology studies, adverse side effects or lack of effectiveness;

·

changes in government regulations or administrative actions;

·

problems with clinical supply materials; and

·

lack of adequate funding to continue the clinical trial.

Positive results from the clinical trials and pre-clinicalpreclinical testing of our product candidates are not necessarily predictive of the results of our ongoing and planned clinical trials of our product candidates. If we cannot achieve positive results in our clinical trials for our product candidates, we may be unable to successfully develop, obtain regulatory approval for and commercialize them.

Positive results from the clinical trials and pre-clinicalpreclinical testing of our product candidates in vitro and in vivo may not necessarily be predictive of the results from our ongoing and planned clinical trials in humans. For example, the interim results that we observed from our Phase 1/2 clinical trial of sepofarsen may not be repeated in ongoing or planned clinical trials for this candidate, and the therapeutic activity observed in prior trials may not be replicated in future clinical trials. Many companies in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries have suffered significant setbacks in

13


clinical trials after achieving positive results in pre-clinicalpreclinical and early clinical development, and we cannot be certain that we will not face similar setbacks. These setbacks have been caused by, among other things, pre-clinicalpreclinical findings made while clinical trials were underway or safety or efficacy observations made in clinical trials, including adverse events. For example, in our Phase 1/2 clinical trial of sepofarsen, adverse events observed after longer duration of treatment included mild cystoid macular edema and lens opacities. These events were considered likely related to study medication and are consistent with those seen for other ophthalmic and intravitreal oligonucleotide therapies. While these adverse events did not result in any trial discontinuations, there can be no assurance that adverse events that are more serious will not arise in ongoing or future clinical trials of our product candidates. Moreover, pre-clinicalpreclinical and clinical data are often susceptible to varying interpretations and analyses, and many companies that believed their product candidates performed satisfactorily in pre-clinicalpreclinical studies and clinical trials nonetheless failed to obtain FDA or EMA approval. If we fail to produce positive results in our clinical trials of our lead product candidates, the development timeline and regulatory approval and commercialization prospects for those product candidates, and, correspondingly, our business and financial prospects would be materially adversely affected.

Our RNA technologies are unproven and may not result in marketable products.

We plan to develop a pipeline of product candidates using our proprietary RNA technologies for severe genetic disorders. We believe that targeting the mRNA to restore the production of normalfunctional protein is a unique approach that we believe offers advantages versus small molecule, gene therapy and other therapeutic approaches. However, the scientific research that forms the basis of our efforts to develop product candidates is both preliminary and limited. The mechanism of action of our compounds could be different from what we today hypothesize. Also, we may discover that the molecules we develop do not possess certain properties required for a drug to be effective, such as the ability to remain stable in the human body for the period of time required for the drug to reach the target tissue or the ability to cross the cell wall and enter into cells within the target tissue for effective delivery. We may spend substantial funds attempting to introduce these properties and may never succeed in doing so. For example, while we have discovered and are developing our novel Axiomer RNA editing technology, there can be no assurance that we will be able to leverage our technology to create viable product candidates to advance into the clinic, or develop those candidates to submit for regulatory approval. In addition, product candidates based on

13


RNA technologies may demonstrate different chemical and pharmacological properties in humans than they do in laboratory studies or animals. Even if our product candidates have successful results in animal studies, they may not demonstrate the same chemical and pharmacological properties in humans and may interact with human biological systems or other existing treatments in unforeseen, ineffective or harmful ways. Our RNA technologies may provoke an unwanted immune response, or immunogenicity, which may neutralize the therapeutic effects of our product candidates and could result in harmful outcomes for patients. As a result, we may never succeed in developing a marketable product, we may not become profitable and the value of our ordinary shares would decline.

Furthermore, the FDA and the EMA have relatively limited experience with therapeutics based on RNA. This may increase the complexity, uncertainty and length of the regulatory approval process for our product candidates. Neither we nor any future collaborator may receive approval to market and commercialize any product candidate. Even if we or a collaborator were to obtain regulatory approval, the approval may be for disease indications or patient populations that are not as broad as we intended or may require labeling that includes significant use or distribution restrictions or safety warnings. We or a collaborator may be required to perform additional or unanticipated clinical trials to obtain approval or be subject to post-marketing testing requirements to maintain regulatory approval. If our RNA technology proves to be ineffective, unsafe or commercially unviable, our entire platform and pipeline would have little, if any, value, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Failure to obtain regulatory approval in jurisdictions outside the United States and the European Union would prevent our product candidates from being marketed in those jurisdictions.

In order to market and sell our products in jurisdictions other than the United States and the European Union, we must obtain separate marketing approvals and comply with numerous and varying regulatory requirements. The regulatory approval process outside the United States and the European Union generally includes all of the risks associated with obtaining FDA and EMA approval, but can involve additional testing. We may need to partner with third parties in order to obtain approvals outside the United States and the European Union. In addition, in many countries worldwide, it is required that the product be approved for reimbursement before the product can be approved for sale in that country. We may not obtain approvals from regulatory authorities outside the United States and the European Union on a timely

14


basis, if at all. Even if we were to receive approval in the United States or the European Union, approval by the FDA or the EMA does not ensure approval by regulatory authorities in other countries or jurisdictions. Similarly, approval by one regulatory authority outside the United States and the European Union would not ensure approval by regulatory authorities in other countries or jurisdictions or by the FDA or the EMA. We may not be able to file for marketing approvals and may not receive necessary approvals to commercialize our products in any market. If we are unable to obtain approval of our product candidates by regulatory authorities in other foreign jurisdictions, the commercial prospects of those product candidates may be significantly diminished and our business prospects could decline.

If we are not able to obtain and maintain orphan product exclusivity for eluforsen, QR‑110, QR-313,sepofarsen, QR-411 or QR-421a, eluforsen, or obtain such status for future product candidates for which we seek this status, or if our competitors are able to obtain orphan product exclusivity before we do, we may not be able to obtain approval for our competing products for a significant period of time.

Regulatory authorities in some jurisdictions, including the United States and the European Union, may designate drugs for relatively small patient populations as orphan drugs. Under the Orphan Drug Act, the FDA may designate a product as an orphan drug if it is a drug intended to treat a rare disease or condition, which is generally defined as a patient population of fewer than 200,000 individuals in the United States who have been diagnosed as having the disease or condition at the time of the submission of the request for orphan drug designation. Under Regulation No. (EC) 141/2000 on Orphan Medicinal Products, a medicinal product may be designated as an orphan medicinal product if, among other things, it is intended for the diagnosis, prevention or treatment of a life-threatening or chronically debilitating condition affecting not more than five in 10,000 people in the European Union. Generally, if a product with an orphan drug designation subsequently receives the first marketing approval for the indication for which it has such designation, the product is entitled to a period of market exclusivity. This exclusivity precludes the EMA or the FDA, as applicable, from approving another marketing application for the same or, in the EU, a similar drug for the same indication for that time period, unless, among other things, the later product is clinically superior. The applicable period is seven years in the United States and ten years in the European Union following marketing approval. The EU exclusivity period can be

14


reduced to six years if a drug no longer meets the criteria for orphan drug designation, for example if the drug is sufficiently profitable so that market exclusivity is no longer justified.

Orphan drug exclusivity may be lost if the FDA or EMA determines that the request for designation was materially defective, or if the manufacturer is unable to assure sufficient quantity of the drug to meet the needs of patients with the rare disease or condition or if the incidence and prevalence of patients who are eligible to receive the drug in these markets materially increase. Although we have obtained orphan designation for several of our product candidates in the European Union and the United States, even after an orphan drug is approved, the same or, in the EU, a similar drug can subsequently be approved for the same condition if the competent regulatory agency concludes that the later drug is safer, more effective or otherwise clinically superior.

If we lose orphan drug exclusivity or if our competitors obtain orphan drug exclusivity for other rare diseases or conditions we are targeting before we do, we may be precluded from obtaining marketing authorization or we may lose out on the potential benefits of market exclusivity.

We intend to seek Orphan Drug designation for our other product candidates, but we may not obtain such designation.

A breakthrough therapy designation by the FDA for our product candidates may not lead to a faster development or regulatory review or approval process, and it does not increase the likelihood that our product candidates will receive marketing approval.

We intend to seek a breakthrough therapy designation for eluforsen, QR‑110, QR‑313,sepofarsen, QR-411 and QR-421a, QR-1123, eluforsen and we may do so for other product candidates as well. A breakthrough therapy is defined as a drug that is intended, alone or in combination with one or more other drugs, to treat a serious or life-threatening disease or condition, and preliminary clinical evidence indicates that the drug may demonstrate substantial improvement over existing therapies on one or more clinically significant endpoints. For product candidates that have been designated as breakthrough therapies, interaction and communication between the FDA and the sponsor of the trial can help to identify the most efficient path for clinical development while minimizing the number of patients placed in ineffective control regimens. Product candidates designated as breakthrough therapies by the FDA are also eligible for accelerated approval.

15


Designation as a breakthrough therapy is within the discretion of the FDA. Accordingly, even if we believe that any of our product candidates meets the criteria for designation as a breakthrough therapy, the FDA may disagree and instead determine not to make such designation. The availability of breakthrough therapy designation was established with the passage of the Food and Drug Administration Safety and Innovation Act of 2012, and while the FDA has released guidance as to the criteria it uses in designating drugs as breakthrough therapies, we cannot be sure that our product candidates will meet the FDA’s qualifying criteria for such designation. In any event, the receipt of a breakthrough therapy designation for a product candidate may not result in a faster development process, review or approval compared to drugs considered for approval under conventional FDA procedures and does not assure ultimate approval by the FDA. In addition, even if one or more of our product candidates qualify as breakthrough therapies, the FDA may later decide that the products no longer meet the conditions for qualification or decide that the time period for FDA review or approval will not be shortened.

A fast track designation by the FDA may not actually lead to a faster development, regulatory review or approval process.

We have obtained fast track designation for sepofarsen for LCA,  eluforsen for CF and QR-110QR-421a for LCA.Usher syndrome and retinitis pigmentosa. We intend to seek fast track designation for QR‑313, QR-411, and QR-421a, and we may do so for other product candidates as well. If a drug is intended for the treatment of a serious or life-threatening condition and the drug demonstrates the potential to address unmet medical needs for this condition, the sponsor may apply for FDA fast track designation. The FDA has broad discretion whether or not to grant this designation, and even if we believe one or more of our product candidates is eligible for this designation, we cannot be sure that the FDA would decide to grant it. Even if we do receive fast track designation, we may not experience a faster development process, review or approval compared to conventional FDA procedures. The FDA may withdraw fast track designation if it believes that the designation is no longer supported by data from our clinical development program.

15


Risks Related to Our Dependence on Third Parties

Our development and commercialization strategy for our product candidates relies in part upon certain patent rights that we license from third parties, and termination of such license could have a materially adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Some of our RNA technologies rely in part upon certain patent rights that we license from third parties. Pursuant to our license agreements, we are obligated to use commercially reasonable efforts to develop and make available to the public products or processes as well as to achieve certain specified development, regulatory and commercial milestones. If we do not meet the specified milestones the third party may be able to terminate the license agreement. They may also terminate the license agreement if we are in breach of certain financial obligations or we are otherwise in default of certain obligations under the license agreement. If a license agreement were terminated, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

If third parties on which we depend to conduct our pre-clinicalpreclinical studies or any clinical trials do not perform as contractually required, fail to satisfy regulatory or legal requirements or miss expected deadlines, our development programs could be delayed with materially adverse effects on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We rely on CROs, clinical data management organizations and consultants to design, conduct, supervise and monitor pre-clinicalpreclinical studies and clinical trials for our product candidates. We and our clinical investigators and CROs are required to comply with various regulations, including Good Clinical Practices, or GCP, which are enforced by the FDA, and guidelines of the Competent Authorities of the Member States of the European Economic Area, or EEA, and comparable foreign regulatory authorities to ensure that the health, safety and rights of patients are protected in clinical development and clinical trials, and that trial data integrity is assured. Regulatory authorities ensure compliance with these requirements through periodic inspections of trial sponsors, principal investigators and trial sites. If we or any of our investigators or CROs fail to comply with applicable requirements, the clinical data generated in our clinical trials may be deemed unreliable and the FDA, the EMA or other comparable foreign regulatory authorities may require us to perform additional clinical trials before approving our marketing applications. We cannot assure you that upon inspection by a given regulatory authority, such regulatory authority will determine that any of our clinical trials comply with such requirements. In addition, our clinical trials must be conducted with products produced under current Good

16


Manufacturing Practice, or cGMP, requirements, which mandate the methods, facilities and controls used in manufacturing, processing and packaging of a drug product to ensure its safety and identity. Failure to comply with these regulations may require us to repeat pre-clinicalpreclinical studies and clinical trials, which would delay the regulatory approval process.

Our CROs are not our employees, and except for remedies available to us under our agreements with such CROs, we cannot control whether or not they devote sufficient time and resources to our ongoing clinical and pre-clinicalpreclinical programs. If CROs do not successfully carry out their contractual duties or obligations or meet expected deadlines or if the quality or accuracy of the clinical data they obtain is compromised due to the failure to adhere to our clinical protocols, regulatory requirements or for other reasons, our clinical trials may be extended, delayed or terminated and we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval for or successfully commercialize our product candidates. As a result, our operations and the commercial prospects for our product candidates would be harmed, our costs could increase and our ability to generate revenues could be delayed. Additionally, any significant delays could cause us to miss diligence milestones under our license agreements and could cause licensors to terminate the agreements, which would further harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Because we have relied on third parties, our internal capacity to perform these functions is limited. Outsourcing these functions involves risk that third parties may not perform to our standards, may not produce results in a timely manner or may fail to perform at all. In addition, the use of third-party service providers requires us to disclose our proprietary information to these parties, which could increase the risk that this information will be misappropriated. We currently have a small number of employees, which limits the internal resources we have available to identify and monitor our third-party providers. To the extent we are unable to identify and successfully manage the performance of third-party service providers in the future, our business may be adversely affected. Though we carefully manage our relationships

16


with our CROs, there can be no assurance that we will not encounter similar challenges or delays in the future or that these delays or challenges will not have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and prospects.

If we cannot contract with acceptable third parties on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, or if these third parties do not carry out their contractual duties, satisfy legal and regulatory requirements for the conduct of pre-clinicalpreclinical studies or clinical trials or meet expected deadlines, our clinical development programs could be delayed and otherwise adversely affected. In all events, we are responsible for ensuring that each of our pre-clinicalpreclinical studies and clinical trials is conducted in accordance with the general investigational plan and protocols for the trial. The FDA and the EMA require clinical trials to be conducted in accordance with GCP, including for conducting, recording and reporting the results of pre-clinical studies and clinical trials to assure that data and reported results are credible and accurate and that the rights, integrity and confidentiality of clinical trial participants are protected. Our reliance on third parties that we do not control does not relieve us of these responsibilities and requirements. Any such event could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We rely on third-party manufacturers and suppliers and we intend to rely on third parties to produce pre-clinical,preclinical, clinical and commercial supplies of our product candidates.

We rely on third parties to supply the materials and components for, and manufacture, our research and development, pre-clinicalpreclinical and clinical trial supplies. We also intend to rely on third-party manufacturers to manufacture the aerosol delivery device that we intend to use to deliver eluforsen to CF patients. We do not own manufacturing facilities or supply sources for such components and materials. There can be no assurance that our supply of research and development, pre-clinicalpreclinical and clinical development drugs and other materials will not be limited, interrupted, restricted in certain geographic regions or of satisfactory quality or continue to be available at acceptable prices. In particular, any replacement of our drug product formulation manufacturer could require significant effort and expertise because there may be a limited number of qualified replacements.

The manufacturing process for a product candidate is subject to FDA, EMA and other foreign regulatory authority review. Suppliers and manufacturers must meet applicable manufacturing requirements and undergo rigorous facility and process validation tests required by regulatory authorities in order to comply with regulatory standards such as cGMP. In the event that any of our suppliers or manufacturers fails to comply with such requirements or to perform its obligations to us in relation to quality, timing or otherwise, or if our supply of components or other materials becomes limited or interrupted for other reasons, we may be forced to manufacture the materials ourselves, for which we currently do not have the capabilities or resources, or enter into an agreement with another third party, which we may not be able to do on reasonable terms, if at all. In some cases, the technical skills or technology required to manufacture our product

17


candidates may be unique or proprietary to the original manufacturer and we may have difficulty, or there may be contractual restrictions prohibiting us from, transferring such skills or technology to another third party and a feasible alternative may not exist. These factors would increase our reliance on such manufacturer or require us to obtain a license from such manufacturer in order to have another third party manufacture our product candidates. If we are required to change manufacturers for any reason, we will be required to verify that the new manufacturer maintains facilities and procedures that comply with quality standards and with all applicable regulations and guidelines. The delays associated with the verification of a new manufacturer could negatively affect our ability to develop product candidates in a timely manner or within budget.

We expect to continue to rely on third party manufacturers if we receive regulatory approval for any product candidate. To the extent that we have existing, or enter into future, manufacturing arrangements with third parties, we will depend on these third parties to perform their obligations in a timely manner consistent with contractual and regulatory requirements, including those related to quality control and assurance. If we are unable to obtain or maintain third-party manufacturing for product candidates, or to do so on commercially reasonable terms, we may not be able to develop and commercialize our product candidates successfully. Our or a third party’s failure to execute on our manufacturing requirements could adversely affect our business in a number of ways, including:

·

an inability to initiate or continue pre-clinicalpreclinical studies or clinical trials of product candidates under development;

·

delay in submitting regulatory applications, or receiving regulatory approvals, for product candidates;

17


·

loss of the cooperation of a collaborator;

·

subjecting our product candidates to additional inspections by regulatory authorities;

·

requirements to cease distribution or to recall batches of our product candidates; and

·

in the event of approval to market and commercialize a product candidate, an inability to meet commercial demands for our products.

If a collaborative partner terminates or fails to perform its obligations under an agreement with us, the commercialization of our product candidates, if approved, could be delayed or terminated.

We are not currently partyparties to, anyand we may from time to time in the future pursue collaborative arrangements for the commercialization of any of our product candidates, although we may pursue such arrangements before anydevelopment and commercialization of our product candidates, if approved. For example, we entered into a collaboration with Ionis Pharmaceuticals, pursuant to which we in-licensed our product candidate QR-1123 in exchange for upfront, milestone and royalty payments.  However, the development of QR-1123 depends on our ability to maintain this collaboration, and there can be no assurance that we will realize the intended benefits of this arrangement, nor can there be any assurance that the consideration that we have paid and are obligated to pay in the future, as well as the investment that we have made and intend to make to develop QR-1123, will yield any returns.

In addition, we intend to consider strategic alternatives that include spinouts, out-licensing or collaborative partnerships to develop and commercialize our RNA technologies or programs. If we enteredenter into future collaborative arrangements for the commercialization of our product candidates or similar arrangements and any of our collaborative partners does not devote sufficient time and resources to a collaboration arrangement with us, we may not realize the potential commercial benefits of the arrangement, and our results of operations may be materially adversely affected. In addition, if any such future collaboration partner were to breach or terminate its arrangements with us, the commercialization of our product candidates could be delayed, curtailed or terminated.

Much of the potential revenue from future collaborations may consist of contingent payments, such as payments for achieving regulatory milestones or royalties payable on sales of drugs. The milestone and royalty revenue that we may receive under these collaborations will depend upon our collaborators’ ability to successfully develop, introduce, market and sell new products. In addition, collaborators may decide to enter into arrangements with third parties to commercialize products developed under collaborations using our technologies, which could reduce the milestone and

18


royalty revenue that we may receive, if any. Future collaboration partners may fail to develop or effectively commercialize products using our products or technologies because they:

·

decide not to devote the necessary resources due to internal constraints, such as limited personnel with the requisite expertise, limited cash resources or specialized equipment limitations, or the belief that other drug development programs may have a higher likelihood of obtaining marketing approval or may potentially generate a greater return on investment;

·

decide to pursue other technologies or develop other product candidates, either on their own or in collaboration with others, including our competitors, to treat the same diseases targeted by our own collaborative programs;

·

do not have sufficient resources necessary to carry the product candidate through clinical development, marketing approval and commercialization; or

·

cannot obtain the necessary marketing approvals.

Competition may negatively impact a partner’s focus on and commitment to our product candidates and, as a result, could delay or otherwise negatively affect the commercialization of such product candidate. If any future collaboration partners fail to develop or effectively commercialize our product candidates for any of these reasons, our sales, if approved, may be limited, which would have a material adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition.

18


Our relationships with customers and third-party payors will be subject to applicable anti-kickback, fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations, which could expose us to criminal sanctions, civil penalties, contractual damages, reputational harm and diminished profits and future earnings.

Healthcare providers, physicians and third-party payors play a primary role in the recommendation and prescription of any product candidates for which we obtain marketing approval. Our future arrangements with third-party payors and customers may expose us to broadly applicable fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations that may constrain the business or financial arrangements and relationships through which we market, sell and distribute our products for which we obtain marketing approval. As a biopharmaceutical company, even though we do not and will not control referrals of healthcare services or bill directly to Medicare, Medicaid or other third-party payors, certain federal and state healthcare laws and regulations pertaining to fraud and abuse and patients’ rights are and will be applicable to our business. Restrictions under applicable federal and state healthcare laws and regulations that may affect our ability to operate include the following:

·

the U.S. federal Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits, among other things, persons from knowingly and willfully soliciting, offering, receiving or paying remuneration, directly or indirectly, in cash or in kind, to induce or reward, or in return for, either the referral of an individual for, or the purchase, order or recommendation of, any good or service, for which payment may be made under a federal healthcare program such as Medicare and Medicaid;

·

federal civil and criminal false claims laws and civil monetary penalty laws impose criminal and civil penalties, including through civil whistleblower or qui tam actions, against individuals or entities for knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, to the federal government, including the Medicare and Medicaid programs, claims for payment that are false or fraudulent or making a false statement or record to avoid, decrease or conceal an obligation to pay money to the federal government;

·

the U.S. federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, imposes criminal and civil liability for executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program, and also created federal criminal laws that prohibit knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false statements or using or making any false or fraudulent document in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services;

19


·

HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, or HITECH, also imposes obligations, including mandatory contractual terms, with respect to safeguarding the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information;

·

the U.S. federal physician payment transparency requirements under the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, collectively, the Affordable Care Act, require applicable manufacturers of covered drugs, devices, biologics and medical supplies to report annually to HHS information related to payments and other transfers of value to physicians, and teaching hospitals, and ownership and investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members; and

·

analogous state and foreign laws and regulations, such as state anti-kickback and false claims laws, may apply to sales or marketing arrangements and claims involving healthcare items or services reimbursed by non-governmental third-party payors, including private insurers. Some state laws require pharmaceutical companies to comply with the pharmaceutical industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government and may require drug manufacturers to report information related to payments and other transfers of value to physicians and certain other healthcare providers or marketing expenditures. Additionally, state and foreign laws govern the privacy and security of health information in certain circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and often are not preempted by HIPAA, thus complicating compliance efforts.

Comparable laws and regulations exist in the countries within the European Economic Area, or EEA. Although such laws are partially based upon European Union law, they may vary from country to country. Both healthcare and industry

19


specific, as well as general EU and national laws, regulations and industry codes constrain, for example, our interactions with government officials and healthcare practitioners, and the handling of healthcare data. Non-compliance with any of these laws or regulations could lead to criminal or civil liability.

Efforts to ensure that our business arrangements with third parties will comply with applicable healthcare laws and regulations will involve substantial costs. It is possible that governmental authorities will conclude that our business practices may not comply with current or future statutes, regulations or case law involving applicable fraud and abuse or other healthcare laws and regulations. If our operations are found to be in violation of any of these laws or any other governmental regulations that may apply to us, we may be subject to significant civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, fines, imprisonment, exclusion from government funded healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations. If any physicians or other healthcare providers or entities with whom we expect to do business are found to not be in compliance with applicable laws, they may be subject to criminal, civil or administrative sanctions, including exclusions from government funded healthcare programs.

Our employees may engage in misconduct or other improper activities, including noncompliance with regulatory standards and requirements, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We are exposed to the risk of employee fraud or other misconduct. Misconduct by employees could include intentional failures to comply with FDA or EMA regulations or similar regulations of other foreign regulatory authorities, to provide accurate information to the FDA, the EMA or other foreign regulatory authorities, to comply with certain manufacturing standards, to comply with U.S. federal and state healthcare fraud and abuse laws and regulations and similar laws and regulations established and enforced by comparable foreign regulatory authorities, to report financial information or data accurately or to disclose unauthorized activities to us. In particular, sales, marketing and business arrangements in the healthcare industry are subject to extensive laws and regulations intended to prevent fraud, kickbacks, self-dealing and other abusive practices. These laws and regulations may restrict or prohibit a wide range of pricing, discounting, marketing and promotion, sales commission, customer incentive programs and other business arrangements. Employee misconduct could also involve the improper use of information obtained in the course of clinical trials, which could result in regulatory sanctions and serious harm to our reputation. We have adopted and implemented a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, but it is not always possible to identify and deter employee misconduct, and the precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity, such as employee training on enforcement of the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses or in protecting us from governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to be in compliance with such laws or regulations. If any such actions are instituted against us, and we are not successful in

20


defending ourselves or asserting our rights, those actions could have a significant impact on our business and results of operations, including the imposition of significant fines or other sanctions.

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property

We license patent rights from third-party owners or licensees and if we fail to comply with our obligations in our intellectual property licenses, we could lose rights that are fundamental to our business.

We rely, and will continue to rely, on intellectual property rights licensed from third parties to protect our technology. We are a party to licenses that give us rights to third-party intellectual property that are necessary or useful for our business. For instance, we have a license from Massachusetts General Hospital, or MGH, to patent rights that relate to certain RNA targeting technologies for generating functional proteins. Pursuant to this agreement, we have an exclusive, sublicensable and royalty-bearing license from MGH for the exploitation of the in-licensed intellectual property rights in all therapeutic indications in the field of cystic fibrosis. For our LCA program we have a world-wide exclusive sublicensable and royalty-bearing license to patent rights owned by the Radboud University Medical Center, or Radboud, and to patent rights owned by Inserm Transfert, or Inserm, for the commercial exploitation of antisense oligonucleotides that cause exon skipping in CEP290 pre-mRNA. For our Usher program we have a world-wide exclusive sublicensable and royalty-bearing license to patent rights owned by Radboud, for the commercial exploitation of antisense oligonucleotides that cause exon skipping in USH2A pre-mRNA.

20


gapmers that target mutated Rhodopsin (P23H) mRNA.

Our licensing arrangements impose diligence, development, regulatory and commercialization milestones, and royalty, insurance and other obligations on us. If we fail to comply with these obligations, licensors may have the right to terminate these agreements, in which case we might not be able to develop, manufacture or market any product that is covered by these agreements or may face other penalties under the agreements. Such an occurrence could materially adversely affect the value of the product candidate being developed under any such agreement. Termination of this agreement or reduction or elimination of our rights under this agreement may result in our having to negotiate new or amended agreements with less favorable terms, or cause us to lose our rights under this agreement, including our rights to important intellectual property and technologies that form the basis of our RNA technology, which may then be in-licensed by one or more of our competitors.

If the third parties from whom we license patent rights do not properly or successfully obtain, maintain or enforce the patents underlying such licenses, or if they retain or license to others any competing rights, our competitive position and business prospects may be adversely affected.

Our success will further depend in part on the ability of our licensors to obtain, maintain and enforce patent protection for our licensed intellectual property, in particular, those patents to which we have secured exclusive rights. MGH, Ionis, Radboud and Inserm, as well as our other licensors, may not successfully prosecute the patent applications licensed to us. Even if patents issue or are granted, MGH, Ionis, Radboud and Inserm, or our other licensors may fail to maintain these patents, may determine not to pursue litigation against other companies that are infringing these patents, or may pursue litigation less aggressively than we would. Further, the license agreements may not provide us with a complete freedom to operate in the respective fields, which would allow for third parties to develop competing products. Without protection for, or exclusive right to, the intellectual property we license, other companies might be able to offer substantially identical products for sale, which could adversely affect our competitive business position and harm our business prospects.

Obtaining and maintaining our patent protection depends on compliance with various procedural, document submission, fee payment and other requirements imposed by governmental patent agencies, and our patent protection could be reduced or eliminated for non-compliance with these requirements.

Periodic maintenance fees on any issued patent are due to be paid to the United States Patent and Trademark Office, or U.S. PTO, the European Patent Office, or EPO, and other foreign patent agencies in several stages over the lifetime of the patent. The U.S. PTO and various foreign national or international patent agencies require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary, fee payment and other similar provisions during the patent application process. While an inadvertent lapse can in many cases be cured by payment of a late fee or by other means in accordance with the

21


applicable rules, there are situations in which noncompliance can result in abandonment or lapse of the patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction. Non-compliance events that could result in abandonment or lapse of patent rights include, but are not limited to, failure to timely file national and regional stage patent applications based on our international patent application, failure to respond to official actions within prescribed time limits, non-payment of fees and failure to properly legalize and submit formal documents. If we or our licensors fail to maintain the patents and patent applications covering our product candidates, our competitors might be able to enter the market, which would have a material adverse effect on our business.

We or our licensors or any future collaborators or strategic partners may become subject to third party claims or litigation alleging infringement of patents or other proprietary rights or seeking to invalidate patents or other proprietary rights, and we may need to resort to litigation to protect or enforce our patents or other proprietary rights, all of which could be costly, time consuming, delay or prevent the development and commercialization of our product candidates, or put our patents and other proprietary rights at risk.

We or our licensors or any future collaborators or strategic partners may be subject to third-party claims for infringement or misappropriation of patent or other proprietary rights. We are generally obligated under our license or collaboration agreements to indemnify and hold harmless our licensors or collaborators for damages arising from intellectual property infringement by us. If we or our licensors, or any future collaborators or strategic partners are found to infringe a third party patent or other intellectual property rights, we could be required to pay damages, potentially including treble damages, if we are found to have willfully infringed. In addition, we or our licensors, or any future collaborators or

21


strategic partners may choose to seek, or be required to seek, a license from a third party, which may not be available on acceptable terms, if at all. Even if a license can be obtained on acceptable terms, the rights may be non-exclusive, which could give our competitors access to the same technology or intellectual property rights licensed to us. If we fail to obtain a required license, we or any future collaborator may be unable to effectively market product candidates based on our technology, which could limit our ability to generate revenue or achieve profitability and possibly prevent us from generating revenue sufficient to sustain our operations. In addition, we may find it necessary to pursue claims or initiate lawsuits to protect or enforce our patent or other intellectual property rights. The cost to us in defending or initiating any litigation or other proceeding relating to patent or other proprietary rights, even if resolved in our favor, could be substantial, and litigation would divert our management’s attention for a significant amount of time. Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of complex patent litigation more effectively than we can because they have substantially greater resources. Uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of patent litigation or other proceedings could delay our research and development efforts and limit our ability to continue our operations.

If we were to initiate legal proceedings against a third party to enforce a patent covering one of our products or our technology, the defendant could counterclaim that our patent is invalid or unenforceable. In patent litigation in the U.S. and in most European countries, defendant counterclaims alleging invalidity or unenforceability are commonplace. Grounds for a validity challenge could be an alleged failure to meet any of several statutory requirements, for example, lack of novelty, obviousness or non-enablement. Grounds for an unenforceability assertion could be an allegation that someone connected with prosecution of the patent withheld relevant information from the U.S. PTO, or made a misleading statement, during prosecution. The outcome following legal assertions of invalidity and unenforceability during patent litigation is unpredictable. With respect to the validity question, for example, we cannot be certain that there is no invalidating prior art, of which we and the patent examiner were unaware during prosecution. If a defendant were to prevail on a legal assertion of invalidity or unenforceability, we would lose at least part, and perhaps all, of the patent protection on one or more of our products or certain aspects of our platform technology. Such a loss of patent protection could have a material adverse impact on our business. Patents and other intellectual property rights also will not protect our technology if competitors design around our protected technology without legally infringing our patents or other intellectual property rights.

Third parties may initiate legal proceedings alleging that we are infringing their intellectual property rights, the outcome of which would be uncertain and could have a material adverse effect on the success of our business.

Our commercial success depends upon our ability to develop, manufacture, market and sell our product candidates, and to use our proprietary technologies without infringing the proprietary rights of third parties. We cannot guarantee that none of our product candidates, their manufacture, use, sale, offer for sale, or importation into the United States or into any country of the EEA will be held to infringe a third party patent. As a result, we may become party to, or threatened with, future adversarial proceedings or litigation regarding intellectual property rights with respect to our products and

22


technology, including litigation in a Federal District court, or an interference or a post grant proceeding before the U.S. PTO or litigation in foreign courts or proceedings before foreign patent offices. Third parties may assert infringement claims against us based on existing patents or patents that may be granted in the future. We are aware of an issued U.S. patent with claims directed to purified DNA and RNA molecules encoding a CFTR protein or a mutant CFTR protein containing a F508del mutation. Although we believe that the claims of this patent are not valid or infringed, particularly in light of the U.S. Supreme Court decision regarding the patentability of naturally-occurringnaturally occurring nucleic acids, the patent owner may nonetheless initiate litigation. In addition, we are aware of patent positions related to the use of antisense oligonucleotides in the treatment of DEB, for which we have initiated negotiations to enter into exclusive license agreements. We have not entered into such license agreements, and there can be no guarantee that we will enter into such agreements on these positions on commercially reasonable terms or at all. If we do not enter into such license agreements, the patent owner(s) may initiate litigation for potential patent infringement. Any such litigation would cause us to incur substantial expenses, which would be costly and divert our management’s attention, and there is no assurance that a court would find in our favor on questions of infringement or validity.

Furthermore, in the event a thus far unidentified third party were to assert an infringement claim against us and we were ultimately found to infringe the third party’s intellectual property rights, we could be required to obtain a license from such third party to continue developing and commercializing our products and technology. However, we may not be able to obtain an appropriate license on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Even if we are able to obtain a license, it

22


may be non-exclusive, thereby giving our competitors access to the same technologies licensed to us. We could be forced, including by court order, to cease commercializing the infringing technology or product. In addition, in any such proceeding or litigation, we could be found liable for monetary damages. A finding of infringement could prevent us from commercializing our product candidates or force us to cease some of our business operations, which could materially harm our business. Any claims by third parties that we have misappropriated their confidential information or trade secrets could have a similar negative impact on our business.

If we are not able to adequately prevent disclosure of trade secrets and other proprietary information, the value of our technology and products could be significantly diminished.

We rely on trade secrets to protect our proprietary technologies, especially where we do not believe patent protection is appropriate or obtainable. However, trade secrets are difficult to protect. We rely in part on confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants, outside scientific collaborators, sponsored researchers, contract manufacturers, vendors and other advisors to protect our trade secrets and other proprietary information. These agreements may not effectively prevent disclosure of confidential information and may not provide an adequate remedy in the event of unauthorized disclosure of confidential information. In addition, we cannot guarantee that we have executed these agreements with each party that may have or has had access to our trade secrets.

Any party with whom we or they have executed such an agreement may breach that agreement and disclose our proprietary information, including our trade secrets, and we may not be able to obtain adequate remedies for such breaches. Enforcing a claim that a party illegally disclosed or misappropriated a trade secret is difficult, expensive and time-consuming, and the outcome is unpredictable. In addition, some courts inside and outside the United States are less willing or unwilling to protect trade secrets. If any of our trade secrets were to be lawfully obtained or independently developed by a competitor, we would have no right to prevent them, or those to whom they disclose such trade secrets, from using that technology or information to compete with us. If any of our trade secrets were to be disclosed to or independently developed by a competitor or other third-party, our competitive position could be harmed.

We may be subject to claims that we or our employees or consultants have wrongfully used or disclosed alleged trade secrets of our employees’ or consultants’ former employers or their clients. These claims may be costly to defend and if we do not successfully do so, we may be required to pay monetary damages and may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel.

Many of our employees were previously employed at universities or biotechnology or pharmaceutical companies, including our competitors or potential competitors. Although no claims against us are currently pending, we may be subject to claims that these employees or we have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed trade secrets or other proprietary information of their former employers. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. If we fail in defending such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel. A loss of key research personnel or their work product could compromise our ability to commercialize, or

23


prevent us from commercializing, our product candidates, which could severely harm our business. Even if we are successful in defending against these claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management.

We may not be able to protect our intellectual property rights throughout the world.

Filing, prosecuting and defending patents on all of our product candidates throughout the world would be prohibitively expensive. Competitors may use our technologies in jurisdictions where we have not obtained patent protection to develop their own products and, further, may be able to export otherwise infringing products to territories where we have patent protection but where enforcement is not as strong as that in the United States. These products may compete with our products in jurisdictions where we do not have any issued patents and our patent claims or other intellectual property rights may not be effective or sufficient to prevent them from so competing.

Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending intellectual property rights in certain foreign jurisdictions. The legal systems of certain countries, particularly certain developing countries, do not favor the enforcement of patents and other intellectual property protection, particularly those relating to

23


biopharmaceuticals, which could make it difficult for us to stop the infringement of our patents or marketing of competing products in violation of our proprietary rights generally. For example, the Special 301 Report (April 2016) from the Office of the United States Trade Representative identified a number of countries, including India and China, where challenges to the procurement and enforcement of patent rights have been reported. Several countries, including India and China, have been listed in the report every year since 1989. As a result, proceedings to enforce our patent rights in certain foreign jurisdictions could result in substantial cost and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business.

Risks Related to the Commercialization of Our Product Candidates

We face competition from entities that have developed or may develop product candidates for our target indications. If these companies develop technologies or product candidates more rapidly than we do or their technologies, including delivery technologies, are more effective, our ability to develop and successfully commercialize our product candidates may be adversely affected.

The development and commercialization of drugs is highly competitive. We compete with a variety of multinational pharmaceutical companies and specialized biotechnology companies, as well as technology being developed at universities and other research institutions. Our competitors have developed, are developing or will develop product candidates and processes competitive with our product candidates. Competitive therapeutic treatments include those that have already been approved and accepted by the medical community and any new treatments that enter the market. We believe that a significant number of products are currently under development, and may become commercially available in the future, for the treatment of conditions for which we may try to develop product candidates. An overview of potential competitors is included in Item 4.B: “Business overview - Competition”.

Many of our competitors possess significantly greater financial, technical, manufacturing, marketing, sales and supply resources or experience than us. If we successfully obtain approval for any product candidate, we will face competition based on many different factors, including the safety and effectiveness of our products, the ease with which our products can be administered and the extent to which patients accept relatively new routes of administration, the timing and scope of regulatory approvals for these products, the availability and cost of manufacturing, marketing and sales capabilities, price, reimbursement coverage and patent position. Competing products could present superior treatment alternatives, including being more effective, safer, less expensive or marketed and sold more effectively than any products we may develop. Competitive products may make any products we develop obsolete or noncompetitive before we recover the expense of developing and commercializing our product candidates. Such competitors could also recruit our employees, which could negatively impact our level of expertise and our ability to execute our business plan. Furthermore, in our clinical studies we could be competing for the same patient population, resulting in a smaller population of suitable candidates and possibly delays and additional costs.

24


If any of our product candidates is approved for marketing and commercialization and we are unable to develop sales, marketing and distribution capabilities on our own or enter into agreements with third parties to perform these functions on acceptable terms, we will be unable to successfully commercialize any such future products.

Even if any of our product candidates is approved, we currently have no sales, marketing or distribution capabilities or experience. In addition, we intend to consider out-licensing, spinouts or collaborative partnerships to develop and commercialize our RNA technologies or programs. If any of our product candidates is approved, we will need to develop internal sales, marketing and distribution capabilities to commercialize such products, which would be expensive and time-consuming, or enter into collaborations with third parties to perform these services. If we decide to market our products directly, we will need to commit significant financial and managerial resources to develop a marketing and sales force with technical expertise and supporting distribution, administration and compliance capabilities. If we rely on third parties with such capabilities to market our products or decide to co-promote products with collaborators, we will need to establish and maintain marketing and distribution arrangements with third parties, and there can be no assurance that we will be able to enter into such arrangements on acceptable terms or at all. In entering into third-party marketing or distribution arrangements, any revenue we receive will depend upon the efforts of the third parties and there can be no assurance that such third parties will establish adequate sales and distribution capabilities or be successful in gaining market acceptance of any approved product. If we are not successful in commercializing any product approved in the

24


future, either on our own or through third parties, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially adversely affected.

In addition, we have estimated the size of patient populations and market potential for certain of the indications that our product candidates are intended to target. While we have based our estimates on industry and market data that we obtained from sources, including scientific journals, that we believe to be reliable, actual potential may differ from these estimates.

Even if we receive marketing approval for any of our product candidates, it may not achieve broad market acceptance, which would limit the revenue that we generate from its sales.

The commercial success of any of our product candidates, if approved by the FDA, the EMA or other regulatory authorities, will depend upon the awareness and acceptance of the product among the medical community, including physicians, patients, patient advocacy groups and healthcare payors. Market acceptance of any of our product candidates, if approved, will depend on a number of factors, including, among others:

·

our product candidates’ demonstrated ability to treat patients and to provide patients with incremental therapeutic benefits, as compared with other available treatments;

·

the relative convenience and ease of administration of our product candidates, including as compared with other treatments for patients;

·

the prevalence and severity of any adverse side effects;

·

limitations or warnings contained in the labeling approved for our product candidates by the FDA or the EMA;

·

availability of alternative treatments;

·

pricing and cost effectiveness;

·

the effectiveness of our sales and marketing strategies or those of our collaborators;

·

our ability to increase awareness of our product candidates through marketing efforts;

·

our ability to obtain sufficient third-party coverage or reimbursement; and

·

the willingness of patients to pay out-of-pocket in the absence of third-party coverage.

25


Moreover, our first commercial sale of eluforsen, if ever, will trigger a milestone payment to CFFT of approximately $ 16 million pursuant to our agreement with CFFT. Commercialization of QR-421a will trigger payments of up to $ 37.5 million pursuant to our agreement with FFB. We may not have sufficient funds to support our milestone payment obligations to CFFT and FFB, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and prospects.

Even if we are able to commercialize any of our product candidates, the products may not receive coverage and adequate reimbursement from third-party payors, which could harm our business.

The availability of reimbursement by governmental and private payors is essential for most patients to be able to afford expensive treatments. Sales of any of our product candidates, if approved, will depend substantially on the extent to which the costs of these product candidates will be paid by health maintenance, managed care, pharmacy benefit and similar healthcare management organizations, or reimbursed by government health administration authorities, private health coverage insurers and other third-party payors. If reimbursement is not available, or is available only to limited levels, we may not be able to successfully commercialize any product candidate. Even if coverage is provided, the

25


approved reimbursement amount may not be high enough to allow us to establish or maintain pricing sufficient to realize a sufficient return on our investment.

There is significant uncertainty related to the insurance coverage and reimbursement of newly approved products. In the United States, the principal decisions about reimbursement for new medicines are typically made by the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, or CMS, an agency within the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, as CMS decides whether and to what extent a new medicine will be covered and reimbursed under Medicare. Private payors tend to follow CMS to a substantial degree. It is difficult to predict what CMS will decide with respect to reimbursement for fundamentally novel products such as ours, as there is no body of established practices and precedents for these new products. Reimbursement agencies in Europe may be more conservative than CMS. For example, a number of cancer drugs have been approved for reimbursement in the United States and have not been approved for reimbursement in certain European countries.

The intended use of a drug product by a physician can also affect pricing. For example, CMS could initiate a National Coverage Determination administrative procedure, by which the agency determines which uses of a therapeutic product would and would not be reimbursable under Medicare. This determination process can be lengthy, thereby creating a long period during which the future reimbursement for a particular product may be uncertain.

Outside the United States, particularly in member states of the European Union, the pricing of prescription drugs is subject to governmental control. In these countries, pricing negotiations or the successful completion of health technology assessment procedures with governmental authorities can take considerable time after receipt of marketing approval for a product. In addition, there can be considerable pressure by governments and other stakeholders on prices and reimbursement levels, including as part of cost containment measures. Certain countries allow companies to fix their own prices for medicines, but monitor and control company profits. Political, economic and regulatory developments may further complicate pricing negotiations, and pricing negotiations may continue after reimbursement has been obtained. Reference pricing used by various European Union member states and parallel distribution, or arbitrage between low-priced and high-priced member states, can further reduce prices. In some countries, we or our collaborators may be required to conduct a clinical trial or other studies that compare the cost-effectiveness of our RNA technology candidates to other available therapies in order to obtain or maintain reimbursement or pricing approval. Publication of discounts by third-party payors or authorities may lead to further pressure on the prices or reimbursement levels within the country of publication and other countries. If reimbursement of any product candidate approved for marketing is unavailable or limited in scope or amount, or if pricing is set at unsatisfactory levels, our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects could be adversely affected.

Recently enacted and future legislation, including potentially unfavorable pricing regulations or other healthcare reform initiatives, may increase the difficulty and cost for us to obtain marketing approval of and commercialize our product candidates and may negatively affect the prices we may obtain.

In the United States and some foreign jurisdictions, there have been, a number ofand continue to be, several legislative and regulatory changes and proposed changes regarding the healthcare system that could prevent or delay marketing approval of our product candidates, restrict or regulate post-approval activities or affect our ability to profitably sell any product candidates for which we obtain marketing approval.

26


In the United States, the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement, and Modernization Act of 2003, or the Medicare Modernization Act, established the Medicare Part D program and provided authority for limiting the number of drugs that will be covered in any therapeutic class thereunder. The Medicare Modernization Act, including its cost reduction initiatives, could decrease the coverage and reimbursement rate that we receive for any of our approved products. Furthermore, private payors often follow Medicare coverage policies and payment limitations in setting their own reimbursement rates. Therefore, any reduction in reimbursement that results from the Medicare Modernization Act may result in a similar reduction in payments from private payors.

The Affordable Care Act, or ACA, among other things, imposes a significant annual fee on companies that manufacture or import branded prescription drug products. It also contains substantial new provisions intended to broaden access to health insurance, reduce or constrain the growth of health care spending, enhance remedies against healthcare fraud and abuse,

26


add new transparency requirements for the healthcare and health insurance industries, and impose additional health policy reforms, any of which could negatively impact our business. The Affordable Care ActACA is likely to continue the downward pressure on pharmaceutical and medical device pricing, especially under the Medicare program, and may also increase our regulatory burdens and operating costs.

The newSince January 2017, President Trump administrationhas signed two Executive Orders and other directives designed to delay the leadershipimplementation of certain provisions of the Republican majorityACA or otherwise circumvent some of the requirements for health insurance mandated by the ACA. One Executive Order directs federal agencies with authorities and responsibilities under the ACA to waive, defer, grant exemptions from, or delay the implementation of any provision of the ACA that would impose a fiscal or regulatory burden on states, individuals, healthcare providers, health insurers, or manufacturers of pharmaceuticals or medical devices. The second Executive Order terminates the cost-sharing subsidies that reimburse insurers under the ACA. Several state Attorneys General filed suit to stop the administration from terminating the subsidies, but their request for a restraining order was denied by a federal judge in California on October 25, 2017.  Further, on June 14, 2018, U.S. Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit ruled that the federal government was not required to pay more than $ 12 billion in ACA risk corridor payments to third-party payors who argued were owed to them. The effects of this gap in reimbursement on third-party payors, the viability of the ACA marketplace, providers, and potentially our business, are not yet known.

Some of the provisions of the ACA have yet to be fully implemented, while certain provisions have been subject to judicial and Congressional challenges. Congress has considered legislation that would repeal or repeal and replace all or part of the ACA. While Congress has not passed comprehensive repeal legislation, it has enacted laws that modify certain provisions of the ACA such as removing penalties, starting January 1, 2019, for not complying with the ACA’s individual mandate to carry health insurance and delaying the implementation of certain ACA-mandated fees. On December 14, 2018, a U.S. District Court Judge in the U.S. Congress have spokenNorthern District of their desire to repealTexas, or the Texas District Court Judge, ruled that the individual mandate is a critical and inseverable feature of the Affordable Care Act, and may seek to modify, repeal, or otherwise invalidate all, or certain provisionstherefore, because it was repealed as part of the Act. In December 2017, President Trump signed into law the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017, which includes a repealthe remaining provisions of the individual mandateAffordable Care Act are invalid as well. While the Trump Administration and CMS have both stated that the ruling will have no immediate effect, and on December 30, 2018 the Texas District Court Judge issued an order staying the judgment pending appeal, it is unclear how this decision, subsequent appeals and other efforts to repeal and replace the Affordable Care Act will impact the Affordable Care Act and our business. In December 2018, the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, or CMS, published a final rule permitting further collections and payments to and from certain Affordable Care Act qualified health plans and health insurance issuers under the Affordable Care Act.Act risk adjustment program in response to the outcome of federal district court litigation regarding the method CMS uses to determine this risk adjustment. In addition, CMS has recently published a final rule that would give states greater flexibility, starting in 2020, in setting benchmarks for insurers in the individual and small group marketplaces, which may have the effect of relaxing the essential health benefits required under the ACA for plans sold through such marketplaces.

In addition, other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted since the ACA was enacted. These changes include aggregate reductions to Medicare payments to providers of 2% per fiscal year pursuant to the Budget Control Act of 2011, which began in 2013, and due to subsequent legislative amendments to the statute, including the BBA, will remain in effect through 2027 unless additional Congressional action is taken. The American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012, among other things, further reduced Medicare payments to several providers, including hospitals and cancer treatment centers, and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers from three to five years.

27


There has been increasing legislative and enforcement interest in the United States with respect to specialty drug pricing practices. Specifically, there have been several recent U.S. Congressional inquiries and proposed federal and state legislation designed to, among other things, bring more transparency to drug pricing, reduce the cost of prescription drugs under Medicare, review the relationship between pricing and manufacturer patient programs, and reform government program reimbursement methodologies for drugs. At the federal level, the Trump administration’s budget proposal for fiscal year 2019 contains further drug price control measures that could be enacted during the 2019 budget process or in other future legislation, including, for example, measures to permit Medicare Part D plans to negotiate the price of certain drugs under Medicare Part B, to allow some states to negotiate drug prices under Medicaid, and to eliminate cost sharing for generic drugs for low-income patients. Additionally, the Trump administration released a “Blueprint” to lower drug prices and reduce out of pocket costs of drugs that contains additional proposals to increase manufacturer competition, increase the negotiating power of certain federal healthcare programs, incentivize manufacturers to lower the list price of their products and reduce the out of pocket costs of drug products paid by consumers. The U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, or HHS, has already started the process of soliciting feedback on some of these measures and, at the same time, is immediately implementing others under its existing authority. For example, in September 2018, CMS announced that it will allow Medicare Advantage Plans the option to use step therapy for Part B drugs beginning January 1, 2019, and in October 2018, CMS proposed a new rule that would require direct-to-consumer television advertisements of prescription drugs and biological products, for which payment is available through or under Medicare or Medicaid, to include in the advertisement the Wholesale Acquisition Cost, or list price, of that drug or biological product. Although a number of these, and other proposed measures will require authorization through additional legislation to become effective, Congress and the Trump administration have each indicated that it will continue to seek new legislative and/or administrative measures to control drug costs. At the state level, legislatures have increasingly passed legislation and implemented regulations designed to control pharmaceutical and biological product pricing, including price or patient reimbursement constraints, discounts, restrictions on certain product access and marketing cost disclosure and transparency measures, and, in some cases, designed to encourage importation from other countries and bulk purchasing.

Further, on May 30, 2018, the Trickett Wendler, Frank Mongiello, Jordan McLinn, and Matthew Bellina Right to Try Act of 2017, President Trumpor the Right to Try Act, was signed an Executive Order directinginto law. The law, among other things, provides a federal agenciesframework for certain patients to review regulations applicable to association health plansaccess certain investigational new drug products that have completed a Phase 1 clinical trial and short-term health insurance,that are undergoing investigation for FDA approval. Under certain circumstances, eligible patients can seek treatment without enrolling in clinical trials and announced that the administration would halt federal subsidies to insurance planswithout obtaining FDA permission under the Affordable Care Act.FDA expanded access program. There is significant uncertainty whether any other changes will occur. Any such changes will take timeno obligation for a pharmaceutical manufacturer to unfold, and could have an impact on coverage and reimbursement for healthcare items and services covered by plans that were authorized bymake its drug products available to eligible patients as a result of the Affordable CareRight to Try Act. Such reforms could have an adverse effect on anticipated revenues from therapeutic candidates that we may successfully develop and for which we may obtain regulatory approval and may affect our overall financial condition and ability to develop therapeutic candidates. However, we cannot predict the ultimate content, timing or effect of any healthcare reform legislation or the impact of potential legislation on us.

We expect that the Affordable Care Act, as well asthese and other healthcare reform measures that have been and may be adopted in the future, may result in more rigorous coverage criteria and in additional downward pressure on the price that we receive for any approved drug, which could have an adverse effect on customers for our product and could seriously harm our future revenues.candidates. Any reduction in reimbursement from Medicare or other government programs may result in a similar reduction in payments from private payors.

There have been, and likely will continue to be, legislative and regulatory proposals at the foreign, federal and state levels directed at broadening the availability of healthcare and containing or lowering the cost of healthcare. The implementation of cost containment measures or other healthcare reforms may compromise our abilityprevent us from being able to generate revenue, attain profitability, or commercialize our products. Such reforms could have an adverse effect on anticipated revenue from product candidates that we may successfully develop and for which we may obtain regulatory approval and may affect our overall financial condition and ability to develop product candidates.

Even if any of our product candidates receive regulatory approval, they may still face future development and regulatory difficulties and any approved products will be subject to extensive post-approval regulatory requirements.

If we obtain regulatory approval for any of our product candidates, it would be subject to extensive ongoing requirements by the FDA, the EMA and foreign regulatory authorities governing the manufacture, quality control, further development, labeling, packaging, storage, distribution, safety surveillance, import, export, advertising, promotion, recordkeeping and reporting of safety and other post-market information. The safety profile of any product will continue to be closely monitored by the FDA, the EMA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities after approval. If the FDA, the EMA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities become aware of new safety information after approval of any of our product candidates, these regulatory authorities may require labeling changes or

28


establishment of a risk management strategy, impose significant restrictions on a product’s indicated uses or marketing, impose ongoing requirements for potentially costly post-approval studies or post-market surveillance or impose a recall.

In addition, manufacturers of therapeutic products and their facilities are subject to continual review and periodic inspections by the FDA, the EMA and other regulatory authorities for compliance with cGMP regulations. If we or a regulatory agency discover previously unknown problems with a product, such as adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or problems with the facility where the product is manufactured, a regulatory agency may impose restrictions on that product, the manufacturing facility or us, including requiring recall or withdrawal of the product from the market or suspension of manufacturing. If we, our product candidates or the manufacturing facilities for our product candidates fail to comply with applicable regulatory requirements, a regulatory agency may, among other things:

·

issue untitled letters or warning letters;

·

mandate modifications to promotional materials or require us to provide corrective information to healthcare practitioners;

·

require us to enter into a consent decree, which can include imposition of various fines, reimbursements for inspection costs, required due dates for specific actions and penalties for noncompliance;

·

seek an injunction or impose civil or criminal penalties or monetary fines;

27


·

suspend or withdraw regulatory approval;

·

suspend any ongoing clinical studies;

·

refuse to approve pending applications or supplements to applications filed by us;

·

suspend or impose restrictions on operations, including costly new manufacturing requirements; or

·

seize or detain products, refuse to permit the import or export of products, or require us to initiate a product recall.

The occurrence of any event or penalty described above may inhibit our ability to commercialize our products and generate revenue.

We are subject to anti-corruption laws, as well as export control laws, customs laws, sanctions laws and other laws governing our operations. If we fail to comply with these laws, we could be subject to civil or criminal penalties, other remedial measures and legal expenses, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our operations are subject to anti-corruption laws, including the U.K. Bribery Act 2010, or Bribery Act, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or FCPA, and other anti-corruption laws that apply in countries where we do business and may do business in the future. The Bribery Act, FCPA and these other laws generally prohibit us, our officers, and our employees and intermediaries from bribing, being bribed or making other prohibited payments to government officials or other persons to obtain or retain business or gain some other business advantage. We intend to operate in a number of jurisdictions that pose a high risk of potential Bribery Act or FCPA violations, and we may participate in collaborations and relationships with third parties whose actions could potentially subject us to liability under the Bribery Act, FCPA or local anti-corruption laws. In addition, we cannot predict the nature, scope or effect of future regulatory requirements to which our international operations might be subject or the manner in which existing laws might be administered or interpreted.

We are also subject to other laws and regulations governing our international operations, including regulations administered by the governments of the United Kingdom and the United States, and authorities in the European Union, including applicable export control regulations, economic sanctions on countries and persons, customs requirements and currency exchange regulations, collectively referred to as the Trade Control laws.

29


There is no assurance that we will be completely effective in ensuring our compliance with all applicable anti-corruption laws, including the Bribery Act, the FCPA or other legal requirements, including Trade Control laws. If we are not in compliance with the Bribery Act, the FCPA and other anti-corruption laws or Trade Control laws, we may be subject to criminal and civil penalties, disgorgement and other sanctions and remedial measures, and legal expenses, which could have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and liquidity. Likewise, any investigation of any potential violations of the Bribery Act, the FCPA, other anti-corruption laws or Trade Control laws by U.K., U.S. or other authorities could also have an adverse impact on our reputation, our business, results of operations and financial condition.

If we receive regulatory approvals, we intend to market our product candidates in multiple jurisdictions where we have limited or no operating experience and may be subject to increased business and economic risks that could affect our financial results.

If we receive regulatory approvals, we plan to market our product candidates in jurisdictions where we have limited or no experience in marketing, developing and distributing our products. Certain markets have substantial legal and

28


regulatory complexities that we may not have experience navigating. We are subject to a variety of risks inherent in doing business internationally, including:

·

risks related to the legal and regulatory environment in non-U.S. jurisdictions, including with respect to privacy and data security, and unexpected changes in laws, regulatory requirements and enforcement;

·

burdens of complying with a variety of foreign laws in multiple jurisdictions;

·

potential damage to our brand and reputation due to compliance with local laws;

·

fluctuations in currency exchange rates;

·

political, social or economic instability;

·

difficulty of effective enforcement of contractual provisions in local jurisdictions;

·

the potential need to recruit and work through local partners;

·

reduced protection for or increased violation of intellectual property rights in some countries;

·

inadequate data protection against unfair commercial use;

·

difficulties in managing global operations and legal compliance costs associated with multiple international locations;

·

compliance with the Bribery Act, the FCPA, the OECD Convention on Combating Bribery of Foreign Public Officials in International Business Transactions, and similar laws in other jurisdictions;

·

natural disasters, including earthquakes, tsunamis and floods;

·

inadequate local infrastructure;

·

compliance with trade control laws;

·

the effects of applicable foreign tax structures and potentially adverse tax consequences; and

·

exposure to local banking, currency control and other financial-related risks.

If we are unable to manage our international operations successfully, our financial results could be adversely affected.

30


Recent federal legislation and actions by state and local governments may permit reimportation of drugs from foreign countries into the United States, including foreign countries where the drugs are sold at lower prices than in the United States, which could materially adversely affect our operating results.

We may face competition in the United States for our product candidates, if approved, from therapies sourced from foreign countries that have placed price controls on pharmaceutical products. In the United States, the Medicare Modernization Act contains provisions that may change U.S. importation laws and expand pharmacists’ and wholesalers’ ability to import cheaper versions of an approved drug and competing products from Canada, where there are government price controls. These changes to U.S. importation laws will not take effect unless and until the Secretary of the HHS certifies that the changes will pose no additional risk to the public’s health and safety and will result in a significant reduction in the cost of products to consumers. The Secretary of the HHS has so far declined to approve a reimportation plan. Proponents of drug reimportation may attempt to pass legislation that would directly allow

29


reimportation under certain circumstances. Legislation or regulations allowing the reimportation of drugs, if enacted, could decrease the price we receive for any products that we may develop and adversely affect our future revenues and prospects for profitability.

The FDA, the EMA and other regulatory agencies actively enforce the laws and regulations prohibiting the promotion of off-label uses. If we are found to have improperly promoted off-label uses, we may become subject to significant liability.

The FDA, the EMA and other regulatory agencies strictly regulate the promotional claims that may be made about prescription products if approved. In particular, a product may not be promoted for uses that are not approved by the FDA, the EMA or such other regulatory agencies as reflected in the product’s approved labeling. If we receive marketing approval for our product candidates, physicians may nevertheless prescribe them to their patients in a manner that is inconsistent with the approved label. If we are found to have promoted such off-label uses, we may become subject to significant liability.

In the United States, engaging in impermissible promotion of our products for off-label uses can also subject us to false claims litigation under federal and state statutes, which can lead to civil and criminal penalties and fines and agreements that materially restrict the manner in which we promote or distribute those products. These false claims statutes include the federal False Claims Act, which allows any individual to bring a lawsuit against a pharmaceutical or medical device company on behalf of the federal government alleging submission of false or fraudulent claims, or causing to present such false or fraudulent claims, for payment by a federal program such as Medicare or Medicaid. If the government prevails in the lawsuit, the individual will share in any fines or settlement funds. Since 2004, these False Claims Act lawsuits against pharmaceutical and medical device companies have increased significantly in volume and breadth, leading to several substantial civil and criminal settlements based on certain sales practices promoting off-label drug uses. This growth in litigation has increased the risk that a company will have to defend a false claim action, pay settlement fines or restitution, agree to comply with burdensome reporting and compliance obligations, and be excluded from the Medicare, Medicaid, and other federal and state healthcare programs. If we do not lawfully promote our approved products, we may become subject to such litigation and, if we are not successful in defending against such actions, those actions may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Adverse decisions of tax authorities or changes in tax treaties, laws, rules or interpretations could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

The tax laws and regulations in the Netherlands, the jurisdiction of our incorporation and our current resident state for tax purposes, may be subject to change and there may be changes in enforcement of tax law. Additionally, European and other tax laws and regulations are complex and subject to varying interpretations. We cannot be sure that our interpretations are accurate or that the responsible tax authority agrees with our views. If our tax positions are challenged by the tax authorities, we could incur additional tax liabilities, which could increase our costs of operations and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Further changes in the tax laws of the jurisdictions in which we operate could arise as a result of the base erosion and profit shifting (BEPS) project being undertaken by the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD). The OECD, which represents a coalition of member countries that encompass certain of the jurisdictions in which we operate, is undertaking studies and publishing action plans that include recommendations aimed at addressing

31


what they believe are issues within tax systems that may lead to tax avoidance by companies. It is possible that the jurisdictions in which we do business could react to the BEPS initiative or their own concerns by enacting tax legislation that could adversely affect us or our shareholders through increasing our tax liabilities.

30


Risks Related to Our Organization, Structure and Operations

Any inability to attract and retain qualified key management and technical personnel would impair our ability to implement our business plan.

Our success largely depends on the continued service of key management and other specialized personnel. The loss of one or more members of our management board or other key employees or advisors could delay our research and development programs and materially harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. The relationships that our key managers have cultivated within our industry make us particularly dependent upon their continued employment with us. We are dependent on the continued service of our technical personnel because of the highly technical nature of our product candidates and technologies and the specialized nature of the regulatory approval process. Because our management board and key employees are not obligated to provide us with continued service, they could terminate their employment or services with us at any time without penalty, subject to providing any required advance notice. Our future success will depend in large part on our continued ability to attract and retain other highly qualified scientific, technical and management personnel, as well as personnel with expertise in clinical testing, manufacturing, governmental regulation and commercialization. We face competition for personnel from other companies, universities, public and private research institutions, government entities and other organizations.

We may experience difficulties in managing our growth and expanding our operations.

We have limited experience in drug development. As our product candidates enter and advance through pre-clinicalpreclinical studies and clinical trials, we will need to expand our development, regulatory and manufacturing capabilities or contract with other organizations to provide these capabilities for us. In the future, we expect to have to manage additional relationships with collaborators or partners, suppliers and other organizations. Our ability to manage our operations and future growth will require us to continue to improve our operational, financial and management controls, reporting systems and procedures. We may not be able to implement improvements to our management information and control systems in an efficient or timely manner and may discover deficiencies in existing systems and controls.

Our internal computer systems, or those of our CROs or other contractors or consultants, may fail or suffer security breaches, which could result in a material disruption of our product development programs and adversely affect our business.

Despite the implementation of security measures, our information technology and other internal infrastructure systems and those of our CROs and other contractors and consultants are vulnerable to damage from computer viruses, unauthorized access, natural disasters, terrorism, war and telecommunication and electrical failures. A significant disruption in the availability of our information technology and other internal infrastructure systems could cause interruptions in our collaborations with our partners and delays in our research and development work. For instance, the loss of pre-clinicalpreclinical or clinical data involving our product candidates could result in delays in our development and regulatory filing efforts and significantly increase our costs. To the extent that any disruption or security breach were to result in a loss of, or damage to, our data, or inappropriate disclosure of confidential or proprietary information, we could incur liability and the development of our product candidates could be delayed.

Our current operations are concentrated and any events affecting this location may have material adverse consequences.

Our current operations are primarily located in our facilities in Leiden, the Netherlands. Any unplanned event, such as flood, fire, explosion, earthquake, extreme weather condition, medical epidemics, power shortage, telecommunication failure or other natural or manmade accidents or incidents that result in us being unable to fully utilize the facilities may have a material adverse effect on our ability to operate our business, particularly on a daily basis, and have significant negative consequences on our financial and operating conditions. Loss of access to these facilities may result in increased costs, delays in the development of our product candidates or interruption of our business operations. As part of our risk management policy, we maintain insurance coverage at levels that we believe are appropriate for our

32


business. However, in the event of an accident or incident at these facilities, we cannot assure you that the amounts of insurance will be sufficient to satisfy any damages and losses. If our facilities are unable to operate because of an

31


accident or incident or for any other reason, even for a short period of time, any or all of our research and development programs may be harmed. Additionally, the lease agreement covering our current laboratories is scheduled to expire on December 31, 2020. To the extent that we are unable to find new facilities for our current operations or we are delayed in finding new facilities, any business interruption could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position, results of operations and prospects.

Our international operations subject us to various risks, and our failure to manage these risks could adversely affect our results of operations.

We face significant operational risks as a result of doing business internationally, such as:

·

fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates;

·

potentially adverse and/or unexpected tax consequences, including penalties due to the failure of tax planning or due to the challenge by tax authorities on the basis of transfer pricing and liabilities imposed from inconsistent enforcement;

·

potential changes to the accounting standards, which may influence our financial situation and results;

·

becoming subject to the different, complex and changing laws, regulations and court systems of multiple jurisdictions and compliance with a wide variety of foreign laws, treaties and regulations;

·

reduced protection of, or significant difficulties in enforcing, intellectual property rights in certain countries;

·

difficulties in attracting and retaining qualified personnel;

·

restrictions imposed by local labor practices and laws on our business and operations, including unilateral cancellation or modification of contracts;

·

rapid changes in global government, economic and political policies and conditions, political or civil unrest or instability, terrorism or epidemics and other similar outbreaks or events, and potential failure in confidence of our suppliers or customers due to such changes or events; and

·

tariffs, trade protection measures, import or export licensing requirements, trade embargoes and other trade barriers.

33


European data collection is governed by restrictive regulations governing the use, processing, and cross-border transfer of personal information.

The collection and use of personal health data in the European Union is was governed by the provisions of the Data Protection Directive, and which, as of May 25, 2018, has been superseded by the GDPR. These directives impose several requirements relating to the consent of the individuals to whom the personal data relates, the information provided to the individuals, notification of data processing obligations to the competent national data protection authorities and the security and confidentiality of the personal data. The Data Protection Directive and GDPR also impose strict rules on the transfer of personal data out of the European Union to the United States. Failure to comply with the requirements of the Data Protection Directive, the GDPR, and the related national data protection laws of the European Union Member States may result in fines and other administrative penalties. While the Data Protection Directive did not apply to organizations based outside the EU, the GDPR has expanded its reach to include any business, regardless of its location, that provides goods or services to residents in the EU. This expansion would incorporate any potential clinical trial activities in EU member states. The GDPR imposes strict requirements on controllers and processors of personal data, including special protections for “sensitive information” which includes health and genetic information of data subjects residing in the EU. GDPR grants individuals the opportunity to object to the processing of their personal information, allows them to request deletion of personal information in certain circumstances, and provides the individual with an express right to seek legal remedies in the event the individual believes his or her rights have been violated. Further, the GDPR imposes strict rules on the transfer of personal data out of the European Union to the United States or other regions that have not been deemed to offer “adequate” privacy protections. Failure to comply with the requirements of the GDPR and the related national data protection laws of the European Union Member States, which may deviate slightly from the GDPR, may result in fines of up to 4% of global revenues, or €20,000,000, whichever is greater. As a result of the implementation of the GDPR, we may be required to put in place additional mechanisms ensuring compliance with the new data protection rules.

The United Kingdom’s withdrawal from the European Union may have a negative effect on global economic conditions, financial markets and our business, which could reduce the price of our ordinary shares.

In June 2016, a majority of voters in the United Kingdom voted to withdraw from the European Union in a national referendum, commonly referred to as Brexit. On March 29, 2017, the U.K. Prime Minister formally delivered the notice of withdrawal. The withdrawal of the United Kingdom from the European Union will take effect either on the effective date of the withdrawal agreement or, in the absence of agreement, two years after the notice of withdrawal, unless the European Council, in agreement with the United Kingdom, unanimously decides to extend this period or the United Kingdom unilaterally withdraws its notification of its intention to withdraw from the European Union under Article 50 of the Treaty on European Union. This withdrawal has involved a process of lengthy negotiations between the United Kingdom and EU Member States to determine the future terms of the United Kingdom’s relationship with the European Union.

These developments have had and may continue to have a significant adverse effect on global economic conditions and the stability of global financial markets, and could significantly reduce global market liquidity and restrict the ability of key market participants to operate in certain financial markets. In particular, it could also lead to a period of considerable uncertainty in relation to the U.K. financial and banking markets, as well as on the regulatory process in the United Kingdom and Europe. As a result of this uncertainty, global financial markets could experience significant volatility, which could adversely affect the market price of our ADSs. Asset valuations, currency exchange rates and credit ratings may also be subject to increased market volatility. Lack of clarity about future U.K. laws and regulations as the United Kingdom determines which European Union rules and regulations to replace or replicate in the event of a withdrawal, including financial laws and regulations, tax and free trade agreements, intellectual property rights, supply chain logistics, environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, immigration laws and employment laws, could decrease foreign direct investment in the United Kingdom, increase costs, depress economic activity and restrict our access to capital. If the United Kingdom and the European Union are unable to negotiate acceptable withdrawal terms or if other EU Member States pursue withdrawal, barrier-free access between the United Kingdom and other EU Member States or among the EEA overall could be diminished or eliminated.

34


We may also face new regulatory costs and challenges that could have an adverse effect on our operations. Depending on the terms of Brexit, the United Kingdom could lose the benefits of global trade agreements negotiated by the European Union on behalf of its members, which may result in increased trade barriers that could make our doing business in Europe more difficult. In addition, currency exchange rates in the pound sterling and the euro with respect to each other and the U.S. dollar have already been adversely affected by Brexit. Furthermore, at present, there are no indications of the effect Brexit will have on the pathway to obtaining marketing approval for any of our product candidates in the United Kingdom, or what, if any, role the EMA may have in the approval process.

Inadequate funding for the FDA and other government agencies could hinder their ability to hire and retain key leadership and other personnel, prevent new products and services from being developed or commercialized in a timely manner or otherwise prevent those agencies from performing normal business functions on which the operation of our business may rely, which could negatively impact our business.

The ability of the FDA to review and approve new products can be affected by a variety of factors, including government budget and funding levels, ability to hire and retain key personnel and accept the payment of user fees, and statutory, regulatory, and policy changes. Average review times at the agency have fluctuated in recent years as a result. In addition, government funding of other agencies on which our operations may rely, including those that fund research and development activities, is subject to the political process, which is inherently fluid and unpredictable.

Disruptions at the FDA and other agencies may also slow the time necessary for new drugs to be reviewed and/or approved by necessary government agencies, which would adversely affect our business. For example, over the last several years the U.S. government has shut down several times and certain regulatory agencies, such as the FDA, have had to furlough critical FDA and other government employees and stop critical activities. If a prolonged government shutdown occurs, it could significantly impact the ability of the FDA to timely review and process our regulatory submissions, which could have a material adverse effect on our business. Further, future shutdowns of other government agencies, such as the SEC, may also impact our business through review of our public filings and our ability to access the public markets.

We are increasingly dependent on information technology systems, and our systems and infrastructure face certain risks, including from cyber security breaches and data leakage.

We increasingly rely upon technology systems and infrastructure, including support provided by our partners and third parties, to support our business. For example, we routinely rely on our technology systems and infrastructure to aid us in the collection, use, storage and transfer, disclosure and other processing of voluminous amounts of data (including confidential, business, personal and other sensitive information). We also rely on systems for manufacturing, regulatory compliance and various other matters.

The increasing use and evolution of technology, including cloud-based computing, and reliance on third parties creates additional opportunities for the unintentional, intentional and/or unauthorized exposure, dissemination and/or destruction of confidential information stored in our technology systems, infrastructure and products. Our computer systems, servers and other technology systems (and those of third parties that we use) are vulnerable to breakdown, interruption, cyber and other security attacks, system malfunction, unauthorized access and other events. Security threats, including cyber and other attacks are becoming increasingly sophisticated, frequent, and adaptive. Any such vulnerability could compromise our technology systems and infrastructure and could expose personal and/or proprietary information (including sensitive personal information) to unauthorized third parties and/or cause permanent loss of such data. While

32


we have invested in the protection of data and information technology, there can be no assurance that our efforts will prevent breakdowns, breaches in our systems or other incidents or ensure compliance with all applicable security and privacy laws, regulations and standards. Such breakdowns can lead to regulatory fines and penalties, business disruption, reputational harm, financial loss as well as other damages. We could also suffer strained relationships, increased costs (for security measures, remediation or otherwise), litigation (including class actions and stockholder derivative actions) or other negative consequences (including a decline in stock price) from breaches, cyber and other security attacks, industrial espionage, ransomware, email or phishing scams, malware or other cyber incidents, which may compromise our system infrastructure or lead to data leakage, either internally or at our third-party providers or other business partners. While we have invested in the protection of data and information technology and in related training, there can be no assurance that our efforts will prevent significant breakdowns, attacks, breaches in our systems or other cyber incidents or ensure compliance with all applicable security and privacy laws, regulations and standards, including with

35


respect to third-party service providers that utilize sensitive personal information, including protected health information on our behalf.

The investment of our cash and cash equivalents is subject to risks which may cause losses and affect the liquidity of these investments.

As at December 31,  2017,2018 we had € 48,099,000105,580,000 in cash and cash equivalents. To date, our cash and cash equivalents have been deposited primarily in savings and deposit accounts with original maturities of twelve months or less. Savings and deposit accounts generate a small amount of interest income. Any future investments may include term deposits, corporate bonds, money market funds and government securities, all in accordance with our cash management policy. These investments are subject to general credit, liquidity, market and interest rate risks. We may realize losses in the fair value of these investments or a complete loss of these investments, which would have a negative effect on our financial statements.

In addition, should our investments cease paying or reduce the amount of interest paid to us, our interest income would suffer. The market risks associated with our investment portfolio may have an adverse effect on our results of operations, liquidity and financial condition.

We may be exposed to significant foreign exchange risk.

We incur portions of our expenses, and may in the future derive revenues, in currencies other than the euro, in particular, the U.S. dollar. As a result, we are exposed to foreign currency exchange risk as our results of operations and cash flows are subject to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. We currently do not engage in hedging transactions to protect against uncertainty in future exchange rates between particular foreign currencies and the euro. Therefore, for example, an increase in the value of the U.S. dollar against the euro could be expected to have a negative impact on our expenditures, although it is our policy to match the currency of our cash and cash equivalents with expected cash out flows as much as practically feasible. We cannot predict the impact of foreign currency fluctuations, and foreign currency fluctuations in the future may adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Our business entails a significant risk of product liability and our ability to obtain sufficient insurance coverage could have a material effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects.

The use of our product candidates in pre-clinicalpreclinical studies, in clinical trials and the sale of any of our product candidates if approved, exposes us to the risk of product liability claims. Product liability claims might be brought against us by patients, healthcare providers or others selling or otherwise coming into contact with our product candidates. For example, we may be sued if any product we develop allegedly causes injury or is found to be otherwise unsuitable during product testing, manufacturing, marketing or sale. Any such product liability claims may include allegations of defects in manufacturing, defects in design, a failure to warn of dangers inherent in the product, including as a result of interactions with alcohol or other drugs, negligence, strict liability, and a breach of warranties. Claims could also be asserted under state consumer protection acts. If we become subject to product liability claims and cannot successfully

33


defend ourselves against them, we could incur substantial liabilities. In addition, regardless of merit or eventual outcome, product liability claims may result in, among other things:

·

withdrawal of patients from our clinical trials;

·

substantial monetary awards to patients or other claimants;

·

decreased demand for any of our current or future product candidates following marketing approval, if obtained;

·

damage to our reputation and exposure to adverse publicity;

·

increased FDA or EMA warnings on product labels;

·

litigation costs;

36


·

distraction of management’s attention from our primary business;

·

loss of revenue; and

·

the inability to successfully commercialize any of our current or future product candidates, if approved.

We will need to maintain product liability insurance coverage for our clinical trials. We may not be able to obtain such coverage at a reasonable cost or in sufficient amounts to protect us against losses, including if insurance coverage becomes increasingly expensive. Large judgments have been awarded in class action lawsuits based on drugs that had unanticipated side effects. The cost of any product liability litigation or other proceedings, even if resolved in our favor, could be substantial, particularly in light of the size of our business and financial resources. A product liability claim or series of claims brought against us could cause our share price to decline and, if we are unsuccessful in defending such a claim or claims and the resulting judgments exceed our insurance coverage, our financial condition, business and prospects could be materially adversely affected.

Our ability to use our net operating losses to offset future taxable income may be subject to certain limitations.

Our ability to use our net operating losses, or NOLs, in the Netherlands is currently limited and may be further limited. Under Dutch income tax law, tax loss carry-forwards are subject to a time limitation of nine years. As at December 31, 2017,2018, we had a total of approximately  €  123.9163 million tax loss carry-forwards available for offset against future taxable profits. The first amount of the tax loss carry-forwards will expire in 2021. There is also a risk that due to regulatory changes such as suspensions on the use for NOLs, our existing NOLs could expire or otherwise become unavailable to offset future income tax liabilities. For these reasons, we may not be able to use a material portion of the NOLs, even if we attain profitability.

Changes in accounting rules and regulations, or interpretations thereof, could result in unfavorable accounting charges or require us to change our compensation policies.

Accounting methods and policies for biopharmaceutical companies, including policies governing revenue recognition, research and development and related expenses and accounting for share-based compensation, are subject to review, interpretation and guidance from relevant accounting authorities, including the SEC. Changes to accounting methods or policies, or interpretations thereof, may require us to reclassify, restate or otherwise change or revise our financial statements, including those contained in this annual report.

34


The effect of comprehensive U.S. tax reform legislation on ProQR and its affiliates, whether adverse or favorable, is uncertain.

On December 22, 2017, President Trump signed into law H.R. 1, “An Act to provide for reconciliation pursuant to titles II and V of the concurrent resolution on the budget for fiscal year 2018” (informally titled the “Tax Cuts and Jobs Act”). Among a number of significant changes to the U.S. federal income tax rules, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act reduces the marginal U.S. corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21%, limits the deduction for net interest expense, shifts the United States toward a more territorial tax system, and imposes new taxes to combat erosion of the U.S. federal income tax base. The effect of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act on ProQR and its affiliates, whether adverse or favorable, is uncertain, and may not become evident for some period of time. You are urged to consult your tax adviser regarding the implications of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act for an investment in ProQR.

Risks Related to Ownership of our Ordinary Shares

We cannot predict what the market price of our ordinary shares will be. As a result it may be difficult for you to sell your ordinary shares at or above the price at which you purchased them.

An active trading market for our shares may not be sustained. The market value of our ordinary shares may decrease from time to time. As a result of these and other factors, you may be unable to resell your shares at or above the price at which you purchased them. The lack of an active market may impair your ability to sell your shares at the time you wish to sell them or at a price that you consider reasonable. The lack of an active market may also reduce the fair market value of your shares. Further, an inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital by selling our ordinary shares and may impair our ability to enter into strategic partnerships or acquire companies or products by using our ordinary shares as consideration. The market price of our shares may be volatile and you could lose all or part of your investment.

The trading price of our ordinary shares is likely to be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to various factors, some of which are beyond our control. For example, the price of our ordinary shares, which reached its high record of $24.99$ 27.60 per share at the close of the trading on March 10,16, 2015, decreased as low as $2.80$ 2.75 per share at the close of the trading on December 12, 2017. In addition to the factors discussed in this “Risk Factors” section and elsewhere in this annual report, these factors include:

·

the presentation of data at industry conferences by us and/or our competitors;

37


·

the responses to any of our IND applications with the FDA and any of our CTA applications with the EMA;

·

any current or future pre-clinicalpreclinical or clinical trials of our product candidates, including any delays in enrollment rates or timing of these trials;

·

regulatory actions with respect to our products or our competitors’ products;

·

the recruitment or departure of key personnel;

·

announcements by us or our competitors of significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures, collaborations or capital commitments;

·

results of clinical trials of our competitors;

·

the success of competitive products or technologies;

·

actual or anticipated changes in our growth rate relative to our competitors;

·

regulatory or legal developments in the United States, the European Union and other jurisdictions;

35


·

developments or disputes concerning patent applications, issued patents or other proprietary rights;

·

the level of expenses related to any of our product candidates or pre-clinicalpreclinical or clinical development programs;

·

actual or anticipated changes in estimates as to financial results, development timelines or recommendations by securities analysts;

·

variations in our financial results or those of companies that are perceived to be similar to us;

·

fluctuations in the valuation of companies perceived by investors to be comparable to us;

·

share price and volume fluctuations attributable to inconsistent trading volume levels of our shares;

·

announcement or expectation of additional financing efforts;

·

sales of our ordinary shares by us, our insiders or our other shareholders;

·

changes in the structure of healthcare payment systems;

·

market conditions in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology sectors; and

·

general economic, industry and market conditions.

In addition, the stock market in general, and pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies in particular, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have sometimes been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of these companies. Broad market and industry factors may negatively affect the market price of our ordinary shares, regardless of our actual operating performance. The realization of any of the above risks or any of a broad range of other risks, including those described in these “Risk Factors,” could have a dramatic and material adverse impact on the market price of our ordinary shares.

38


If securities or industry analysts publish inaccurate or unfavorable research or cease to publish research about our business, our share price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our ordinary shares depends in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. In the event securities or industry analysts who cover us downgrade our ordinary shares, publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, or cease publishing about us, our share price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our ordinary shares could decrease, which might cause our share price and trading volume to decline.

Sales of a substantial number of our ordinary shares by our existing shareholders in the public market could cause our share price to fall.

If our existing shareholders sell, or indicate an intention to sell, substantial amounts of our ordinary shares in the public market, the trading price of our ordinary shares could decline. In addition, a substantial number of ordinary shares subject to outstanding options are or will become eligible for sale in the public market to the extent permitted by the provisions of various vesting schedules. If these additional ordinary shares are sold, or if it is perceived that they will be sold, in the public market, the trading price of our ordinary shares could decline.

36


If we sell shares of our common stock in future financings, stockholders may experience immediate dilution and, as a result, our stock price may decline.

We may from time to time issue additional shares of our common stock or securities convertible into our common stock, including in future financings that we may undertake. In October 2015, weOn November 7, 2018, the Company filed a shelf registration statement, on Form F‑3, pursuantwhich permitted: (a) the offering, issuance and sale by the Company of up to which we may issue and sella maximum aggregate offering price of $ 300,000,000 of its ordinary shares, warrants and/or units; and units (or any combination(b) as part of the foregoing)$ 300,000,000, the offering, issuance and sale by us of up to a maximum aggregate offering price of $ 75,000,000 of its ordinary shares that may be issued and sold under a sales agreement with H.C. Wainwright & Co in one or more transactions up to a maximum value of $200.0 million. In addition, in October 2015, we entered into an agreement for an at-the-market offering facility, or ATM facility, pursuant to which we may issue shares of our common stock from time to time under our shelf registration statement up to a maximum of $60.0 million.offerings. If we issue additional shares of our common stock or securities convertible into common stock, including pursuant to our shelf registration statement or our ATM facility, our stockholders may experience immediate dilution and, as a result, our stock price may decline. In addition, under the terms of our collaboration with Ionis, we issued 112,473 ordinary shares in November 2018 to Ionis.  In the future, we may also make future milestone payments to Ionis, certain of which will be made in equity and others in cash or equity at our discretion.

Members of our management board and supervisory board and our principal shareholders and their affiliates have significant control over our company, which will limit your ability to influence corporate matters and could delay or prevent a change in corporate control.

The holdings of the members of our management board and supervisory board and our principal shareholders and their affiliates, represent significant ownership, in the aggregate, of our outstanding ordinary shares (as set out in “Item 7.A. Major Shareholders”). As a result, these shareholders, if they act together, will be able to influence our management and affairs and control the outcome of matters submitted to our shareholders for approval, including the election of members of our management board and supervisory board and any sale, merger, consolidation, or sale of all or substantially all of our assets. These shareholders may have interests, with respect to their ordinary shares, that are different from other investors and the concentration of voting power among these shareholders may have an adverse effect on the price of our ordinary shares. In addition, this concentration of ownership might adversely affect the market price of our ordinary shares by:

·

delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control of our Company;

·

impeding a merger, consolidation, takeover or other business combination involving our Company; or

·

discouraging a potential acquirer from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our Company.

39


Please see “Item 7.A. Major Shareholders” for more information regarding the ownership of our outstanding ordinary shares by our management board and supervisory board and our principal shareholders and their affiliates.

Because we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our ordinary shares in the foreseeable future, capital appreciation, if any, will be your sole source of potential gain.

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our ordinary shares. We currently intend to retain all of our future earnings, if any, to finance the growth and development of our business. In addition, the terms of any future debt agreements may preclude us from paying dividends. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, of our ordinary shares will be your sole source of gain for the foreseeable future.

We are an “emerging growth company” and we intend to take advantage of reduced disclosure and governance requirements applicable to emerging growth companies, which could result in our ordinary shares being less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, and we are taking advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and, in case we become a domestic filer, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements

37


of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We do not know if investors will find our ordinary shares less attractive because we are relying on these exemptions. We may take advantage of these reporting exemptions until we are no longer an emerging growth company, which could be for up to five years after our initial public offering in September 2014.

If investors find our ordinary shares less attractive as a result of our reduced reporting requirements, there may be a less active trading market for our ordinary shares and our share price may be more volatile. We may also be unable to raise additional capital as and when we need it.

We have been a listed company since September 2014, and therefore, have a limited history operating as a public company and complying with public company obligations. Complying with all requirements, particularly after we are no longer an “emerging growth company” that enjoys reduced requirements, will increase our costs, require additional management resources and qualified accounting and financial personnel, and we may fail to meet all of these obligations.

We face increased legal, accounting, administrative and other costs and expenses as a public company. Compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the Dodd-Frank Act of 2010, the Dutch Financial Supervision Act and the rules promulgated thereunder, as well as rules of the SEC and NASDAQ and the Dutch Corporate Governance Code, or DCGC, for example, are expected to result in ongoing increases in our legal, audit and financial compliance costs, particularly after we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, requires, among other things, that we file certain periodic reports with respect to our business and financial condition. Our management board, officers and other personnel need to devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance initiatives. We expect to incur significant expense and devote substantial management effort toward ensuring compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 in preparation for and once we lose our status as an “emerging growth company.” We currently do not have an internal audit group, and we will need to continue to hire additional accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company experience and technical accounting knowledge, and it may be difficult to recruit and maintain such personnel. Implementing any appropriate changes to our internal controls may require specific compliance training for our directors, officers and employees, entail substantial costs to modify our existing accounting systems, and take a significant period of time to complete. Such changes may not, however, be effective in maintaining the adequacy of our internal controls, and any failure to maintain that adequacy, or consequent inability to produce accurate financial statements or other reports on a timely basis, could increase our operating costs and could materially impair our ability to operate our business.

40


If we fail to establish and maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud. As a result, shareholders could lose confidence in our financial and other public reporting, which would harm our business and the trading price of our ordinary shares.

Effective internal controls over financial reporting are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports and, together with adequate disclosure controls and procedures, are designed to prevent fraud. Any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in their implementation could cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. In addition, any testing by us conducted in connection with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or any subsequent testing by our independent registered public accounting firm, may reveal deficiencies in our internal controls over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses or that may require prospective or retroactive changes to our financial statements or identify other areas for further attention or improvement. Inferior internal controls could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could have a negative effect on the trading price of our ordinary shares.

Our management board will be required to assess the effectiveness of our internal controls and procedures annually and, in case we become a domestic filer, we will be required to disclose changes to these controls on a quarterly basis.  However, for as long as we are an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404. We could be an “emerging growth company” for up to five years. An independent assessment of the effectiveness of our internal controls could detect problems that our management’s assessment might not.

38


Undetected material weaknesses in our internal controls could lead to financial statement restatements and require us to incur the expense of remediation.

Our disclosure controls and procedures may not prevent or detect all errors or acts of fraud.

We are subject to certain reporting requirements of the Exchange Act. Our disclosure controls and procedures are designed to reasonably assure that information required to be disclosed by us in reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management, recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC. We believe that any disclosure controls and procedures or internal controls and procedures, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people or by an unauthorized override of the controls. Accordingly, because of the inherent limitations in our control system, misstatements or insufficient disclosures due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

Risks Related to Investing in a Foreign Private Issuer or a Dutch Company

We are a foreign private issuer and, as a result, we are not subject to U.S. proxy rules and are subject to Exchange Act reporting obligations that, to some extent, are more lenient and less frequent than those of a U.S. domestic public company.

We report under the Exchange Act as a non-U.S. company with foreign private issuer status. Because we qualify as a foreign private issuer under the Exchange Act and although we are subject to Dutch laws and regulations with regard to such matters and intend to furnish quarterly financial information to the SEC, we are exempt from certain provisions of the Exchange Act that are applicable to U.S. domestic public companies, including:

·

the sections of the Exchange Act regulating the solicitation of proxies, consents or authorizations in respect of a security registered under the Exchange Act;

·

the sections of the Exchange Act requiring insiders to file public reports of their stock ownership and trading activities and liability for insiders who profit from trades made in a short period of time; and

·

the rules under the Exchange Act requiring the filing with the SEC of quarterly reports on Form 10‑Q containing unaudited financial and other specified information, or current reports on Form 8‑K, upon the occurrence of specified significant events.

41


In addition, foreign private issuers are not required to file their annual report on Form 20‑F until 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, while U.S. domestic issuers that are accelerated filers are required to file their annual report on Form 10‑K within 75 days after the end of each fiscal year. Foreign private issuers are also exempt from the Regulation Fair Disclosure, aimed at preventing issuers from making selective disclosures of material information. As a result of the above, you may not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are not foreign private issuers.

We may lose our foreign private issuer status which would then require us to comply with the Exchange Act’s domestic reporting regime and cause us to incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses.

We are a foreign private issuer and therefore we are not required to comply with all of the periodic disclosure and current reporting requirements of the Exchange Act applicable to U.S. domestic issuers. In order to maintain our current status as a foreign private issuer, either:

·

a majority of our ordinary shares must be either directly or indirectly owned of record by non-residents of the United States; or

39


·

a majority of our “executive officers” or directors may not be U.S. citizens or residents, more than 50% of our assets cannot be located in the United States and our business must be administered principally outside the United States.

If we lose this status, we would be required to comply with the Exchange Act reporting and other requirements applicable to U.S. domestic issuers, which are more detailed and extensive than the requirements for foreign private issuers.

We may also be required to make changes in our corporate governance practices in accordance with various SEC and NASDAQ rules. The regulatory and compliance costs to us under U.S. securities laws if we are required to comply with the reporting requirements applicable to a U.S. domestic issuer may be significantly higher than the costs we would incur as a foreign private issuer. As a result, we expect that a loss of foreign private issuer status would increase our legal and financial compliance costs and would make some activities more time consuming and costly. We also expect that if we were required to comply with the rules and regulations applicable to U.S. domestic issuers, it would make it more difficult and expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These rules and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our supervisory board.

We currently report our financial results under IFRS, which differ in certain significant respect from U.S. GAAP.

Currently we report our financial statements under IFRS. There have been and there may in the future be certain significant differences between IFRS and U.S. GAAP, including differences related to revenue recognition, share-based compensation expense, income tax and earnings per share. As a result, our financial information and reported earnings for historical or future periods could be significantly different if they were prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. In addition, we do not intend to provide a reconciliation between IFRS and U.S. GAAP unless it is required under applicable law. As a result, you may not be able to meaningfully compare our financial statements under IFRS with those companies that prepare financial statements under U.S. GAAP.

Provisions of our articles of association or Dutch corporate law might deter acquisition bids for us that might be considered favorable and prevent or frustrate any attempt to replace or remove the management board and supervisory board.

Certain provisions of our articles of association may make it more difficult for a third party to acquire control of us or effect a change in our management board or supervisory board. These provisions include:

·

the authorization of a class of preferred shares that may be issued against payment of 25% of the nominal value thereof to a protection foundation, for which we have granted a perpetual and repeatedly exercisable call option to such protection foundation, for up to such number of preferred shares as equals, at the time of exercise of the call option, the lesser of: (i) the total number of shares equal to our issued share capital at that time minus the number of preferred shares already held by the protection foundation at that time (if any) or (ii) the maximum

42


number of preferred shares that may be issued under our authorized share capital under our articles of association from time to time;

·

a provision that our management board members and supervisory board members may only be appointed upon a binding nomination by our supervisory board, which can be set aside by a two-thirds majority of our shareholders representing more than half of our issued share capital;

·

a provision that our management board members and supervisory board members may only be removed or suspended by our general meeting of shareholders by a two-thirds majority of votes cast representing more than 50% of our issued share capital (unless the removal was proposed by the supervisory board); and

·

a requirement that certain matters, including an amendment of our articles of association, may only be brought to our shareholders for a vote upon a proposal by our management board that has been approved by our supervisory board.

40


As indicated above, we have adopted an anti-takeover measure by granting a perpetual and repeatedly exercisable call option to the protection foundation, which confers upon the protection foundation the right to acquire, under certain conditions, the number of preferred shares described above. The issuance of such preferred shares will occur upon the protection foundation’s exercise of the call option and will not require shareholder consent. Such a measure has the effect of making a takeover of us more difficult or less attractive and as a result, our shareholders may be unable to benefit from a change of control and realize any potential change of control premium which may materially and adversely affect the market price of our ordinary shares.

We are not obligated to and do not comply with all the best practice provisions of the Dutch Corporate Governance Code. This may affect your rights as a shareholder.

As a Dutch company we are subject to the DCGC. The DCGC contains both principles and best practice provisions that regulate relations between the management board, the supervisory board and the shareholders (i.e. the general meeting of shareholders). The DCGC is based on a “comply or explain” principle. Accordingly, companies are required to disclose in their annual reports, filed in the Netherlands, whether they comply with the provisions of the DCGC. If they do not comply with those provisions (e.g., because of a conflicting NASDAQ requirement), we are required to give the reasons for such non-compliance.

The DCGC applies to all Dutch companies listed on a government-recognized stock exchange, whether in the Netherlands or elsewhere, including NASDAQ. We do not comply with all the best practice provisions of the DCGC. This may affect your rights as a shareholder and you may not have the same level of protection as a shareholder in a Dutch company that fully complies with the DCGC.

We intend to rely in certain cases on NASDAQ Stock Market rules that permit us to comply with applicable Dutch corporate governance practices, rather than the corresponding domestic U.S. corporate governance practices, and therefore your rights as a shareholder will differ from the rights you would have as a shareholder of a domestic U.S. issuer.

As a foreign private issuer whose ordinary shares are listed on the NASDAQ Global Market, we are permitted in certain cases to follow Dutch corporate governance practices instead of the corresponding requirements of the NASDAQ Marketplace Rules. A foreign private issuer that elects to follow a home country practice instead of NASDAQ requirements must submit to NASDAQ in advance a written statement from an independent counsel in such issuer’s home country certifying that the issuer’s practices are not prohibited by the home country’s laws. In addition, a foreign private issuer must disclose in its annual reports filed with the SEC each such requirement that it does not follow and describe the home country practice followed instead of any such requirement. We intend to follow Dutch corporate governance practices with regard to the quorum requirements applicable to meetings of shareholders and the provision of proxy statements for general meetings of shareholders, rather than the corresponding domestic U.S. corporate governance practices. In accordance with Dutch law and generally accepted business practices, our articles of association do not provide quorum requirements (other than those which follow from Dutch law) generally applicable to general meetings of shareholders. Although we do intend to provide shareholders with an agenda and other relevant documents for the general meeting of shareholders, Dutch law does not have a regulatory regime for the solicitation of proxies and

43


the solicitation of proxies is not a generally accepted business practice in the Netherlands. Accordingly, our shareholders may not be afforded the same protection as provided under NASDAQ’s corporate governance rules.

Certain U.S. holders of our ordinary shares may suffer adverse tax consequences if we are characterized as a passive foreign investment company for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Generally, if, for any taxable year, at least 75% of our gross income is passive income, or at least 50% of the value of our assets is attributable to assets that produce passive income or are held for the production of passive income, including cash, we would be characterized as a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes. For purposes of these tests, passive income includes dividends, interest, and gains from the sale or exchange of investment property and rents and royalties other than rents and royalties which are received from unrelated parties in connection with the active conduct of a trade or business. If we are characterized as a PFIC, our U.S. shareholders may suffer adverse tax consequences, including having gains realized on the sale of our ordinary shares

41


treated as ordinary income, rather than capital gain, the loss of the preferential rate applicable to dividends received on our ordinary shares by individuals who are U.S. holders, and having interest charges apply to distributions by us and the proceeds of share sales. See Item 10.E: “Taxation” for more information.

Our status as a PFIC for any taxable year will depend on our assets and activities in each year, and because this is a factual determination made annually after the end of each taxable year, there can be no assurance that we will not be considered a PFIC for the current taxable year or any future taxable year. The market value of our assets may be determined in large part by reference to the market price of our ordinary shares, which is likely to fluctuate and may fluctuate considerably given that market prices of technology companies have been especially volatile. In addition, the composition of our income and assets will be affected by how, and how quickly, we spend our cash, including any cash raised pursuant to prior offerings.  Based on the average value of our gross assets and composition of our income, we believe that we were not a PFIC for the 20172018 taxable year.

We do not currently intend to provide the information necessary for U.S. holders to make a “qualified electing fund,” or QEF, election if we are treated as a PFIC for any taxable year, and prospective investors should assume that a QEF election will not be available.

Any U.S. or other foreign judgments you may obtain against us may be difficult to enforce against us in the Netherlands.

We are incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands. We currently have only limited operations in the United States. Most of our assets are currently located in the Netherlands. The majority of our management board, supervisory board and officers reside outside the United States. As a result, it may not be possible for investors to effect service of process within the United States upon such persons or to enforce against them or us in U.S. courts, including judgments predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States. In addition, it is not clear whether a Dutch court would impose civil liability on us or any of our managing directors or supervisory directors in an original action based solely upon the federal securities laws of the United States brought in a court of competent jurisdiction in the Netherlands.

The United States and the Netherlands currently do not have a treaty providing for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments, other than arbitration awards, in civil and commercial matters. Consequently, a final judgment for payment given by a court in the United States, whether or not predicated solely upon U.S. securities laws, would not automatically be recognized or enforceable in the Netherlands. In order to obtain a judgment which is enforceable in the Netherlands, the party in whose favor a final and conclusive judgment of the U.S. court has been rendered will be required to file its claim with a court of competent jurisdiction in the Netherlands. Such party may submit to the Dutch court the final judgment rendered by the U.S. court. If and to the extent that the Dutch court finds that the jurisdiction of the U.S. court has been based on grounds which are internationally acceptable and that proper legal procedures have been observed, the Dutch court will, in principle, give binding effect to the judgment of the U.S. court, unless such judgment contravenes principles of public policy of the Netherlands. Dutch courts may deny the recognition and enforcement of punitive damages or other awards. Moreover, a Dutch court may reduce the amount of damages granted by a U.S. court and recognize damages only to the extent that they are necessary to compensate actual losses or damages. Enforcement and recognition of judgments of U.S. courts in the Netherlands are solely governed by the provisions of the Dutch Code of Civil Procedure.

44


Based on the lack of a treaty as described above, U.S. investors may not be able to enforce against us or our management board or supervisory board members, representatives or certain experts named herein who are residents of the Netherlands or countries other than the United States any judgments obtained in U.S. courts in civil and commercial matters, including judgments under the U.S. federal securities laws.

The rights and responsibilities of our shareholders are governed by Dutch law and differ in some important respects from the rights and responsibilities of shareholders under U.S. law.

Our corporate affairs are governed by our articles of association, our internal rules and by the laws governing companies incorporated in the Netherlands. The rights of our shareholders and the responsibilities of members of our supervisory

42


board under Dutch law are different than under the laws of some U.S. jurisdictions. In the performance of their duties, our management board and our supervisory board are required by Dutch law to consider the interests of ProQR Therapeutics, its shareholders, its employees and other stakeholders and not only those of our shareholders. Also, as a Dutch company, we are not required to solicit proxies or prepare proxy statements for general meetings of shareholders. Dutch law does not have a regulatory regime for U.S.- styleU.S.-style proxy solicitations and, even though Dutch law accommodates voting by proxy, the solicitation of proxies is not a widely used business practice in the Netherlands. In addition, the rights of holders of shares and many of the rights of shareholders as they relate to, for example, the exercise of shareholder rights, are governed by Dutch law and our articles of association and differ from the rights of shareholders under U.S. law. For example, Dutch law does not grant appraisal rights to a company’s shareholders who wish to challenge the consideration to be paid upon a merger or consolidation of the company.

Item 4: Information on the Company

A. History and development of the company

ProQR Therapeutics is dedicated to changing lives through the creation of transformative RNA medicines for the treatment of severe genetic rare diseases (sometimes called orphan diseases) such as Leber’s congenital amaurosis 10, Usher syndrome type 2A, dystrophic epidermolysis bullosa2 and cystic fibrosis.autosomal dominant retinitis pigmentosa. Based on our unique proprietary RNA platform technologies, we are growing our pipeline with patients and loved ones in mind.

ProQR was founded in February 2012 by Daniel de Boer, Gerard Platenburg, the late Henri Termeer and Dinko Valerio. Mr. de Boer is a passionate and driven entrepreneur and an advocate for patients with severe genetic disorders.diseases. He has assembled an experienced team of successful biotech executives as co-founders, management team members and early investors. The team has extensive experience in the discovery and development of products in multiple therapeutic areas. As of December 31, 2017,2018, we had raised approximately €160€ 251 million in gross proceeds from our public offerings of shares on the NASDAQ Global Market and private placements of equity securities. In addition, we have received grants, loans and other funding from patient organizations and government institutions supporting our programs, including from Cystic Fibrosis Foundation Therapeutics, Inc., a subsidiary of the Cystic Fibrosis Foundation, Foundation Fighting Blindness, Epidermolysis Bullosa Research Partnership, Epidermolysis Bullosa Medical Research and the European UnionDutch government under their Horizon 2020 research andthe innovation programme, grant agreement No. 633545.credit program. ProQR headquarters are located in Leiden, the Netherlands.

Our legal name is ProQR Therapeutics N.V. and we were incorporated in the Netherlands, on February 21, 2012. We reorganized from a private company with limited liability to a public company with limited liability on September 23, 2014. Our Companycompany has its statutory seat in Leiden, the Netherlands. The address of its headquarters and registered office is Zernikedreef 9, 2333 CK Leiden, the Netherlands, telephone number +31 88 166 7000. The name and address of our agent for service in the United States is CT Corporation System, 111 Eighth Avenue, New York, NY 10011. We also rent offices in the United States in Cambridge, MA.

Since September 18, 2014, our ordinary shares have been listed on the NASDAQ Global Market under the ticker symbol PRQR.

B. Business overview

Overview

We are an innovative biopharmaceutical company engaged in the discovery and development of RNA-based therapeutics for the treatment of severe genetic orphan disorders.rare diseases. Utilizing our RNA platform, we are building a pipeline of therapeutics for patients in need. Our drug development programs are based on single-stranded RNA oligonucleotides

45


that are chemically modified to enhance stability and cellular uptake, and aimedintended to restore protein functioncorrect the underlying cause of the disease through targetingrepairing the genetic defect in the RNA. While all our compounds are one therapeutic modality,RNA-based, a variety of mechanisms of actions may be used depending on the type of mutation that is targeted.causing the disease. We believe that this targeted approach offers several advantages compared to other therapeutic approaches in the treatment of the rare genetic diseases we target.

Our current pipeline consists of programs in ophthalmology dermatology and cystic fibrosis. Fordermatology. In ophthalmology, we have a deep and broad pipeline that includes: QR-110with sepofarsen (formerly named QR-110) for Leber’s congenital amaurosis 10, or LCA 10, caused by the

43


p.Cys998X mutation in the CEP290 gene, which weLCA10 as our most advanced program. We are currently studying inplanning to start a potential pivotal Phase 2/3 clinical trial with sepofarsen during the first half of 2019 while completing a Phase 1/2 clinical trial that is expected to have six-month treatment datareported a rapid and sustained improvement in 2018 and twelve-month treatment data in 2019; QR-421a for the ophthalmic manifestations of Usher syndrome 2A due to exon 13 mutations in the USH2A gene and QR-411 for the ophthalmic manifestations of Usher syndrome 2A due to the PE40 mutation in the USH2A gene, which are both in pre-clinical development and with QR-421a advancing towards the clinic at the end of 2018; QRX-1011 for Stargardt’s disease due tovision during an exon 39 splicing mutation in the ABCA4 gene in discovery stage; and QRX-504 in late discovery stage for Fuchs’ endothelial corneal dystrophy type 3, or FECD3, caused by a repeat expansion mutation in the TCF4 gene. For cystic fibrosis, a severe genetic disease, we are developing eluforsen (formerly QR-010) for the F508del mutation in CFTR, which has completed two clinical trials in CF patients with positive data. A Phase 2 study for eluforsen is currently being designed and is planned to commence in 2018 subject to a partnership. In addition to our eluforsen program, we also have a discovery pipeline for other genetic mutations causing CF.interim analysis. In dermatology, our most advanced program, QR-313, targets a specific set of mutations located in exon 73 of the COL7A1 gene that leads to dystrophic epidermolysis bullosa, or DEB, a severe genetic blistering skin disease. IND-enabling studies of QR-313 have been completed and we plan to startWe recently announced that post a planned interim analysis from our ongoing blinded Phase 1/2 study in 2018. Interim data fromclinical trial and a strategic review of our portfolio, further development of this trialprogram will be available in 2018 and final data in 2019.conducted by Wings Therapeutics.

Beyond that,our clinical portfolio, we have discovered and developed a novel proprietary RNA editing platform technology called Axiomer.Axiomer®. Axiomer’s editing oligonucleotides, or EONs, are designed to recruit endogenous Adenosine Deaminases Acting on RNA, or ADAR, enzymes to make single nucleotide changes in the RNA in a highly specific and targeted manner at thea desired location. We believe our Axiomer platform may be applicable to more than 20,000 disease-causing mutations. We completed optimization of proof-of-concept in vitro and in vivo in 2017. In January 2018, we announced a research collaboration with Galapagos N.V., where we are applying this novel technology to target certain fibrosis targets identified by Galapagos. We plan to build out our Axiomer platform in select therapeutic areas and continue to validate and create value for this technology through licensing, partnering and other strategic relationships. 

We have also discovered and developed together with the Leiden University Medical Center, a program for hereditary cerebral hemorrhage with amyloidosis of the Dutch type (HCHWA-D). HCHWA-D, or Katwijks disease, a genetically defined subpopulation of cerebral amyloid angiopathy, or CAA. In 2017, we spun out this program into Amylon Therapeutics B.V., in which we maintain a majority ownership.

We are also developing QRX-704, an oligonucleotide-based approach for Huntington’s disease (HD), an inherited progressive neurodegenerative disease caused by a mutation in the HTT gene, and one of the most common genetic disorders. Patients with HD have shortened life expectancy and there is currently no disease-modifying treatment available.

We continue to assess our development and commercialization plans for our product candidates and intend to evaluate opportunities for beneficial collaborations or partnerships for these programs. In addition, using our discovery engine that is designed to generate a deep and broad pipeline of product candidates, we seek to enter into strategic partnerships for programs that we believe will benefit from such a partnership, and advance other selected programs independently to commercialization.


Our RNA Repair Technologies

Genes are the specific sequences of DNA contains genes that provide the blueprint used byinstructions for the human body’s cellsbody to make all the functional building blocks of the cells, such as proteins. To get from DNA to protein, the cell first copies the information in the DNA into RNA during a process called transcription. The RNA then acts as the blueprint for making proteins whichduring a process called translation. Genetic diseases are enzymescaused by mutations, or other moleculesdefects, in cells that serve a functional purpose. Each gene consists of a specific sequence of nucleotides that leads to the production of a specific protein. The gene’s coding DNA sequence is transcribed into mRNA, which is subsequently translatedDNA. These mutations are copied into the specific protein. A mutation,RNA blueprint, which means the resulting protein is also made incorrectly. The result is a missing, defective or defect, in a specific gene can result in the transcription of abnormal mRNA, which then can produce a defective, misfolded or truncatedtoxic protein that is unable to carryprevents the cell from carrying out its normal function.function causing the disease.

Picture 64

In the maturing RNA therapeutics space and the developments in understanding their potential, weWe have gathered a toolbox of different novel RNA repair technologies with which we believe we can use to target defective mRNA in ordergenetic diseases that are currently untreatable or have limited effective treatment options. Repairing RNA can take away the

46


underlying genetic cause of the disease without having to restore protein functionality.make permanent changes to a patient’s DNA. Our goal to restore translation of functional proteins is unlike other approaches in the RNA therapeutics field, such as RNAi and antisense that use RNA molecules to downregulate genes. Ourcurrent molecules are all single-stranded RNA-based oligonucleotides that are chemically modified so that no vector or envelope is needed for delivery.

44


 

delivery.technologies range from splice correction in which we aim to restore normal messenger RNA and protein, exon skipping in which we aim to exclude the mutated part of the RNA and restore protein function to a gapmer technology that could prevent the formation of a toxic mutated protein. We believe theseour RNA repair approach has several advantages over DNA approaches willsuch as gene therapy and gene editing. These RNA repair approaches could allow us to develop novel RNA therapies for genetic disorders that are currently untreatable or have limited effective treatment options.

We believe our extensive pipeline, strong teamdiseases and excellent partners will lead to a sustainable future for our company and to accomplish our quest to make a meaningful impact on the lives of patients in need.suffering from them.

 

Research and development pipeline

Picture 1Picture 1

 

QR-110 andSepofarsen for Leber’s Congenital Amaurosis 10 (LCA 10)

Leber’s Congenital Amaurosis 10 (LCA 10)(LCA) is the most common genetic cause of blindness in childhood. LCAchildhood of which LCA10 is caused by a genetic defect in 20 or more associated genes. Classificationone of LCA is based onmost severe forms. People with LCA10 typically become blind within the disease causing gene. The most frequently mutated LCA gene in LCA patients in North Americafirst few years of life and Europe is CEP290 (encoding centrosomal protein of 290 kDa) that is associated with LCA 10.there are currently no approved therapies. The most common mutation is the p.Cys998X (also known as c.2991+1655A>G) in the CEP290 gene. Although prevalence rates vary, based on our estimations, we believe this mutation occurs in approximately 2,000 patients in the Western world. Most

We are developing sepofarsen (formerly named QR-110) for patients affected by this mutation lose sight inwho have LCA10 due to the first few years of life. There is currently no disease modifying therapy available on the market or being tested in clinical development for this specific subtype of the disease. In LCA 10 patients, this mutation leadsp.Cys998X mutation. Sepofarsen aims to significant decrease of active CEP290 protein in the photoreceptor cells in the retina in the eye. The absence of this essential protein causes blindness.

Our lead product candidate for LCA 10, QR-110, is a first-in-class oligonucleotide designed to treat the disease by repairingrepair the underlying cause in the mRNA, which resultsRNA by splice correction. This RNA splice correction is designed to result in the production of the normal, or wild type, CEP290 protein. The p.Cys998X mutation is a substitution of one nucleotide inprotein stopping or potentially reversing the pre-mRNA that leads to a defective mRNA and non-functional CEP290 protein. QR-110 is designed to bind to the mutated location in the pre-mRNA, thereby leading to normally spliced or wild type mRNA expression, which could lead to the production of normal or wild type CEP290 protein. QR-110disease. Sepofarsen is designed to be administered through intravitreal injections in the eye.

We believe the activity in pre-clinical models of LCA 10 supports the clinical development and therapeutic potential of QR-110. In studies conducted with QR-110 using relevant pre-clinical LCA 10 models, QR-110 was observed to restore CEP290 wild type mRNA and protein levels. It was observed that QR-110 restored CEP290 mRNA and protein levels in primary LCA 10 fibroblasts from patients that are homozygous for the p.Cys998X mutation to approximately 100% of

45


wild type and to approximately 50% of wild type in cells from compound heterozygous patients. It was also observed that QR-110 reaches the affected layer of the retina (the outer nuclear layer) after administration by intravitreal injections. In a 3D optic cup organoid model, QR-110 showed restoration of CEP290 wild type mRNA in a dose dependent manner.

We are currently conducting an open-labelA Phase 1/2 clinical trial is ongoing in adults and children with LCA10 due to the p.Cys998X mutation. In September 2018, we reported an interim analysis confirmed clinical proof-of-concept as shown by a rapid and sustained improvement in vision in the majority of QR-110patients. In January 2019, we reached agreement with the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) on the design of a proposed Phase 2/3 clinical trial for sepofarsen. This planned Phase 2/3 clinical trial, named ILLUMINATE, is expected to start during the first half of 2019 and could serve as the sole registration trial for the program. Beyond sepofarsen, we have an additional discovery-stage program, QRX-136, for another mutation in adult and pediatric LCA 10 patients with one or two copies of the CEP290 p.Cys998X mutation. Our ongoing Phase 1/2 safety and tolerability study will enroll six pediatric patients (age 6 - 17) and six adults (≥ 18 years). Patient dosing commenced in November 2017. Patients will receive one loading dose and three maintenance doses over the period of 12 months in one eye. Three different dosing regimens will be tested: a low dose group (160 µg loading dose / 80 µg maintenance dose), a mid dose group (320 µg loading dose / 160 µg maintenance dose) and a high dose group (500 µg loading dose / 270 µg maintenance dose). The study is being conducted at three sites in the U.S. and Belgium and being overseen by a Data Monitoring Committee. We expect to obtain six-month treatment data from this study in 2018 and full twelve-month data in 2019. There is recent precedent for an accelerated development path in another LCA subtype, and we believe this accelerated development pathway can potentially be applied to QR-110.

QR-110Sepofarsen has been granted orphan drug designation by the FDA and European Commission and received fast track designation by the FDA for the treatmentU.S. FDA.

47


QR-421a and QR-411 for Usher syndrome type 2A.2

Usher syndrome is the leading cause of combined hearing loss and blindness. Patients with Usher syndrome 2A generally progress to a stage in which they have very limited central and peripheral vision and moderate to severe deafness. To date, there are no therapies approved or product candidates in clinical development that treat the vision loss associated with the disease. Usher syndrome 2A. Usher syndrome 2Atype 2 is one of the most common forms of Usher syndrome and is caused by mutations in the USH2A gene. gene which encodes a protein called usherin.

We are developing QR-421a for the ophthalmic manifestation of Usher syndrome 2A due toUSH2A exon 13 mutations and QR-411 for the ophthalmic manifestations of Usher syndrome 2AUSH2A PE40 mutation. In the Western world, approximately 16,000 patients have vision loss due to the PE40 mutation. Mutationsmutations in exon 13 of the USH2A gene affect approximately 16,000 patients in the United States, European Union, Canada and Australia. Mutations in PE40 of the USH2A gene affect approximately 1,000 patients inare affected by the United States, European Union, Canada and Australia.PE40 mutation. Both product candidates are single-stranded oligonucleotidesRNA therapies intended to be administered by intravitreal injections and that aim to restore a functional usherin protein in the eye to restore vision. Beyond QR-421a and QR-411 we have an additional discovery-stage program, QRX-461, for another mutation in USH2A.

Pre-clinicalClinical development of QR-421a has begun and we plan to advance this program towards aannounce data from the ongoing Phase 1/2 safety and efficacy clinical trial, at the end of 2018. The planned trial consists of a single-dose arm and a six-month adaptive multiple dose arm. We expect to receive top-line data from the single-dose armnamed STELLAR, in the first half of 2019 and from the adaptive multiple-dose arm latermid-2019. QR-411 is currently in 2019.

On February 9, 2018, we entered into a partnership agreement with Foundation Fighting Blindness (FFB), under which FFB has agreed to provide funding of $7.5 million to advance our QR-421a into the clinic and will receive future milestone payments.preclinical testing.

QR-421a and QR-411 have both been grantedreceived orphan drug designation byfrom the FDA and European CommissionEMA. QR-421a was also granted fast track designation by the FDA.

QR-1123 for Usher sydrome type 2.autosomal dominant retinitis pigmentosa

Autosomal-dominant retinitis pigmentosa (adRP) is characterized by progressive loss of vision. Symptoms typically start in early teenage years and include night blindness and reduction of the peripheral vision leading to tunnel vision. Eventually patients lose their central vision and become completely blind during adulthood. In the United States the P23H mutation in the RHO gene is the most common mutation causing adRP and affects approximately 2,500 patients.

We are also developing QRX-1011QR-1123 that was discovered by Ionis Pharmaceuticals and in-licensed by us in October 2018. QR-1123 is designed for Stargards disease due to an exon 39 splicing mutation in ABCA4the treatment of P23H adRP by suppressing the formation of the toxic mutant protein. By mutant-specific knockdown, QR-1123 selectively targets the mutant P23H RNA for destruction by RNase H1 cleavage without affecting the wild-type RNA. By reducing the mutant RNA, the resulting toxicity-induced loss of photoreceptors and QRX-504subsequent loss of vision can potentially be stopped or reversed.

Currently, the QR-1123 program is undergoing the final preparation stages for Fuchs’ endothelial corneal dystrophy 3. Both programs are in the optimization phase, which is the last stage in discovery. Once optimized, we intendIND submission. We plan to advance these moleculesthe QR-1123 program into pre-clinical development.a Phase 1/2 clinical trial during 2019.

QR-313 andfor Dystrophic Epidermolysis Bullosa (DEB)

Dystrophic epidermolysis bullosa (DEB) is a genetic orphandevastating skin disease of the skin and other mucosal membranes. The hallmark of the disease isthat results in severe blistering and poorly healing wounds that result from minimal friction.over the entire body, including mucosal membranes. Patients with the recessive form of DEB (RDEB) have a limited life expectancy and low quality of life. Patients with the dominant form (DDEB) have variable expression of the disease but this disease is also associated with significant morbidity. There is currently no

46


treatment available for DEB. IntensiveDEB besides intensive and costly palliative care provided to these patients does not address the underlying cause of the disease.care. DEB is caused by mutations in the COL7A1 gene which leads to an absence of functional collagen type VII (C7) protein which is essential for the formation of anchoring fibrils that link the outer layers of skin, the epidermis, to the dermis.

We are developing a first-in-class single-stranded oligonucleotide, QR-313 for patients with DEB caused byexon 73 mutations in the COL7A1 gene. Approximately 2,000 DEB patients in the Western world have a specificmutation in this part of the COL7A1 gene called exon 73. There are multiple mutations associated with DEB, several of which lie within exon 73.gene. QR-313 is designed to exclude exon 73 from the COL7A1 mRNA. Skipping of exon 73 leadsbe topically applied to  an mRNA that lacks the mutation causing the disease. This mRNA is translated into a truncated butpatient’s wounds as a hydrogel and aims to restore functional C7 protein that is able to form anchoring fibrils andto improve the strength of the skin.

QR-313 is being formulated in a hydrogel that will be applied topically to existing wounds in patients with DEB. QR-313 is designed to restore functional C7 protein with the aim to facilitate wound healing and protect against future blistering. In pre-clinical models skipping of exon 73 by QR-313 has been observed in a 3D human full thickness skin model.

We are planning to commence our first in human study of QR-313 in DEB exon 73 patients in 2018, which we refer to as WINGS (A First in Human, Double-Blind, Randomized, Intra-Subject Placebo-Controlled, Multiple Dose Study of QR-313 Evaluating Safety, Proof of Mechanism, Preliminary Efficacy and Systemic Exposure in Subjects With Recessive Dystrophic Epidermolysis Bullosa (RDEB) due to Mutation(s) in Exon 73 of the COL7A1 Gene). We plan to conduct the WINGS study as a Phase 1/2 safety and efficacy clinical trial in two parts, first enrolling eight RDEB patients with an exon 73 mutation, and after interim analyses expect to add another cohort of DEB patients. The study evaluaties safety, tolerability and systemic passage of QR-313. The clinical trial is expected to be double blinded intra-patient controlled, single or dual-wound treatment for 4 weeks, with a follow-up period of 8 weeks. We expect to receive interim data from the first part of the trial in 2018 and full results in 2019. Beyond QR-313, we have a pipeline of discovery-stage programs for other mutations that cause DEB.

Subsequent to a planned interim analysis and strategic review, management has elected to transfer conduct and completion of the ongoing Phase 1/2 study to Wings Therapeutics. The ongoing Phase 1/2 trial in patients with DEB including QRX-323due to a mutation in exon 73 will remain blinded and QRX-333.continues to enroll patients. ProQR will work closely with Wings Therapeutics and EBRP to support its efforts to advance QR 313 for patients with DEB.

QR-313 has been grantedreceived orphan drug designation in the United States and the European Union for the treatment of patients with DEB with exon 73 mutations. 

Eluforsen and Cystic Fibrosis (CF)

Cystic fibrosis is a genetic disease that causes early morbidity and mortality. CF currently has no cure. The median age of death for CF patients is 30 years or less, and more than 90% of CF patients die from respiratory failure. To date, all but two of the therapies approved to treat CF patients are designed to treat the symptoms of CF rather than address the underlying cause. CF is caused by mutations in the gene that encodes for a protein called cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator, or CFTR. Although there are more than 1,900 different genetic mutations that cause CF, the F508del mutation that we are targeting is the most prevalent and is present in approximately 65,000 CF patients, representing 85% of the 77,000 CF patients in the Western world. In CF patients, the resulting defective protein lead to the dysfunction of multiple organ systems, including the lungs, pancreas and gastrointestinal tract. In the lung airways, absence of functional CFTR protein leads to unusually thick, sticky mucus that clogs the lungs and increases vulnerability to chronic, lung-damaging infections.

Our lead product candidate for CF, eluforsen, is a first-in-class RNA-based oligonucleotide designed to address the underlying cause of the disease by targeting the mRNA defect encoded by the F508del mutation in the CFTR gene of CF patients and restoring CFTR function. Eluforsen is designed to be self-administered through a small, handheld aerosol delivery device, or nebulizer, in the form of a mist inhaled into the lungs. In pre-clinical studies we have shown this method could allow maximum exposure of eluforsen to the primary target organ, the lung, as well as significant exposure to other affected organs through systemic absorption into the blood. Based on our extensive pre-clinical studies on safety, delivery and efficacy in relevant cell and animal models we started two global clinical studies of eluforsen in 2015. In 2016, we presented positive results from PQ-010-002, a proof-of-concept trial demonstrating that eluforsen restores CFTR function in the nasal linings of patients that are homozygous (who carry two allelic copies) of the F508del mutation. CFTR is the protein channel that is defective in patients with CF, and presence or absence of function of CFTR can be measured by an important biomarker called the nasal potential difference, or NPD, assay. Following four

47


weeks of topical therapy, eluforsen improved the CFTR-mediated total chloride response, a direct measure of CFTR function. This was confirmed by the restoration of other indicators of CFTR function, such as the sodium channel activity. In subjects that were compound heterozygous (who carry one copy of the F508del mutation and one other disease causing mutation), no meaningful difference was measured. Eluforsen was observed to be well-tolerated in all subjects.

The Phase 1b clinical trial, which we refer to as PQ-010-001, is a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, 28-day dose-escalation trial that was conducted in 26 sites in North America and Europe. The primary endpoint of the trial was to evaluate the safety, tolerability and pharmacokinetics, of single and multiple ascending doses of inhaled eluforsen in CF patients carrying two copies (homozygotes) of the F508del mutation. This trial also assessed a number of exploratory efficacy endpoints, although the trial was not powered for statistical significance on these endpoints. The results of the single-dose cohorts were reported in 2016 and all doses were safe and well-tolerated. In September 2017, we reported the preliminary results of the multiple-dose cohorts in which 36 subjects were enrolled. Eluforsen was observed to be safe and well-tolerated across all doses with no serious adverse events related to treatment. A clinically meaningful improvement of CF respiratory symptoms, as measured by CFQ-R RSS (Cystic Fibrosis Questionnaire-Revised Respiratory Symptom Score) was observed in 3 out of 4 multiple dose groups with a mean improvement of 13.0 to 19.2 points compared to placebo. The magnitude of the benefit observed in CFQ-R RSS for these dose groups exceeded the established minimal clinically important difference of 4.0 points. In addition, a supportive trend of improved lung function was observed up to 4.0% mean absolute change in ppFEV1 compared to placebo. There were no changes in weight gain and sweat chloride. A Phase 2 trial is currently under design and is planned to commence in 2018 subject to a partnership.

Eluforsen has been granted orphan drug designation in the United States and the European Union and has received Fast Track designation from the FDA for the treatment of patients with CF due to the F508del mutation.

Besides our program for CF caused by the F508del mutation, we are working on other CFTR mutations that could be treated using our RNA technologies. We could potentially target up to 12,000 patients, representing an estimated 15% of CF patients in the Western world, with these programs.

Axiomer RNA Editing Technology Platform

As a result of several years research conducted at ProQR in collaboration with academic partners, ProQR has invented and patented a novel RNA editing platform technology called Axiomer. Axiomer is a platform that can modify individual RNA bases and therefore target certain genetic mutations that cause disease. This technology uses the well-established therapeutic modality of single stranded RNA oligonucleotides, designed in a way to recruit an endogenous enzymatic complex called ADAR, and guided to make a change to the RNA exactly where we want it. We call the molecules Editing OligoNucleotides, or EONs. The Axiomer EONs can specifically target G-to-A mutations, and can therefore potentially treat over 20.00 disease causing G-to-A mutations that are described in literature.

Recruitment of endogenous RNA editing enzymes by oligonucleotides represents a significant therapeutic opportunity for a new type of drugs that can treat genetic disorders by reversing the underlying mutations. Deamination of adenosines into inosines (A-to-I editing) is the most common type of single-nucleotide post-transcriptional editing, with a predictable change in the base-pairing specificity: As inosine base-pairs with cytosines, the editing effectively results in an A-to-G conversion, which in turn can affect RNA processing (e.g. splicing or RNA stability) or the codon identity during translation. The reaction is catalyzed by the ADAR enzymes (Adenosine deaminases acting on RNA), and takes place on different substrates, including (pre-) mRNAs, miRNAs and lncRNAs, and in a range of disease-relevant tissues. We have invented and developed an approach where the endogenous ADAR can be recruited by using an oligonucleotide only, without the need for overexpression of ADAR (fusion) proteins or long guide RNAs. The oligonucleotides, referred to as Editing Oligonucleotides (EONs), are designed so as to allow the editing reaction to be specific for the target adenosine and to bestow general drug-like properties, without interfering with ADAR binding and activity. The design includes structural features and chemical modifications of the oligonucleotide backbone, to provide for stability and cellular uptake, and enable the EONs to recruit the endogenous ADARs and direct them to specifically edit one selected adenosine, while suppressing the editing of other, off-target adenosines. We have named this proprietary innovative technology Axiomer RNA editing technology.EMA.

48


 

Eluforsen for Cystic Fibrosis (CF)

Cystic fibrosis (CF) causes viscous mucus to accumulate in vital organs disrupting several processes in the body. Pancreatic enzymes are blocked from entering the intestines and the thick layer of mucus in the lungs is a great environment for destructive bacteria. The thick mucus makes it hard to clear the lungs from these bacteria and results in regular infections and inflammation. This process injures the lungs and leads to frequent hospitalizations and lung failure.

We are developing eluforsen for the most common mutation causing CF, the F508del mutation in the CFTR gene, affecting approximately 85% of all CF patients. Two global clinical trials for eluforsen in people with CF have providedbeen completed. Study 001, a Phase 1b safety and tolerability clinical trial in 70 CF patients and Study 002, a proof of concept clinical trial in 18 CF patients. In both clinical trials eluforsen was observed to be safe and well-tolerated and both trials showed encouraging signals that eluforsen has the potential to be a meaningful therapy for our Axiomerpeople with CF that have two copies of the F508del mutation (homozygotes).

Eluforsen has received orphan drug designation from the FDA and EMA. Eluforsen was also granted fast track designation by the FDA.

Axiomer® RNA Editing Technology

The Axiomer® platform is a novel, proprietary RNA editing technology invented at ProQR. The technology is based on editing oligonucleotides, or EONs, designed to recruit ADAR enzymes (Adenosine Deaminases Acting on RNA) to make single nucleotide changes in the RNA in a mouse modelhighly specific and targeted manner at a desired location. The approach, for which ProQR is pursuing patent protection, allows the recruitment of endogenous ADARs by using EONs as the Hurler syndrome,sole drug modality, doing away with the need for overexpression of (artificial) ADAR proteins, guide RNAs or other large, complex components.

Recruitment of endogenous RNA-editing enzymes by EONs represents a lysosomal storage disorder causedsignificant therapeutic opportunity for a new type of drugs that can treat genetic diseases by inactivation ofreversing the alpha-L-iduronidase enzyme. The underlying G-to-A mutationmutations. ADARs are present in most human cells and naturally make adenosine-to-inosine (A-to-I) changes in RNA. Since an inosine is correctedinterpreted by EON-directed A-to-Ithe cell as a guanosine, an EON-mediated, targeted editing reaction has the potential to effectively modify any chosen adenosine (A) in any RNA to a guanosine (G). This can either restore the original sequence, or bring about an intended de novo A to G change, in order to treat genetic disease. Current estimations point to over 20,000 G to A mutations in the Idua transcript, resulting in restoration of protein translation and enzymatic activity. human population that cause disease.

In vitroand in vivo work with additional models indicates that the EONs are generally applicable for the correction of mRNA G-to-A mutations, over 20,000 of which are knownmutations. Together with the leading academic experts in RNA editing, we continue to cause monogenetic disorders. We are currently exploring the use ofadvance our Axiomer RNA Editing technology to continue to develop therapies for genetic disorders that have no or less effective or less safe treatment options in select therapeutic areas. In addition to initiating in-housediseases.


Early stage pipeline

Beyond the programs we plan to continue to validate and create value for our Axiomer technology by entering into licensing and collaboration agreements in select therapeutic areas. In January 2018, we announced a research collaboration agreement with Galapagos, N.V. where we are applying our novel Axiomer technology to fibrosis targets identified by Galapagos. We are also using our Axiomer technology to target several premature stop codon mutations in CF.

Discovery Programs

On our mission to make a positive impact to the lives of patients that suffer from rare diseases, we continuously look for ways to apply our science and know-how to expand our reach. As a part of that we are building out our platform technologies to new diseases and therapeutic areas. As our technologies can potentially treat thousands of disease causing mutationsmentioned above we have to prioritize where to apply our science next. We therefore have a rigorous evaluation process in identifying programs for our pipeline that includes establishing genetic causality, ability to deliver drug to the target organ, intellectual property protection, strong proof of concept, and a high unmet need. Ouradditional early stage programs in our pipeline targeting genetic diseases with profound unmet medical need.


QR-504 for Fuchs endothelial corneal dystrophy

Fuchs’ endothelial corneal dystrophy 3 (FECD3) is a common, autosomal dominant, degenerative condition of the eye. With age the endothelial cells are lost, ultimately leading to progressive corneal clouding, reduced vision and painful epithelial bullae. There are currently no treatment options other than corneal (endothelium) transplantation for patients with advanced disease. The availability of donors, risk of rejection and the inherent risk of an invasive procedure are some of the limitations of this procedure. FECD3 is caused by a trinucleotide CTG repeat expansion in various stagesthe TCF4 gene. It is estimated that FECD affects more than 4% of individuals over the age 40 in the U.S., and similar prevalence is noted for other global regions. The mutated TCF4 mRNAs accumulate as nuclear RNA foci and globally disrupt mRNA splicing in the corneal endothelial cells. QR-504 targets the mutated mRNA with the aim to reduce the accumulation and splicing disruption. QR-504 is currently in discovery stage and target different severe genetic disorders where we believe our technologies haveintend to commence IND-enabling studies.  

49


QR-1011 for Stargardt’s disease

Stargardt’s disease is the potentialmost common inherited macular dystrophy causing progressive loss of central vision. Most patients with Stargardt’s disease will progress to deliver therapeutic benefitslegal blindness or worse as they age. Currently, there is no treatment available. It is associated with mutations in the ABCA4 gene resulting in the loss of photoreceptor cells in the retina. The c.5461-10T>C mutation affects about 7,000 patients in the Western world and leads to affected patients.aberrant splicing of ABCA4 mRNA. QR-1011 aims to restore normal splicing leading to the production of wild type mRNA and protein thereby stopping or potentially reversing the disease. QR-1011 is currently in the advanced lead optimization phase.


QRX-704 for Huntington’s Disease

QRX-704 is a discovery stage oligonucleotide approach for the treatment of Huntington’s disease (HD). HD is an inherited progressive neurodegenerative disease, and one of the most common genetic disorders, with symptoms includingdisorders. Symptoms include involuntary movements, incoordination, impaired speech, cognitive decline and depression. Patients with HD have a shortened life expectancy and there is currently no disease-modifying treatment available. The disease is caused by an expanded repeat of CAG nucleotides in the HTT gene, resulting in a mutated huntingtin protein. When the mutated protein that is present in the cells, small polyglutamine-containing proteincleaved into toxic fragments, are formed. These fragments stick to each other, andwhich accumulate in nerve cells, interfering with normal cellular functions, eventually leading to cell death.cells. QRX-704 is designed to modify the HTT mRNA to prevent the formation of the toxic fragments, while the huntingtin protein remains functional. QRX-704 is currently in discovery stage.


Our Strategy

We are dedicated to improving the lives of patients and their loved ones through the development of RNA-therapiesRNA therapies for severe genetic orphanrare diseases. We have an initial focus on patients with Leber’s congenital amaurosis 10, Usher syndrome 2A, dystrophic epidermolysis bullosa and cystic fibrosis.believe the strategy as outlined below enables us to build a sustainable independent business which creates value for all stakeholders involved. Key elements of our strategy include:

·

Develop drugs for patients in need. Through our patient-centric approach we work to develop best-in-class therapies and to advance the understanding of conditions that we target. As RNA therapies have become an established modality, we are translating new applications in a pipeline of products for patients suffering from rare diseases. We believe this strategy enables us to build a sustainable independent business.

·

Rapidly advance our ophthalmology franchise, including QR-110 forplatform. The initial results of sepofarsen in restoring vision as observed during the treatmentinterim analysis of LCA. We recognize the greatPhase 1/2 trial have built confidence in the potential opportunity for oligonucleotidesRNA therapies in the ophthalmology space and therefore have established an ophthalmology franchise with programs for LCA 10, Usher syndrome 2A, Fuchs’ endothelial corneal dystrophy 3 and Stargardt’s disease. We are currently conducting a Phase 1/2 clinical trial of our lead product candidate, QR-110, in adults and children with LCA 10, the leadingtreating genetic cause of blindness in childhood. Patient dosing commenced in late 2017 and we expect to obtain six-month treatment data in 2018 and full twelve-month data in 2019.

49


·

Extensively broaden our ophthalmology portfolio by advancing QR-421a and QR-411 for Usher syndrome 2A into clinical development. For Usher syndrome 2A, a progressive disease leading to hearing loss and blindness, we are developing QR-421a for the ophthalmic manifestation of Usher syndrome 2A due to exon 13 mutations, and QR-411, also for Usher syndrome 2A due to the PE40 mutation. In 2018,eye diseases. Therefore, we plan to rapidly advance QR-421a towardsour programs in ophthalmology for a Phase 1/2 clinical trial with results expected in 2019. Other programsrange of genetic eye diseases for which there are no or limited treatment options. As part of our five-year plan known as our “ProQR Vision 2023 strategy”, by 2023, we aim to obtain marketing approvals for the first two products in our ophthalmology franchise include QRX-1011 for Stargardt’s diseasepipeline, and QRX-504 for Fuchs’ endothelial corneal dystrophy 3, bothbuild a deep pipeline of ten or more programs beyond those two products, of which we expect three to be in the optimization phase, considered the lastlate stage of discovery. Once optimized, we intend to advance these molecules into pre-clinical development.

·

InitiateCommercialize portfolio of ophthalmic medicines independently. We plan to commercialize our portfolio of medicines for inherited retinal diseases (IRDs) independently in North America and Europe, and seek partners for other geographic areas. While building the firstcommercial infrastructure for an expected commercial launch of sepofarsen in human clinical trial for QR-313, our lead dermatology candidate, for the treatment of DEB. Our QR-313 candidate is designed2021, we expect this same infrastructure to address the underlying cause of DEB, a severe genetic blistering skinserve patients with other IRDs like Usher syndrome or Stargardt’s disease due to mutations in exon 73as IRD patients are typically seen by one of the 30 IRD hub centers.

·

COL7A1Leverage our pipeline through strategic consideration of out-licensing, spinouts or collaborative partnerships. gene. A Phase 1/2 studyWe plan to continue to advance the programs and technologies in our discovery pipeline beyond ophthalmology and selectively engage with partners for QR-313 is planneddevelopment and commercialization of programs and products that we do not intend to start in 2018 and we expect to obtain interim data in 2018 and full data in 2019. Beyond QR-313, we have a pipeline of discovery-stage programs for other mutations that cause DEB, including QRX-323 and QRX-333.independently develop.

·

Expand our Axiomer RNA-editing platform into select therapeutic areas and capture value through product and business development efforts.areas. Our novel and proprietary RNA editing platform technology, called Axiomer, is a new way to use oligonucleotides to edit single nucleotides in the RNA. We believe our Axiomer technology may be applicable to more than 20,000 disease-causing mutations. In 20182019 and beyond, we plan to build out Axiomer in select therapeutic areas and continue to validate and create value for the platform through pursuing licensing, partnering and other strategic relationships. 

50


·

Seek a partner to develop and commercialize eluforsen for the treatment of CF. Our lead product candidate for CF, eluforsen, has generated compelling data in pre-clinical and two global clinical studies in CF patients. Results from our Phase 1b study announced in 2017 found eluforsen to be safe and well-tolerated and demonstrated encouraging efficacy responses. The positive data support the potential of eluforsen as a disease-modifying therapy for CF patients with two copies of the F508del mutation. We intend to pursue a strategic partnership for the development and commercialization of eluforsen and start a planned Phase 2 trial in 2018. We are also studying applications of RNA technologies for other CF mutations which currently have no available therapies.  

·

Leverage our pipeline through considering out-licensing, spinouts or collaborative partnerships. We plan to continue to advance the programs and technologies in our discovery pipeline and ensure that these programs have the potential to make an impact for patients in these areas of unmet need, we will consider strategic alternatives that include spinouts, out-licensing or collaborative partnerships with pharmaceutical companies. These partnerships may provide us with further validation of our approach, funding to advance our product candidates and access to development, manufacturing and commercial expertise and capabilities.

Patient Centric Approach

ProQR aims to develop best-in-class therapies as well as to improve patient care through awareness, education, and advancing the understanding of conditions that we target. In order to achieve this goal, ProQR strives to integrate the patient voice into our decision-making throughout the drug development process. Becauseprocess as we believe that a patient-centric strategy is crucial to our success, we have established thesuccess. Therefore, our Patient and Medical Community Engagement (PMCE) team. This dedicated team’s purpose isteam actively collaborates with and listens to listenthe communities we serve to and representensure that the patient voice internally as well as to collaborate externally with the communities we serve.is represented internally.


Sepofarsen for Leber’s Congenital Amaurosis 10 (LCA10)

LCA Backgroundbackground

LCALeber’s Congenital Amaurosis (LCA) is the most common genetic cause of blindness in childhood. We believe that theThe p.Cys998X mutation (also known as c.2991+1655A>G) in the CEP290 (Centrosomal protein of 290 kDa) gene is the most prevalent mutation which generally accounts for the most severe disease phenotype (LCA 10)(LCA10). Patients affected by this mutation typically lose

50


Table of Contents

sight in the first years of life. In LCA 10 patients, thisThis mutation leads to significant decrease in CEP290 protein within the photoreceptor cells in the retina. Patients affected by this mutation typically lose sight in the first years of life. Clinical features of LCA 10LCA10 include loss of vision, involuntary eye movement or nystagmus, abnormalities of pupil reactions and no detectable photoreceptor electrical signals on electroretinography (ERG).

Representation of the p.Cys998X
mutation causing LCA 10LCA10

Wild type

Picture 11Picture 62

Leber’s congenital amaurosis type 10

Picture 14

LCA GeneticsLCA genetics

More than 20 genes have been associated with the genetic defect that causes LCA. The most common mutation is the p.Cys998X in the CEP290 gene causing LCA10. The p.Cys998X mutation is a single nucleotide substitution in the CEP290 gene that creates a new splice site, also called a cryptic splice site, between exon 26 and 27. During the splicing of the pre-mRNA this causes a part of the intron, or pseudoexon, to be included in the mRNA. The pseudoexon contains a premature stop codon thus the mRNA is not translated into the full length CEP290 protein. The CEP290 protein is involved in the formation and stability of the connecting cilium in photoreceptor cells, which facilitates the transport of proteins from the inner segment to the outer segment of the cell. When CEP290 is absent, there is a disturbance in normal protein transport to the outer segments of the photoreceptor cell which provokes the shortening of the outer segment and its inability to perform its light transducing function.

51


Table of Contents

LCA Prevalence and Diagnosis

LCA is caused by a genetic defect in 20 or more associated genes. The most common mutation is the p.Cys998Xaffects about 15,000 patients in the CEP290 gene causing LCA 10.Western world. Although diagnosis rates vary, our estimations indicate thisthe most common p.Cys998X mutation to occuroccurs in approximately 2,000 patients in the Western world.

Patients are initially diagnosed through the presence of clinical symptoms. Nystagmus, rapid involuntary movements of the eyes, tends to be the first symptom visible as well as oculo-digital signs comprising eye poking, pressing, and rubbing. Vision impairment or blindness becomes obvious as age increases. After an ophthalmological examination, LCA is diagnosed. A genetic screening including all known mutations causing LCA is performed to confirm the diagnosis and determine the type of LCA in order to give the patient the most accurate prognosis possible (approximately 30% of all patients carry a mutation that has not been identified to date).


Approaches for the Treatment of LCA 10LCA10

There are currently no disease modifying treatments approved or potential treatments in clinical trials for patients with p.Cys998X associated LCA 10, a form of LCA. There are other approachesLCA10 and disease management is currently supportive in pre-clinical development for the p.Cys998X mutation that target the disease at the DNA level.nature. The eye is highly suitable for oligonucleotide therapies as it is a contained organ with physical cellular barriers. These natural barriers which strongly limits the free entry and exit of cells and larger molecules in and out of the eye, therefore limiting the systemic exposure of locally administered therapies.

Sepofarsen for LCA10, splice correction for
p.Cys998X
CEP290 mRNA

Picture 19

Sepofarsen for the treatment of LCA10

Sepofarsen (formerly named QR-110) is designed to treat LCA10 by splice correction. By binding to the pre-mRNA sepofarsen aims to silence the cryptic splice site caused by the p.Cys998X mutation. The splicing machinery can thus process the pre-mRNA correctly resulting in normal mRNA and we expect the production of full-length functional wild type CEP290 protein. Sepofarsen is designed to be administered by intravitreal injection.

Sepofarsen has received orphan drug designation from the U.S. FDA and European Commission. Sepofarsen was also granted fast track designation by the U.S. FDA.

Sepofarsen binds to pre-mRNA and silences the cryptic splice site leading to production of normal mRNA

Clinical Development for Sepofarsen

The activity seen in our preclinical models of LCA10 provided strong support for the clinical development and therapeutic potential of sepofarsen. The clinical development of sepofarsen began in the second half of 2017 with a

52


Table of Contents

Phase 1/2 open-label, multiple dose, dose escalation study to evaluate the safety and tolerability of sepofarsen, study PQ-110-001.  This trial is currently ongoing (enrollment complete) and includes five children (age 8 - 17 years) and six adults (≥ 18 years) who have LCA10 due to one or two copies of the p.Cys998X mutation in the CEP290 gene. Participants were to receive up to four intravitreal injections of sepofarsen into one eye; every three months. Based on updated data suggesting a longer half-life of sepofarsen in the retina, dosing of patients has been adjusted to once every six months after receiving their first 2 injections 3 months apart. The study is being conducted in three centers with significant expertise in genetic retinal disease in the U.S. and Europe.

The primary objectives of the trial are safety and tolerability. Secondary objectives include the pharmacokinetics and restoration/improvement of visual function and retinal structure through ophthalmic endpoints such as best-corrected visual acuity (BCVA), full-field stimulus testing (FST), optical coherence tomography (OCT), pupillary light reflex (PLR), mobility course and oculomotor instability (OCI). Reports of substantial improvement in vision in one subject led to the decision to perform an interim analysis of data collected as of August 16, 2018.


Safety data

At the time of the interim analysis (August 16, 2018), treatment-emergent adverse events (TEAEs) reported were mostly mild and there had been no signs of intraocular inflammation. Mild local reactions related to the injection procedure such as conjunctival hemorrhage were reported; such events are typical with intravitreal injection. To support regulatory discussions (in December 2018) related to advancing the program into a potential registrational trial, a further safety follow-up was conducted after the interim analysis, in which, adverse events observed after longer duration of treatment included mild cystoid macular edema and lens opacities. The cystoid macular edema was observed in two patients in the highest dose tested and was responsive to standard of care treatment. There were six participants with lens opacities, of which three went on to have corrective lens replacement. These events were considered likely related to study medication and are consistent with those seen for other ophthalmic and intravitreal oligonucleotide therapies.  Dosing adjustments (dose and dosing interval) were made. There have been no discontinuations from the study. 


Efficacy data

The interim analysis of efficacy data from PQ-110-001 confirmed clinical proof-of-concept as shown by improvement in BCVA and supported by improvement in performance on the mobility course and reduced involuntary eye movement (nystagmus). Mechanistic proof-of-concept was confirmed by improvement in FST. Importantly, the four endpoints analyzed showed concordant improvement (Table 1). In approximately 60% of subjects, multiple independent measures of visual function were improved in the treated eye, but not in the contralateral eye.


Table 1 Summary of Efficacy Endpoints Assessed for the Interim Analysis (Data Cutoff 16 August 2018)

Endpoint

Units

Direction Showing Improvement

Responder Threshold

Change from Baseline at Month 3

Mean (SEM)

Treated

Untreated

Overall

Best corrected visual acuity (ETDRS/BRVT) (n=8)

LogMAR

= improved

> -0.3

-0.67 (0.32)

0.02 (0.05)

Full field stimulus red (FST red) (n=7)

cd/m2

= improved

-0.74 (0.35)

-0.23 (0.18)

Full field stimulus blue (FST blue) (n=7)

cd/m2

= improved

-0.91 (0.38)

-0.02 (0.11)

Mobility course (n=7)

Level

= improved

>  2

2.57 (1.19)

1.36 (1.04)

OCI (nystagmus tracking) (n=7)

Log10mm

= improved

-0.14 (0.08)

-0.04 (0.06)

Abbreviations: BRVT=Berkeley Rudimentary Vision Test; cd/m2=logarithm of candelas/square meter; ETDRS=Early Treatment Diabetic Retinopathy Study; LogMAR=Logarithm of the Minimum Angle of Resolution; OCI = Oculomotor Instability

53


Table of Contents

Measurements of best corrected visual acuity (BCVA), functional vision (mobility), and nystagmus confirm vision improvement in these subjects. In addition, clear improvement in FST was seen at both red and blue wavelengths in the treated eye only.

BCVA is an accepted registration endpoint for treatments of retinal diseases, with a generally-accepted threshold for clinically meaningful improvement of -0.3 LogMAR (15 letters on an eye chart). At Month 3, this threshold was exceeded in treated, but not untreated eyes, in the overall population, both in adult and pediatric subjects.

Performance on a mobility course was also improved, and nystagmus was reduced. Concordant improvement in the mechanistic and functional outcome measures confirm that these observations are due to on-target benefits of sepofarsen. Results from the individual endpoints are discussed in more detail below.


Best Corrected Visual Acuity (BCVA)

To assess BCVA, either the ETDRS eye charts or BRVT eye charts (for subjects with more severe visual impairment) were used. ETDRS is useful up to LogMAR 1.6, and BVRT extends the range to LogMAR 4.0, or mere light perception.


Data from the three-month assessment of BCVA are shown for the available eight subjects in Figure 1. The dark and light green bars on the left represent mean (SEM) and median change from baseline, respectively, for the treated eye, and the gray bars (undetectable) on the right represent mean (SEM) and median change from baseline for the contralateral eye. Red triangles for the median bars represent individual subject values. The dotted horizontal line represents the clinically meaningful level of -0.3 LogMAR.

In the treated eye, both mean and median change from baseline were above the clinically meaningful threshold, while the contralateral eye showed no meaningful improvement. As can be seen in Figure 1, clinically meaningful improvement was seen in the treated eyes of 5 of the 8 subjects at Month 3, but no subject showed clinically meaningful improvement in the contralateral eye. Importantly, some subjects who were only able to perceive hand movement were able to read larger letters on the ETDRS eye chart at three-month.

Although the study was not powered to show statistical significance, comparison of the mean change from baseline in treated eyes to contralateral eyes at three-month was significant (p=0.011; Wilcoxon’s rank-sum test).


Figure 1 Mean (SEM) and Median Change from Baseline in BCVA at Month 3 (Interim Analysis)

Picture 60

5154


 

Table of Contents

 


Figure 2 Mean Change from Baseline in BCVA through Month 6 (Interim Analysis)

p.Cys998X CEP290 mRNAPicture 59

Picture 16

QR-110 bindsFigure 2 shows mean changes over time for all available BCVA measurements for the treated eye (green line) and contralateral eye (gray line). The mean for the treated eye increased to pre-mRNAa clinically meaningful extent after the loading dose, and silencesremained stable thereafter. Clinically meaningful improvements were observed for the cryptic splice site leading to productiontreated eye but not for the contralateral eye. This figure shows the three-month data for all eight subjects but also includes the six-month data for the four patients who had reached six-months at the time of normal mRNAthe assessment.

 

QR-110The FST is a sensitive mechanistic outcome measure. This test is similar to a hearing test, but instead of subjects pushing a button when they first hear a progressively louder tone, in FST they push a button when they detect a progressively brighter red or blue light flashed across the entire retina. As FST is a very sensitive test, it was hypothesized that improvement in FST would be the earliest and most sensitive indication that sepofarsen was engaging its target.

Figure 3 shows the three-month mean (SEM) change from baseline in ability to see both blue and red wavelengths. The dark bars represent the treated eye and the lighter bars represent the contralateral eye. Improvement was observed in the treated, but not the contralateral eye for both wavelengths. Figure 4 shows the stability of the response over time using all available data. Improvement in the treated eye was observed to be well maintained. This figure shows the three-month data for seven subjects but also includes the six-month data for the treatmentfour patients who had reached six months at the time of LCA 10the assessment.

Our lead product candidate

Figure 3 Mean (SEM) Change from Baseline
in Full-field Stimulus Test at Month 3
(Interim Analysis)

Figure 4 Mean Change from Baseline
in Full-field Stimulus Test through Month 6
(Interim Analysis)

Picture 3

Picture 2

55


Table of Contents

Mobility Course

A mobility course suitable for patients with LCA10 was developed to quantify improvements in functional vision. The tool involves different layouts of increasing complexity, using multiple light levels. In total, the series of courses produces 19 levels, with level 1 being the ability to navigate a short, straight course with a single brightly-backlit obstacle; the other end of the spectrum at level 19 is the ability to navigate a very dimly-lit complex course with multiple obstacles. Improvement is measured by the number of levels a patient is able to navigate.

Figure 5 shows the three-month mean (SEM) change from baseline in number of levels subjects are able to navigate. The green bar represents the treated eye and the gray bar represents the contralateral eye. Red triangles represent individual subject data points. Figure 6 shows the stability of the response over time using all available data. The green line represents the treated eye and the gray line represents the contralateral eye. The dotted horizontal line represents the anticipated clinically meaningful threshold for improvement of two levels, or approximately a ten-fold reduction in light required for the subject to successfully navigate the mobility course. 

Clinically meaningful improvement was seen in the LCA 10 space, QR-110,treated eye at three-months. Clinically meaningful improvement was also seen in the contralateral eye in some patients at three months. However, the group mean for the contralateral eye did not reach the level of being clinically meaningful. Also, this improvement in the contralateral eye appears to be transient, as shown in Figure 6.

Results from the mobility assessment support the functional significance of the best-corrected visual acuity improvement.

Figure 5 Mean (SEM) Change from Baseline in
Mobility Course Results at Month 3
(Interim Analysis)

Figure 6 Mean Change from Baseline in Mobility
Course Results through Month 6
(Interim Analysis)

Picture 5

Picture 4

Oculomotor instability (OCI)

Oculomotor Instability (OCI) (measurement of nystagmus) was also assessed for the interim analysis. Nystagmus is a first-in-class single-stranded RNA oligonucleotide of 17 nucleotides long. It is designed to treat the disease by bindinginvoluntary eye movements due to the pre-mRNA and thereby silencing the cryptic splice site caused by the p.Cys998X mutation. The splicing machinery can thus splice the pre-mRNA correctly resulting in normal mRNA and we expect the productioninability to fixate. Oculomotor Instability quantifies nystagmus using laser tracking measurement of full-length functional wild type CEP290 protein. The intended route of delivery is through intravitreal injection.eye movement.  

 

Clinical DevelopmentFigure 7 shows the three-month mean (SEM) change from baseline in level of nystagmus. The green bar represents the treated eye and the gray bar represents the contralateral eye. Red triangles represent individual subject data points. Figure 8 shows the stability of the response over time using all available data. The green line represents the treated eye and the gray line represents the contralateral eye. This figure shows the three-month data for QR-110seven subjects but also includes the six-month data for the four patients who had reached six months at the time of the assessment.

We believe

56


Table of Contents

Nystagmus was observed to be improved in the activitytreated eye at three months, compared to both baseline and the contralateral eye. This improvement was also noted by study investigators during their initial clinical assessment prior to OCI testing. As can be seen in our pre-clinical modelsthe right panel, improvement in OCI was maintained in the treated eye over time, and potentially increased.

Figure 7 Mean (SEM) Change from Baseline in
Oculomotor Instability at Month 3
(Interim Analysis)

Figure 8 Mean Change from Baseline in
Oculomotor Instability through Month 6
(Interim Analysis)

Picture 9

Picture 8

Conclusions from Study PQ-110-001 (Interim Analysis)

Available data from the interim analysis of LCA 10 provided strongPQ-110-001 support for the clinical developmentproof-of-concept of sepofarsen as shown by improvement in BCVA and therapeutic potentialsupported by improvement in performance on the mobility course and reduced involuntary eye movement (nystagmus). Mechanistic proof-of-concept was supported by improvement in FST. Importantly, the four endpoints analyzed showed concordant improvement. In approximately 60% of QR-110. We are currently conducting a Phase 1/2 study for QR-110 (PQ-110-001: NCT03140969) which commenced with the first patient dosed in November 2017.

PQ-110-001 is an open-label trial that will include approximately six children (age 6 - 17 years) and six adults (≥ 18 years) who have LCA 10 due to one or two copies of the p.Cys998X mutation in the CEP290 gene. During the trial, subjects, will receive four intravitreal injections of QR-110 into one eye; one every three months. The QR-110 trial is being conducted in three centers with significant expertise in genetic retinal disease in the U.S. and Europe. We expect to obtain six-month interim data from this study in 2018 and full twelve-month data in 2019.

The primary objectives of the trial will be safety and tolerability. Secondary objectives will include the pharmacokinetics and restoration/improvementmultiple independent measures of visual function were improved in the treated eye, but not in the contralateral eye. Treatment-emergent adverse events reported beyond the interim analysis were mostly mild except for three lens opacity events that were reported as moderate or severe. We intend to conduct further testing of the long-term safety and retinal structure through ophthalmic endpoints suchefficacy of sepofarsen, as visual acuity, full field stimulus testing (FST), optical coherence tomography (OCT), pupillary light reflex (PLR),well as initiation of trials to explore dose response in a controlled manner.


Next steps in clinical development of sepofarsen

Study PQ-110-002 is an extension study to continue to provide treatment to subjects completing study PQ-110-001 for which the benefit/risk is positive. Study PQ-110-002 will allow for additional assessment of long-term safety, tolerability and (systemic) exposure of sepofarsen, as well as efficacy assessments, including sustained efficacy. Treatment of the contralateral eye may also be initiated.

In addition, the ILLUMINATE study (PQ-110-003) will also be initiated. This study is a double-masked, randomized, controlled, multiple-dose study to evaluate the efficacy, safety, tolerability and systemic exposure of sepofarsen administered via intravitreal injection in subjects with LCA due to the CEP290 p.Cys998X mutation. ILLUMINATE will include two active dose levels and a sham control group. Efficacy assessments, including BCVA, mobility course score, retinal imaging, functional assessments of vision, patient-reported outcome (PRO) measures, as well as safety assessments will be performed at selected study visits. The primary endpoint will be assessed at 12 months of treatment, but all efficacy and fixation stability.safety assessments will continue to be followed during the 24-month treatment period. Treatment of the contralateral eye may also be initiated.

Pre-clinical

57


Table of Contents

Picture 55

Picture 54

Beyond sepofarsen we have an additional discovery-stage program, QRX-136, for another mutation in CEP290.


Preclinical evidence for QR-110sepofarsen

We have conducted in vitro and in vivo pre-clinicalpreclinical studies that we believe support the clinical development to explore the therapeutic potential of QR-110.sepofarsen.

QR-110
Sepofarsen assessment in patient fibroblasts

Since QR-110sepofarsen targets the splicing process, the most direct measurable outcome of activity is the profiling and quantification of CEP290 transcripts (wild type(wild-type and mutant) and protein before and after treatment. In pre-clinicalpreclinical studies, to date, QR-110 hassepofarsen demonstrated restoration of CEP290 wild typewild-type (correctly spliced) mRNA and protein in cultured fibroblast cells of LCA 10LCA10 patients homozygous and compound heterozygous for the p.Cys998X mutation.

52


Table of Contents

Homozygous cells (p.Cys998X/p.Cys998X; LFB-3) (figure A)

Picture 17

Compound heterozygous cells (p.Cys998X/p.Lys1575X; LFB-6) (figure B)

Picture 19

Effect of QR-110 at the mRNA and protein level in fibroblast cells from LCA 10 patients that are A) homozygous and B) compound heterozygous for the p.Cys998X mutation. Normalized wild type and mutant CEP290 mRNA expression (copies/ng) after transfection of LCA 10 fibroblasts with QR-110, analyzed with one-step ddPCR. For protein data (Western Blot), expression is shown relative to control cells without the mutation. Error bars show mean with SEM. *p<0.05, **p<0.01, ***p<0.001, vs. mock treated cells, Student’s t-test.


The figure above summarizes the observations from our pre-clinical data that treatment with QR-110 may be able to increase the expression of wild type CEP290 mRNA and protein in fibroblast cells from LCA 10 patients that are homozygous for the p.Cys998X mutation. Furthermore, we observed that treatment with QR-110 resulted in a decrease in levels of mutant mRNA (figure A, left and center). The mRNA and protein profile restoration trend is also observed in LCA 10 fibroblasts that are compound heterozygous for the p.Cys998X mutation (figure B, left and center).

Changes in the mRNA profile are supported by a wild type CEP290 protein increase illustrated by Western blot. Results demonstrate that in LCA 10 fibroblasts that are homozygous for the p.Cys998X mutation, in vitro treatment with QR-110 restored CEP290 protein levels to that of control cells (figure A, right panel). In LCA 10 fibroblasts that are compound heterozygous for the p.Cys998X mutation, QR-110 treatment in vitro restored CEP290 protein levels to ~50% of control cells (figure B, right panel). This is expected since in these compound heterozygous cells only one mutated allele carries the p.Cys998X mutation and therefore only one allele can be targeted by QR-110 treatment. People that are heterozygous for the p.Cys998X mutation, with one normal allele and one allele carrying the p.Cys998X mutation, are asymptomatic. This indicates that correction of one diseased allele could be enough to prevent or stop progression of the disease.

QR-110Sepofarsen activity in optic cup model

Optic cups are a retinal organoid model derived from fibroblasts of a LCA 10LCA10 patient harvested through skin biopsies. The cells are reprogrammed into induced pluripotent stem cells, or iPSC, and later differentiated into retinal pigmented epithelium cells and neural retinal cells, also known as three-dimensional optic cups.

53


Table of Contents

Optic cups constitute a convenient and clinically relevant model system to thoroughly study the mechanisms of inherited retinal degeneration since, unlike the classic cell models, these 3D organoids simulate the disease phenotype and provide an appropriate cellular model with the genetic mutations in genomic context.

The clinical and molecular relevance of the optic cup model, coupled with the absence of an animal model, makes the optic cup the best model in which to simulate the mechanisms of LCA 10LCA10 and effectively test the potential of QR-110.sepofarsen.

LCA 10LCA10 patient derived optic cups were exposed to QR-110.sepofarsen. First, we observed from the results that QR-110sepofarsen is able to enter the cells without use of any transfection agents. Second, QR-110sepofarsen elicited a dose-dependent restoration of CEP290 wild type mRNA expression. And third, increased CEP290 mRNA expression was also associated with a commensurate decreasean increase in mutant CEP290 mRNA.functional measures such as percentage of ciliated cells and the length of the cilia.


Picture 22

QR-110 increases wild type CEP290 mRNA levels in a
dose-dependent manner in LCA 10 optic cups

LCA 10 homozygous optic cups

Picture 24

LCA 10 p.Cys998X homozygous patient fibroblasts were reprogrammed into iPSC which were differentiated into optic cups for 96 days and treated with different amounts of QR‑110 for another 28 days (Parfitt et al. 2016) and analyzed using end-point PCR.

54


Table of Contents

Retinal Distribution of QR-110sepofarsen

Labelled QR-110 (green)Using labelled sepofarsen administered via intravitreal injection into wild type mice eyes. Weeyes, we demonstrated that QR-110sepofarsen enters the target cells of the retina, including the photoreceptor cells. QR-110 was detected 60Sepofarsen has a long tissue half-life, with a current estimation of approximately 200 days (the maximum time point tested) followingbased on data obtained in a single injection.

QR-110 reaches target cells after intravitreal injection

Picture 27

Retinal distribution of 6FAM-labelled QR-110 following single intravitreal injection of
100 µg in wild type mice.

non-human primate model for a closely related oligonucleotide.

Usher Syndrome 2A


QR-421a and QR-411 for Usher Syndrome 2AType 2 and non-syndromic retinitis pigmentosa (NSRP)

Usher Syndrome Type 2 Background

Usher syndrome is the leading cause of combined deafness and blindness. Patients with this syndrome generally progress to a stage in which they have very limited central and peripheral vision and moderate to severe deafness. Patients are

58


Table of Contents

usually born with moderate to severe hearing loss that may worsen over time. The retinal phenotype, known as retinitis pigmentosa, or RP, is characterized by photoreceptor degeneration that leads to progressive vision loss. Patients first experience defective dark adaption, loss of peripheral visual field when photoreceptor degeneration progresses, and eventually have only a residual central island of vision, which ultimately progresses to complete blindness. Like LCA, RP is a retinal ciliopathy.

Usher syndrome 2A is caused by mutations in the USH2A gene, encoding the protein usherin. Pathogenic mutations in the USH2A gene disrupt the production of usherin, a protein expressed in photoreceptors where it is required for their maintenance. Usherin is also expressed in the ear, where it is required for normal development of cochlear hair cells and hence, normal hearing. In the eye, defects in usherin cause RP. Our programs will target RP in patients with mutations in USH2A with Usher syndrome 2A as well as a subtype of non-syndromic retinitis pigmentosa, in which patients experience visual loss but do not suffer from hearing loss. Exon 13 mutations represent the most common mutations in the USH2A gene.

55


Table of Contents

USH2A exon 13 splice correction

Picture 21

Splice correction for PE40 USH2A mRNA

Picture 23

QR-421a is being developed as a treatment for RP caused by mutations in exon 13 of the USH2A gene. Pathogenic mutations in exon 13, including the prevalent c.2299delG, disrupt the production of usherin in retinal photoreceptors, where it is required for their maintenance. QR-421a aims to modify splicing of USH2A pre-mRNA such that the exon 13 is excised from the mature mRNA. The excision of exon 13 leads to an in-frame deletion in the USH2A mRNA. Since exon 13 encodes for a repetitive part of the usherin protein, excision of it leads to a fully functional usherin protein. Similar to approach of QR-110, QR-411 is targeted at correcting the splicing of a pseudoexon between exons 40 and 41.

56


Table of Contents

In patients the specific c.7595-2144A>G (PE40) mutation leads to the aberrant inclusion of this pseudoexon in the mature mRNA and consequently a non-functional protein. Correction of the splicing pattern with QR-411 will lead to a fully functional usherin protein. It was observed that QR-421a and QR-411 reach the correct layer of the retina (the outer nuclear layer) after intravitreal administration to mice. Neither QR-421a nor QR-411 will be suitable for patients presenting with any other mutations involved in RP where they do not have at least one exon 13 mutated allele or a PE40 mutation targeted by QR-421a or QR-411 respectively.

Clinical Presentation of Usher Syndrome 2A

RP is characterized by limited visual field and the presence of visual defects such as reduced visual acuity, poor photo- and contrast sensitivity. The first visual symptoms oftentypically appear during the second decade of life and start with night blindness due to the start of degeneration of rod photoreceptors. When rod degeneration progresses, patients lose their peripheral visual field.field until patients only have a residual central island of vision (tunnel vision). Progression of rod degeneration continues with the degeneration of cones which eventually results in complete blindness. The rate and degree

Representation of exon 13
mutations causing Usher syndrome type 2

Usher Syndrome Type 2 Genetics

Usher syndrome type 2 is caused by mutations in the USH2A gene, encoding the protein usherin. Mutations in the USH2A gene can disrupt the production of usherin, a protein expressed in photoreceptors where it is required for their maintenance. Usherin is also expressed in the ear, where it is required for normal development of cochlear hair cells and hence, normal hearing. In the eye, defects in usherin cause RP. Mutations in USH2A can also cause NSRP, in which patients experience visual loss but do not suffer from hearing loss. Exon 13 mutations represent the most common mutations in the USH2A gene.

Disease Prevalence and Diagnosis

The diagnosis of the disease is based on clinical symptoms and ophthalmologic evaluations. A genetic screening can determine the specific mutation that is causing the disease. Although accurate prevalence figures do not exist, the number of patients with vision loss due to USH2A exon 13 mutations is estimated to be around 16,000 in the Western world. In Europe, the PE40 mutation is present in approximately 3-7% of the total Usher syndrome type 2 population providing us with an estimate of 1,000 patients in the Western world. This number could be a considerable underestimate as many of these patients are unaware of the second disease causing allele following exome sequencing suggesting a causative mutation is intronic.

Picture 53

Representation of the PE40
mutation causing Usher syndrome type 2

Picture 43

59


Table of vision loss vary within and among families. The diagnosisContents

Approaches for the treatment of the disease is based on clinical symptoms and ophthalmologic evaluations. Usher syndrome is both clinically and genetically a heterogeneous disease. Usher syndrome 2A is characterized by congenital moderate-to-severe bilateral hearing loss, the degree of hearing loss may become more severe over time. Individuals with Usher syndrome 2A present with progressive RP. In contrast with Usher syndrome types, Usher syndrome 2A patients do not suffer from vestibular dysfunction.

Disease Prevalence and DiagnosisSyndrome Type 2

Although accurate prevalence figures do not exist, the number of patients with Usher syndrome 2A and non-syndromic retinitis pigmentosa due to USH2A exon 13 mutations is estimated to be around 16,000 in the Western World. In Europe, the PE40 mutation is present in approximately 3-7% of the total Usher syndrome 2A population providing us with an estimate of 1,000 patients. This number could be a considerable underestimate as many of these patients are unaware of the second disease causing allele following exome sequencing suggesting a causative mutation is intronic. While the hearing deficit in patients with Usher syndrome 2Atype 2 can be at least partially restoredmitigated using hearing aids or cochlear implants, there is no approved treatment for RP in Usher syndrome 2Athe vision loss associated with USH2A mutations and disease management is supportive.

Approaches for the treatment of RP associated with Usher syndrome 2A

supportive in nature. Vitamin A and docosahexaenoic acid (DHA) supplementations have been proposed as pharmacological treatment options. Both therapies have shown a good safety profile but limited clinical benefit. We believe QR-421a and QR-411 are the only product candidates in development for the treatment of patients with RP caused by mutations in exon 13 or PE40 mutations in the USH2A gene. Due to the size of the USH2A protein, this type of RP is not amenable to a gene therapy approach. Also, given the disease affects both the peripheral and central retina, current limitations of the sub retinal procedure used in gene replacement and gene editing approaches, would make those approaches not amenable to targeting peripheral diseases.


QR-421a and QR-411 for the Treatment of Usher Syndrome Type 2

QR-421a is being developed as a treatment for RP caused by mutations in exon 13 of the USH2A gene. BothMutations in exon 13, including the prevalent c.2299delG mutation, can disrupt the production of usherin.  Usherin is required for photoreceptor maintenance. QR-421a and QR-411 modulate splicing by enhancing exon-skipping which ultimately results in mature mRNA that can be translated into a shortened but functional usherin proteinaims to induce excision, or a wild typeskipping, of exon 13 from USH2A mature mRNA andleading to an in-frame deletion in the USH2A mRNA. Since exon 13 encodes for a repetitive part of the usherin protein, excision of exon 13 is expected to lead to a (partially) functional usherin protein. As RP is in most part a peripheral retinal disease, itBecause of the exon skipping approach, QR-421a is not particularly amenablespecific to gene therapy approaches due to the need to administer viral vectors by sub-retinal injection and the due to the sizea single mutation but targets any mutation present in exon 13 of the USH2A gene,gene.

Similar to the approach of sepofarsen, QR-411 is targeted at correcting the splicing of a pseudoexon. In patients the specific c.7595-2144A>G (PE40) mutation leads to the aberrant inclusion of this pseudoexon in the mature mRNA and consequently absence of a functional usherin protein. Correction of splicing with QR-411 can lead to restoration of normal, wild-type usherin protein.

USH2A exon 13
exon skip

QR-411 USH2A PE40
splice correction

Picture 42

Picture 41

QR-421a and QR-411 have received orphan drug designation from the FDA and EMA. QR-421a was also granted fast track designation by the FDA.

Clinical Development of QR-421a

We believe that results of preclinical studies provide support for the clinical development and therapeutic potential of QR-421a. The QR-421a clinical development program has been initiated with the first-in-human STELLAR study (PQ-

60


Table of Contents

421a -001), a Phase 1/2 study designed to evaluate the safety and tolerability of a single IVT injection of QR‑421a in subjects with RP due to mutations in exon 13 of the USH2A gene. A potential dose response relationship and duration of effect following a single dose of QR‑421a, based on improvements in retinal structure or visual field, will also be investigated to inform selection of dose level(s) and dosing intervals for subsequent studies. Improvement of visual function and retinal structure will be measured by several endpoints such as visual acuity (BCVA), visual field and optical coherence tomography (OCT). Changes in quality of life in the trial subjects will also be evaluated.

A total of 18 adult subjects are planned to be enrolled in three study cohorts, investigating three dose levels of QR-421a. Additional dose levels may be evaluated based on ongoing safety and efficacy data monitoring. Per dose cohort, a minimum of four subjects will be treated with QR‑421a and a minimum of two subjects will receive a control sham-procedure. Once the last subject in a dose cohort reaches week 12, an interim analysis will be performed to evaluate available safety and efficacy data. QR-421a will be administered by unilateral intravitreal injection. Each subject will receive a single dose of QR-421a or sham procedure in their worse eye and will be assessed for safety, tolerability and efficacy at follow-up visits. An extension study, which would permit continued dosing of eligible subjects who complete PQ‑421a-001, is beyondplanned.

An IND has recently been accepted by the packaging limitFDA for the start of most viral vectors.the first-in-human STELLAR study which will be conducted at expert sites in North America and Europe. In March 2019, the first patient was dosed in the Phase 1/2 STELLAR clinical trial for QR-421a in patients with Usher syndrome type 2 or non-syndromic retinitis pigmentosa (RP).

Design of Phase 1/2 STELLAR Study of QR-421a

 Picture 40

Beyond QR-421a and QR-411 we have an additional discovery-stage program, QRX-461, for another mutation in USH2A.

Pre-clinical

Preclinical evidence for QR-421a

In preclinical data we observed:

·

QR-421a-effected exon exclusion has been shown QR-421a induced an in a retinoblastoma cell line and two dimensional photoreceptor progenitor cells derived from primary fibroblasts of anvitro concentration-dependent USH2A c.2299delG homozygous patient.exon 13 skip in human retinal organoids;

·

UptakeTranslation of QR-421aush2a ∆exon 13 mRNA into functional Ush2a protein, as confirmed by human photoreceptor-like cells resulting in a biochemically demonstrable changevisualization of protein in the USH2A pre-mRNA has been showed demonstrated with use of two dimensional photoreceptor progenitor cells.photoreceptors and ERG b-wave restoration in zebrafish model; and

·

A zebrafish model carrying a mutation (premature stop codon)QR-421a showed rapid clearance from vitreous with prolonged retention and activity in exon 13 has been developed. The zebrafish model has been used to show that exon 13 skipping at the mRNA level resultsretina in restoration of usherin protein expression and restoration of electroretinogram (ERG) activity.non human primates

 

5761


 

Table of Contents

 

Concentration-Dependent Increase of USH2A Exon 13 Skip After One Month of

Exposure to QR-421a in c.2299delG Homozygous Patient Retinal Organoids

Picture 37

Exon-13 splicing oligos restore ERG in exon-13 mutant fish

Picture 31Picture 36

62


Table of Contents

Pharmacokinetics in non human primates

Picture 35 

 

Pre-clinicalClinical Development of QR-411

QR-411 is currently undergoing IND-enabling studies. We plan to advance the QR-411 program towards a Phase 1/2 clinical study in 2020. The clinical trial will consist of a single-dose study to determine safety, tolerability and efficacy.


Preclinical evidence for QR-411

·

QR-411-effected exon exclusionsplice correction has been shownobserved in patient fibroblasts and two dimensional photoreceptor progenitor cells derived from primary fibroblasts of an USH2A c.7595-2144A>G (PE40) compound heterozygous patient.

·

QR-411 demonstrates exonsplice correction by the exclusion of human PE40 in a humanized Ush2A zebrafish mode.model.

 

QR-411 increases wild type USH2A mRNA

 Picture 32Picture 28 

(1)   Expression of wild type (blue bars) and PE40 (black bars) mRNA in a compound heterozygous patient fibroblast cell line carrying one allele containing the PE40 mutation and the other allele an exon 13 mutation (c.2391_2392del) after treatment with 10, 25, or 50 nM QR‑411.

 

Clinical Development of QR-421a and QR-411

QR-421 and QR-411 are currently undergoing IND-enabling studies. We plan to advance the QR-421a program towards a Phase 1/2 clinical trial at the end of 2018. The clinical trial will consist of a single-dose arm and a six-month adaptive

58


Table of Contents

multiple dose arm. We expect to receive top-line data from the single-dose arm in the first half of 2019 and from the adaptive multiple dose arm later in 2019.

Research Grants

On February 9, 2018, we entered into an agreement with Foundation Fighting Blindness, or FFB, under which FFB will provide funding of $7.5 million to advance QR-421a into the clinic and will receive future milestone payments totaling $37.5 million, due in the three years after first sale of a commercial product.

Fuchs’ Endothelial Corneal Dystrophy 3

Fuchs’ endothelial corneal dystrophy 3 (FECD3) is a common, autosomal dominant, degenerative, age-related condition. The disease primarily affects the corneal endothelium, with characteristic focal outgrowths termed “guttae” and associated reduction in cell density. Progressive endothelial cell loss will ultimately lead to fluid accumulation, progressive corneal clouding, reduced visual acuity, and painful epithelial bullae. FECD3 is caused by a trinucleotide CTG repeat expansion situated within a non-coding, intronic region of the TCF4 gene. Transcripts containing >50 copies of the repeat accumulate as nuclear RNA foci and are believed to sequester RNA-splicing factors, including the MBNL1 protein. This leads to a functional deficiency of these proteins and subsequent global disruption of mRNA splicing. QRX-504 is an antisense oligonucleotide which targets the trinucleotide repeat expansion leading to a reduction in splicing factor sequestration. It has been observed that following intraocular injection into mice, QRX-504 distributes within the corneal endothelium.

QRX-504 for FECD

QRX-504

Clinical Presentation of FECD3

Patients usually present with symptoms during their fifth to sixth decade. Early-stage disease is typically managed with topical hypertonic saline to reduce corneal swelling, but surgical intervention is currently the only treatment option available to patients with advanced disease.

59


Table of Contents

Disease Prevalence and Diagnosis

It is estimated FECD affects more than 4% of individuals over the age 40 in the U.S, and similar prevalence is noted for other global regions. Patients usually present with guttae, a reduction in corneal endothelial cell density and corneal oedema. FECD3 is the major cause in patients in the Western world.

Approaches for the treatment FECD3

There are currently no treatment options for vision loss in patients with any form of FECD, other than corneal (endothelium) transplantation. This requires surgery where the damaged cornea is removed and replaced with a healthy donor cornea. However, transplantation has several limitations, including the availability of donors, risk of rejection, the inherent risk of an invasive procedure and is only available to patients with advanced FECD.

QRX-504 for the treatment of FECD3

QRX-504 aims to toxic gain of function TCF4 mRNA releasing sequestered splicing factors and restoring endothelial cell homeostasis.

Stargardt’s Disease

Stargardt’s disease is the most common inherited macular dystrophy causing progressive impairment of central vision. It is associated with mutations in the ABCA4 gene, encoding photoreceptor cell-specific ATP-binding cassette transporter 4 protein. The disease is inherited in an autosomal recessive fashion. The ABCA4 protein is predominantly expressed in the retina, where it is involved in transport of N-retinylidene-PE. Absence of ABCA4 results in the failure to clear these toxic substances, resulting in the loss in photoreceptor cells. A large number of disease-causing mutations have been found in ABCA4. c.5461-10T>C is the third most frequent ABCA4 mutation, and causes a severe form of Stargardt’s disease. This mutation is located in intron 38, and leads to skipping of exon 39, or of exon 39 and exon 40 in the mRNA. This aberrant splicing pattern results in reduced ABCA4 protein level. QRX-1011 targets the ABCA4 pre-mRNA and results in the retention of exon 39 and exon 40, leading to the production of a mature wild type mRNA and protein.

QRX-1011 for Stargardt’s Disease

Picture 29

60


Table of Contents

Clinical Presentation of Stargardt’s Disease

The most common symptom of Stargardt’s disease is slow loss of central vision in both eyes. Onset of the disease is typically in childhood or young adulthood. Patients notice gray, black, or hazy spots in the center of their vision, have reduced light adaptation with increased light sensitivity, and some patients also experience color blindness as the disease progresses. Most patients with Stargardt’s disease will progress to legal blindness or worse and may also suffer constriction of the visual field as they age.

Disease Prevalence

It is estimated there are 7,000 Stargardt’s disease patients in the Western world with the c.5461-10T>C mutation in ABCA4

Approaches for the treatment of Stargardt’s disease

Currently, there is no treatment available for Stargardt’s disease. Patients are often advised to wear eyeglasses or sunglasses that block UV light to reduce the possibility of additional eye damage caused by the sun and to avoid taking vitamin A supplements, but these measures do not prevent the progression of the disease. As Stargardt’s disease due to the ABCA4 c.5461-10T>C mutation is inherited in an autosomal recessive manner, the condition may be amenable to gene therapy approaches where the complete loss of ABCA4 function is complemented by simple gene replacement.

QRX-1011 for the treatment of Stargardt’s disease

QRX-1011 is a first-in-class single-stranded oligonucleotide designed to treat vision loss caused by the specific c.5461-10T>C mutation in the ABCA4 gene which leads to a splicing defect. Using an antisense oligonucleotide which modulates splicing of the mRNA, QRX-1011-mediated correction in the mRNA level leads to inclusion of the deleted exons and formation of functional, wild type ABCA4 protein which will potentially stop and perhaps reverse the progression of the disease.

Dystrophic Epidermolysis Bullosa (DEB)

DEB Background

Epidermolysis bullosa (EB) is a rare genetic disorder, primarily manifesting as a debilitating disease of the skin and mucosal membranes. It is characterized by mechanical fragility of epithelial tissues, blister formation, scarring and, in some subtypes, involvement of multiple other organs. EB is classified into four main subtypes, namely EB simplex (EBS), junctional EB (JEB), dystrophic epidermolysis bullosa (DEB), and Kindler Syndrome (KS). The four main EB subtypes are distinguished by the level of the skin at which blisters develop.

In DEB, the outer layer of the skin, the epidermis, separates from the inner layer, the dermis. This separation renders the skin fragile and causes severe blistering and has downstream effects such as wound infection, scarring, and SCC (squamous cell carcinoma). All mucosal membranes are affected in DEB, therefore blistering is not limited to the skin, but is also present in the mouth, esophagus and downstream intestines.

DEB is usually a chronic, seriously debilitating disease with a shortened life expectancy due to malnutrition, infections, and malignancies.

DEB Genetics

The disease is caused by mutations in the COL7A1 gene. This gene is responsible for the production of a protein called collagen type VII (also referred to as C7), which is a major component of the anchoring fibril located below the basement membrane that normally links the epidermis and the dermis together. DEB causing mutations occur more often in certain parts of the gene. One of those parts is exon 73.

61


Table of Contents

DEB Prevalence and Diagnosis

DEB is a genetic disease that in some cases is inherited as an autosomal dominant (DDEB) and in others as an autosomal recessive trait (RDEB). The prevalence of DEB could differ across countries due to founder effects and differences in ethnic composition. While spatial variations, compounded with the scarcity of available data, make accurate calculations difficult, the estimated number of DEB patients in the Western world is approximately 6,000 of which approximately 2,000 have a mutation in exon 73.

Diagnostic testing for DEB is based on the identification of the level of skin cleavage via immunofluorescence antigen mapping with C7 specific antibodies and/or determination of anchoring fibrils using transmission electron microscopy.

Approaches for the Treatment of DEB

Currently, no disease modifying treatment is available for DEB. Palliative treatment is the only treatment available for DEB patients and constitutes a time-consuming daily activity. Palliative treatment primarily consists of care of (new) blisters by puncturing and draining to prevent further spread from fluid pressure, wound management to prevent infections, prevention of skin trauma to avoid new blister formation, and pain and itch relief.

QR-313 for the treatment of DEB

QR-313 is designed to specifically target mutations in exon 73 of the COL7A1 gene. QR-313 binds to a specific sequence in the COL7A1 pre-mRNA, thereby excluding exon 73 from the mature mRNA. This leads to a shortened version of the C7 protein that is functional in the formation of anchoring fibrils.

Because of the exon skipping approach, QR-313 is not specific to a single mutation but instead targets any mutation contained in exon 73.

Functional C7 protein: Restoration through QR-313 Treatment

Picture 34

Schematic shows pathway for generation of C7 protein in the healthy and disease situations (left and center diagrams, respectively). Hybridization of QR-313 to a specific sequence in COL7A1 pre-mRNA results in the exclusion of exon 73 from the mRNA, which leads to the production of a truncated but still functional C7 protein (right diagram).

Pre-clinical evidence for QR-313

Clinical development of QR-313 focuses on topical delivery in the wounded skin of patients, with the aim to improve wound healing and reduce skin fragility. Therefore, we formulate QR-313 into a hydrogel for wound application that can be incorporated in the standard of care of patients.

62


Table of Contents

Activity of QR-313 in cells and human skin equivalents

The activity of QR-313 was investigated in 3 different in vitro test systems; cell lines, primary cells, and human skin equivalents (HSEs). HSEs are composed of both a dermal layer containing fibroblasts and an epidermal layer containing keratinocytes. The keratinocytes are fully differentiated to form all the different layers in the epidermis, including the stratum corneum. The culturing of HSEs is done at the air-liquid interface and therefore mimics the human situation. Moreover, by removing the epidermis from a portion of the skin equivalent, the blistering phenotype of DEB can be modeled.

Experiments have shown

·

Efficient exon 73 skip in the wild type (WT) fibroblast cell line (HeLa) as well as in in WT and mutant HaCaT keratinocytes in a dose-dependent manner

·

Dose-dependent exon 73 skip in WT and RDEB patient Human Primary Fibroblasts (HPF) (Figure 1)

·

Exon skip in HSEs after treatment with QR-313 using the same concentration, formulation and topical application as planned to use in patients (Figure 2)

·

An increase in C7 expression in RDEB patient fibroblasts after treatment with QR-313 (Figure 3)

·

Functionality of the shortened protein C7Δ73. It forms stable trimers, is present in anchoring fibrils at the dermal-epidermal junction, and binds its interacting partners collagen type IV and laminin-332.

The effect of QR-313 was assessed in HPFs from an RDEB patient, which contain one pathogenic mutation in exon 73 of COL7A1 and another pathogenic mutation on the other allele. Results showed efficient skipping of exon 73 from COL7A1 mRNA after 24 hours, and an increasing efficiency after 48 hours, with a near absence of the full length transcript that contains exon 73. In a subsequent set of experiments also lower concentrations were tested in RDEB HPFs as well as wild type HPFs. The results showed a clear dose response for QR-313 with increasing exon skip percentages in both RDEB and wild type HPFs. With the high doses of QR-313 a median skip of 77% for wild type and 87% for RDEB HPFs is reached.

Sequence analysis on the 150 bp product demonstrates removal of the complete exon 73 from the mRNA. This provides further evidence that QR-313 acts via its intended mode of action in human cells and efficiently skips exon 73 in the COL7A1 mRNA.

63


 

Table of Contents

 

Exon 73 exclusion from COL7A1 mRNAQR-411 splice correction of pseudoexon 40 in RDEB and WT HPFs following treatment with QR-313mutant zebrafish

 

Picture 44

Splicing products of COL7A1 mRNA following transfection with QR-313 or a scrambled version of QR-313 (SCR). Wild type HPFs and RDEB patient HPFs were transfected for 24 or 48 hours with 3.1 - 200 nM QR-313 or 100 nM scrambled. PEI transfection agent only was used as a negative control. Exon 73 skip in COL7A1 mRNA was measured using RT-PCR. A. Representative Lab on a Chip result of exon 73 skip in RDEB HPFs. Treatment with SCR or PEI as negative control resulted in the production of a 350 bp fragment representing the wild type, full length amplicon (including exon 73) while treatment with QR-313 resulted in the production of a 150 bp fragment representing the modified mRNA product, which excludes exon 73 (Δ exon 73). The full length COL7A1 band fades with increasing concentration or incubation time of QR-313, while the intensity of the Δ exon 73 band increases. B. Quantification of exon skip in wild type HPFs and RDEB HPFs after 24 hours of incubation. A dose-dependent increase in exon skip is observed from 3.1 to 50 nM. Higher concentrations do not further increase the exon skip percentage. Median and range of 3 independent experiments are shown.Picture 26

 

In 3D modelsQR-1123 for autosomal dominant retinitis pigmentosa (adRP)

adRP Background

Retinitis pigmentosa (RP) is a group of hereditary retinal diseases in which patients first experience loss of night vision in childhood followed by loss of peripheral vision in young adulthood, and central vision in later life which ultimately progresses to complete blindness. The worldwide prevalence of RP is about 1 in 4000 for a total of more than 1 million affected individuals. The disease can be inherited as an autosomal-dominant (about 30–40% of cases), autosomal-recessive (50–60%), or X-linked (5–15%) trait.

Autosomal-dominant RP (adRP) is characterized by abnormal, diminished or absent a- and b-waves in the electroretinogram (ERG), reduced peripheral vision (visual field) and the presence of visual defects such as reduced visual acuity and poor photo- and contrast sensitivity. Symptoms typically start in the early teenage years, which include night blindness and reduction of the skin, so-called HSEs,peripheral vision due to the dose-responsedegeneration of Cy5-QR-313 was assessedthe rod photoreceptors. As the disease progresses, cone photoreceptors are also affected, which translates into loss of central vision and eventually complete blindness in adulthood.


adRP Genetics

Mutations in more than 25 genes can cause adRP, but most commonly mutations are found in the rhodopsin (RHO) gene, accounting for approximately 25% of adRP cases. The rhodopsin protein is a range of 10-1000 µg by applicationlight sensitive pigment that is present in 200 mg carbomer hydrogelthe rod photoreceptors in the retina. Rhodopsin, when exposed to HSEs wounds of approximately 2 cm2. The clinical situation was mimicked, so no transfection reagent was used. After 24 or 48 hours of incubation, RNA isolation was performed on bothlight, undergoes conformational changes that are converted into an electrical signal which is sent to the dermal fibroblasts and the epidermal keratinocytes. The samples were analyzed for exclusion of exon 73 using RT-PCR. QR-313 activity was shown in RDEB-like wounded skin in both dermal fibroblasts and epidermal keratinocytes.brain where it is interpreted as vision. In the dermal fibroblasts, exon 73 exclusion was shown in 40 and 80% ofUnited States, the models treatedmost prevalent mutation associated with 100 or 1,000 µg QR-313 for 24 hours, respectively. After 48 hours, exon exclusion was observed in 100% ofadRP is the modelsP23H mutation (also known as c.68C>A) in the dermal fibroblasts. InRHO gene. The mutant P23H rhodopsin protein is misfolded and toxic to the epidermal keratinocytes, exon exclusion was shown in 10 and 30%rod photoreceptor cells causing loss of the models treated with 100 and 1,000 µg QR-313 for 24 hours, respectively. After 48 hours, models showing exon exclusion in keratinocytes increased to 30% and 80% for 100 µg and 1000 µg, respectively. After 24 hours exon skip was not detected in dermis or epidermis after treatment with 10 µg, while after 48 hours 8% of models showed exon skip in both dermis and epidermis.vision. Although

64


 

Table of Contents

some wild-type protein is being made, there is substantial evidence that the mutant P23H rhodopsin protein elicits a dominant-negative mechanism, such that it diminishes the function of the wild-type protein.

 

Exon 73 skip in COL7A1 mRNA in HSEs following treatment with Cy5-labelled QR-313

QR-313 fig 2a

QR-313 2B - Human skin equivalent figure 5

A. HSEs were treated for 24 hours with 50 µL of 0.5 mg/mL PBS formulation or 50 mgRepresentation of the 0.5 mg/g carbomer gel formulation. RNA was then isolated fromp.Cys998X mutation causing LCA10

Picture 21

Disease Prevalence and Diagnosis

In the dermal partUnited States the P23H mutation in the RHO gene is the most common mutation causing adRP and affects approximately 2,500 patients. The diagnosis of adRP is based on clinical symptoms and ophthalmologic evaluations. A genetic screening can determine what specific mutation is causing the model and RT-PCR analysis was performed. The different disease.COL7A1 mRNA products were analyzed for length. The 350 bp fragment represents the wild type, full length amplicon including exon 73 mRNA, while the 150 bp nucleotide fragment represents the exon skip COL7A1 mRNA product Δ exon 73. B. HSEs were treated for 24 or 48 hours with carbomer gel formulated with a total dose of 10, 100 or 1000 µg Cy5-QR-313. After 24 or 48 hours incubation total RNA was isolated from both the dermal fibroblasts and epidermal keratinocytes separately. The graphs depict the percentage of models that demonstrate exon 73 exclusion

Approaches for the dermal fibroblaststreatment of adRP

We believe QR-1123 is the only candidate in development for the treatment of patients with adRP caused by the P23H mutation and epidermis. Datadisease management is representative of 2 different donors, 6 replicates
per donor.
currently supportive.

 

QR-1123 for the treatment of adRP

Following assessmentQR-1123, discovered by Ionis Pharmaceuticals and in-licensed by ProQR in 2018, is designed for the treatment of P23H adRP.QR-1123 is a gapmer that aims to suppress the formation of the COL7A1 mRNA splice product, collage type VII (C7)mutant protein production in compound heterozygous RDEB patient fibroblasts was assessed. Cells were seeded onto chamber slidesby selectively targeting the mutant RNA and subsequently transfected with 100 nM QR-313 or scrambled QR-313 as a negative control using PEI as a transfection agent. The cells were fixed and stained for C7 protein 72 hours after transfection, andcausing its destruction by RNase H1 cleavage without affecting the nuclei were stained with DAPI before fluorescence imaging was performed.

After treatment with PEI alone, RDEB HPFs show minimal expression of C7 (the patient from whichwild-type RNA. With reducing the cells were received has residual expression of the NC1 domain, against which the antibody is reactive), in contrast to WT HPFs, where C7 staining is clearly visible in the cytoplasm (pseudo-coloured in green). Seventy-two hours after transfection, C7 staining in the RDEB HPFs is observed in the cytoplasm similar to the staining in WT HPFs, confirming C7 proteinmutant

65


 

Table of Contents

formation. In contrast, transfection withRNA we believe the scrambled did not result in an increase in C7 staining compared to PEI alone.toxicity-induced loss of the photoreceptors and subsequent loss of vision can be stopped or potentially reversed.

QR-1123 for adRP, mutant specific knock-down
of P23H mRNA

Picture 22

Clinical Development of QR-1123

Currently, the QR-1123 program is undergoing the final preparation stages for IND submission. We plan to advance the QR-1123 program towards a Phase 1/2 clinical trial during 2019.

Preclinical evidence for QR-1123

QR-1123 is specific for P23H mutant RNA

In vitro and in vivo experiments have been performed to study the specificity of QR-1123 for the P23H mutant RNA. Cell models expressing wild-type or P23H mutant human RHO were used to determine the selectivity of QR-1123 induced knock-down of P23H mRNA. QR-1123 was observed to selectively target the human P23H mutant rhodopsin mRNA, whilst sparing the human wild-type mRNA (Figure 2, left panel).

Mice expressing either human wild-type or P23H RHO were used to determine the ability of QR-1123 to selectively target the P23H mutant mRNA in vivo following intravitreal delivery. The mice were treated with either QR-1123 or a control and the other (contralateral) eye was injected with saline solution and used as a comparator control. As expected, in mice expressing wild-type RHO, no difference was observed between the two study groups (Figure 2, right panel) while mutant P23HRHO mRNA was reduced after a single QR-1123 injection in the hP23HTg mice eyes (Figure 2, center panel) confirming the specificity for the P23H allele.

 

Immunofluorescent staining of C7 in WT HPFs and RDEB HPFs

Picture 45Picture 18

WT HPFsFigure 2: Transgenic mice expressing human P23H RHO treated with QR-1123 or RDEB HPFsa control; data are presented as percent of contralateral eye PBS-treated RNA level. Right Panel: Transgenic mice expressing human wild-type (WT) RHO treated with QR-1123 or a heterozygous mutation in exon 73 were transfected either only with PEI, with 100 nM QR-313 or with 100 nm scrambled QR-313. After 72 hours, cells were fixed and stained for C7 (green) using indirect immunofluorescence and with DAPI (blue) to visualize the nuclei. Scale bar indicates 20 µm.control; data are presented as percent of contralateral eye PBS-treated RNA level.

 

In vivo uptake

In vivo uptake of QR-313 in the skin was tested in Göttingen minipigs. The uptake and distribution of Cy5-labeled QR-313 formulated in a carbomer gel was tested after topical application on intact and wounded skin. Split-thickness wounds, which remove the epidermis and leave most of the dermis intact (2 cm by 3 cm and approximately 0.35 mm depth) were created on the backs of the animals using a dermatome. Cy5-labeled QR-313 DP (0.5 mg/g in 0.75% carbomer gel) was either applied as a single dose (SD) or multiple dose (MD) on days 1, 3 and 5. Skin biopsies were either taken 2 days after wounding (SD) or 7 days after wounding (MD) (this corresponds to 2 days after last dosing). Cy5-labeled QR-313 was not able to penetrate intact minipig skin.

Two days after the SD application on wounded skin, Cy5-labeled QR-313 had diffused into the dermis of the wound bed. For MD, Cy5-labeled QR-313 was still visualized in the wound bed after 7 days, however the depth of diffusion is reduced compared to the SD after 2 days. After 7 days, the epidermis had fully migrated over the wound bed (below the wound scab), and therefore the dermis was no longer exposed. The newly formed epidermis has taken up Cy5-labeled QR-313 and co-localization with the nucleus was observed using confocal microscopy imaging.

66


 

Table of Contents

QR-1123 surrogate improves ERG in P23H rat model 

A rat model of P23H adRP undergoes degeneration and photoreceptor cell loss that is generally characteristic of human P23H adRP although the degeneration in these rats is more aggressive than is observed in humans. Approximately 25% of photoreceptor cells are lost by Day 15 in these animals, and there are few functional photoreceptor cells by 29 weeks of age. Rats received saline in their left eyes and either QR-1123 surrogate or control intravitreal treatment in the right eyes once on Day 10 and again on Day 21 after birth. On Day 42 (32 days following the first injection) the rats’ photoreceptor cell response was measured by ERG. The rats given QR-1123 surrogate had an improved scotopic a-wave response amplitude at all stimulus intensities (Fig. 3, left panel). This improved response was not observed in the control-treated eyes (Fig. 3, left panel).  

 

Delivery of Cy5-labeled QR-313 in wounded skin in Göttingen minipigs

Single dose

Multiple dose

Picture 46Picture 15

Biopsy takenFigure 3: ONL preservation and ERG improvement after QR-1123 treatment. Left Panel: Representative retinal micrographs of P23H-1 rhodopsin transgenic rat eyes from the PBS or QR-1123 surrogate-treated eye 30 days post IVT injection. Right Panel: Improved ERG response in P23H-1 transgenic rats after a single QR-1123 surrogate treatment with IVT injections at day 2

Biopsy takenP13 (A) or P14 (B), with ERG measurements made at day 7

Histology sectionsP48. (A, B).  Amplitude versus stimulus intensity curves for scotopic a-waves (circles).  The scotopic a-waves of minipig skin 2 or 7 days after wounding. Left picture: skin exposedeyes injected with QR-1123 surrogate were significantly greater than PBS-injected contralateral eyes while eyes treated with control were similar to Cy5‑labelled QR-313 for 2 days after single dosing. Right picture: skin exposed to Cy5-labelled QR-313 after multiple dosing (3 administrations)those of PBS-injected contralateral eyes (t-test; *P < 0.05; **P < 0.01; ***P < 0.001; ****P < 0.0001). Cy5‑labelled QR-313 is depicted in red, nucleiIn the data points without apparent error bars, the error bars are depicted in blue. White dotted line represents border between epidermis and dermis.obscured by the symbol.  

 

Planned Phase 1/2 Study for QR-313QR-1123 reduces retinal degeneration in mouse model

We are planning to commence our firstA mouse model of P23H adRP shows degeneration of photoreceptor cells in human studythe retina (reduced cell rows in the outer nuclear layer (ONL)) at about 3 months of QR-313 in DEB exon 73 patients in 2018, which we refer toage. A single intravitreal (IVT) administration of QR-1123 retarded the progressive retinal degeneration, as WINGS (A First in Human, Double-Blind, Randomized, Intra-Subject Placebo-Controlled, Multiple Dose Study of QR-313 Evaluating Safety, Proof of Mechanism, Preliminary Efficacy and Systemic Exposure in Subjects With Recessive Dystrophic Epidermolysis Bullosa (RDEB) due to Mutation(s) in Exon 73measured at 60 days after the single treatment (Figure 4, top panel). Importantly, the activity was observed throughout all regions of the COL7A1 Gene)retina (Figure 4, lower panel)We plan to conductThis shows that QR-1123 has the WINGS study as a Phase 1/2 safety and efficacy clinical trial in two parts, first enrolling eight RDEB patients with an exon 73 mutation, and after interim analyses expect to add another cohort of DEB patients. The study evaluaties safety, tolerability and systemic passage of QR-313. The clinical trial is expected to be double blinded intra-patient controlled, single or dual-wound treatment for 4 weeks, with a follow-up period of 8 weeks. We expect to receive interim data from the first part of the trial in 2018 and full results in 2019. Beyond QR-313, we have a pipeline of discovery-stage programs for other mutations that cause DEB, including QRX-323 and QRX-333.

Cystic Fibrosis

Cystic Fibrosis Background

CF is the most common fatal inherited disease in the Western world and affects 77,000 patients. There is no cure for CF. CF patients require lifelong treatment with multiple daily medications, frequent hospitalizations and ultimately lung transplants, which can extend life for five years on average. The quality of life for CF patients is compromised by approximately four hours of self-care per day and frequent outpatient doctor visits and hospitalizations.

67


 

Table of Contents

capability to stop retinal degeneration and indicates that a mechanism based on inhibition of the formation of toxic mutant version of rhodopsin protein has the potential to improve a clinically relevant functional outcome in RP.  

Picture 13

Chloride ion flow by wild type CFTRFigure 4: Preservation of ONL in a Tg mouse model after treatment with QR-1123. Top panel: Depicted is a spider diagram of the outer nuclear layer measurements of the entire retina of eyes treated with either PBS (red line) or QR-1123 treated eyes (Green line). Lower Left panel: Average superior region ONL thickness at baseline and F508del CFTR

Wild type

F508del

Picture 48

Picture 47in PBS and QR-1123 treated mice. Lower Right panel: Average inferior region ONL thickness at baseline and in PBS and QR-1123 treated mice. Two-tailed t test; **p < 0.01, ****p<0.0001.  

 

CF is caused by mutations in a gene that encodes the CFTR protein. The CFTR protein channel regulates the movement, or efflux, of specific ions in and out of the cells of organs like the lungs, pancreas and gastrointestinal tract. Through regulation of these ions, the amount of salts in the fluid both inside and outside the cell remains balanced. In CF patients, however, the CFTR protein is defective and cannot perform its normal function of transporting ions across the cell membrane, and this results in an environment characterized by thick mucus in vital organs such as the lung, the pancreas and the gastrointestinal tract. The figure illustrates a defective CFTR protein hampering the efflux of chloride in lung epithelial cells.

The lack of functional CFTR in CF patients is particularly problematic in the lungs, where the build-up of thick mucus obstructs parts of the lung, allows bacteria to grow unfettered and impairs the functionality of the local immune system. Of all the manifestations of CF, lung disease is the most critical and is characterized by a combination of airway obstruction, infection and inflammation such that more than 90% of all CF patients die of respiratory failure. In the pancreas, the buildup of mucus prevents the release of digestive enzymes that help the body break down food and absorb important nutrients. In the GI tract, the thick mucus leads to impaired ability to absorb nutrients. The median age of death for all CF patients is 30 years or less.

According to the medical literature, restoration of as little as approximately 15% of wild type CFTR function in CF patients should result in a therapeutic benefit.

Cystic Fibrosis Genetics

CF is an autosomal recessive disease. A normal, healthy gene has two alleles that encode for a given protein. In an autosomal recessive disease such as CF, a patient has a mutation in both alleles. Non-affected carriers have a mutation in only one of the alleles. CF patients have a defect in the gene encoding for the CFTR protein, and they either have two copies of the same mutation, referred to as homozygotes, or one copy of two different mutations, referred to as compound heterozygotes. Although over 1,900 CF-causing gene mutations have been identified, approximately 85% of CF patients in the Western world are affected by the F508del mutation. Of which approximately 45% are homozygous for the F508del mutation and approximately 40% are compound heterozygous for the F508del mutation.

In the F508del mutation, the genetic defect is a deletion of three of the coding base pairs, or nucleotides, in the CFTR gene that results in the transcription of defective mRNA, which results in the production of CFTR protein that is misfolded and can neither migrate to its normal location on the surface of epithelial cells nor perform its normal function.

Cystic Fibrosis Incidence and Diagnosis

CF affect approximately 77,000 patients in the Western world. Many individuals are also non-affected carriers of a mutated CFTR gene. Carrier results across ethnic groups in the United States are well established, and reports from the American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists indicate rates of one out of 25 in non-Hispanic Caucasians, one out of 58 in Hispanic Caucasians, one out of 61 in African Americans, and one out of 94 in Asian Americans. While the

68


Table of Contents

life expectancy of CF patients has improved over the last three decades, the median age of death is still only 30 years or less.

Most CF patients in the United States, the European Union, Canada and Australia are now diagnosed at birth through newborn screening, and more than 75% of CF patients are diagnosed by the age of two. CF can be diagnosed by conducting a Nasal Potential Difference, or NPD, test that measures CFTR activity in the nose, or a pilocarpine iontophoretic sweat chloride test, which measures the amount of salt in a person’s sweat. A genetic test is also often used to confirm a CF diagnosis and/or identify the disease-causing mutations. In a genetic test, a blood sample or cells from the inside of the cheek are taken and sent to a laboratory that specializes in genetic testing.

Approaches to the Treatment of Cystic Fibrosis

Treatment overview

There is no cure for CF, and to date, all but one of the therapies approved to treat CF patients have been designed to treat the symptoms rather than address the underlying cause. CF patients require lifelong treatment with multiple daily medications, frequent hospitalizations and ultimately lung transplant, which is life-extending but not curative. In the United States, the average CF patient incurs approximately $50,000 per year in expenses for outpatient medications and services and substantial additional costs for frequent hospitalizations. As the median age of death for CF patients is 30 years or less, this results in an average lifetime cost per CF patient in the U.S. of $1,350,000 in outpatient expenses alone. CF patients who can be treated with Vertex’s Kalydeco or Orkambi have additional annual costs of approximately $300,000. Standards of care are generally similar across Western European nations.

Palliative treatments

The current standard of care for CF patients includes palliative treatment to manage the symptoms of the disease. In CF patients, the thick mucus that builds up in the lungs and other vital organs such as the pancreas and gastrointestinal tract hampers mucus clearance and leads to airway obstruction and difficulty absorbing nutrients, leading to poor growth and development. Primary treatment options include inhaled therapies such as rhDNase, marketed as Pulmozyme, which thins the mucus in the lungs, as well as pancreatic enzyme replacement therapy, which improves absorption of nutrients. Due to the proliferation of bacteria on the mucus build-up, CF patients often develop chronic lung infections that require inhaled antibiotics treatments, such as TOBI or Cayston, to suppress the infections. CF patients also take a number of other prescribed and over-the-counter medications to alleviate the symptoms of CF and reduce complications, including bronchodilators, inhaled corticosteroids, and ursodeoxycholic acid for biliary tree dysfunction.

Potentiators for certain non-F508del mutations

For a subset of patients who suffer from the G551D and other gating mutations of the CFTR gene, Vertex Pharmaceuticals has developed a “potentiator” molecule marketed under the trade name Kalydeco (ivacaftor). This product was approved by the FDA in 2012 to treat patients with the G551D mutation and, in 2014, the label was expanded to include eight additional gating mutations. In 2015, the label was further expanded to include a total of ten gating mutations and children as young as two years old. Vertex has estimated that approximately 2,400 CF patients in the U.S., Europe and Australia have a G551D or a non-G551D gating mutation. Gating mutations are characterized by the presence of CFTR at the cell surface that does not open and close the ion channels properly. Kalydeco is believed to keep the ion channels open for longer. For this population of CF patients, medication costs are approximately $300,000 per year for Kalydeco prescriptions. Kalydeco is an exciting development as it provides a proof of concept that it is possible to target the defective CFTR protein that causes CF and improve key symptoms of the disease.

The F508del mutation affects approximately 85% of CF patients in the Western world. Unlike the “gating” mutations, F508del is a “processing” mutation, and as such, CFTR with the F508del mutation is not expressed at the cell surface and cannot be potentiated by small potentiating molecules like Kalydeco.

69


Table of Contents

Potentiator/corrector combination for F508del mutations

For patients aged 6 years and above and homozygous for the F508del mutation, Vertex Pharmaceuticals has received regulatory approval for Orkambi. Orkambi is a fixed-dose combination of lumacaftor and ivacaftor (Kalydeco). Lumacaftor is a new molecular entity also referred to as a CFTR “corrector” that is purported to work by stabilizing and promoting the folding of the defective F508del CFTR and thereby increasing the likelihood that the CFTR channel will be found at the cell membrane. Kalydeco purportedly potentiates the activity of CFTR channel at the cell surface. We believe the clinical benefit of Orkambi for many homozygous F508del patients is not commensurate with the benefit demonstrated by Kalydeco in the G551D population, but is comparable to some of the symptom relief medications approved for use with CF. In March 2017, Vertex reported Phase 3 results of a new fixed-dose combination of tezacaftor and ivacaftor. This combination demonstrated clinical benefits of the same magnitude than Orkambi, but was better tolerated. A marketing application has been submitted in the United States and European Union. Commercialization is anticipated to begin in 2018. Approximately 12,000 US patients could be treated with Orkambi or with the tezacaftor-ivacaftor at an estimated annual cost of approximately $260,000 or more in addition to the cost of standard of care. In July 2017, Vertex reported preliminary results of next-generation correctors (VX-440, VX-152 and VX-659) being used in combination with tezacaftor and ivacaftor, to be developed as triple combination regimens. Data showed that such triple combinations improved lung function, sweat chloride and respiratory symptoms in CF patients with one or two copies of the F508del mutation. Data from ongoing Phase 2 trials are expected in the beginning of 2018. We believe these studies validate that F508del CFTR is a treatable target and indicate there is still a need for more efficacious therapies.

Gene Therapy

Gene therapy is a process in which a functional gene is introduced into a cell to override the effects of a defective gene. The CFTR gene was first identified in 1989. Since that time, several academic consortia and drug-development companies have attempted to develop gene therapies targeting mutations in the CFTR gene. These companies aimed to permanently correct the CFTR gene at the DNA level by delivering full-length CFTR genes to lung epithelial cells to express wild type CFTR protein. However, these programs encountered limitations faced by gene therapy in general as well as limitations specific to the CFTR gene. These barriers included safety concerns, challenges in delivery of the gene therapy constructs to target cells in the lungs, challenges of both delivery and incorporation into the genome given the size and complexity of the CFTR gene, and immunologic responses to the gene therapy vectors. The most advanced effort in gene therapy for CF is with an academic consortium in the U.K. In 2015, the Gene Therapy Consortium presented results of a 136-patient trial using a CFTR gene delivered in a liposome envelope. While the trial showed no overall efficacy, specific subgroups did show a modest benefit in lung function compared to the placebo group. The Gene Therapy Consortium has announced that they will conduct a follow-up trial of gene therapy in the future but that a different vector will be needed for delivery of the gene.

Our RNA Approach

Eluforsen is a first-in-class RNA oligonucleotide designed to address the underlying cause of the disease by targeting the mRNA in CF patients that have the F508del mutation. Eluforsen is designed to bind to the defective CFTR mRNA and restore CFTR function. We believe we are currently the only company pursuing this novel approach for CF patients.

Eluforsen for Treatment of CF

We are developing eluforsen as an inhaled treatment for CF patients. Eluforsen is a single-stranded RNA oligonucleotide designed to restore CFTR function in CF patients with the F508del gene mutation. Eluforsen is 33 nucleotides long and is designed to bind to the CFTR mRNA sequences that are adjacent to the deleted F508del region of the mRNA.

The figure below represents, from left to right, wild type CFTR function in a normal cell, impaired CFTR function in a cell with a F508del mutation and a F508del mutated cell treated with eluforsen, which would be expected to result in restoration of chloride efflux.

70


Table of Contents

Chloride ion flow: restoration
through eluforsen treatment

F508del + eluforsen

Picture 49

Clinical Development for eluforsen

We conducted two clinical trials of eluforsen in parallel. Study PQ-010-002 is a proof-of-concept trial evaluating topical administration of eluforsen and its effect on the nasal potential difference (NPD), a biomarker of CFTR function. This trial opened for enrollment in September 2015 and was completed in September 2016. Study PQ-010-001 is a Phase 1b safety and tolerability trial. This trial opened for enrollment in June 2015 and was completed in September 2017.

PQ-010-002 Proof-of Concept NPD study

The NPD assay is a standard test for detection and quantification of CFTR function in the airways in CF patients. The NPD test is a well-accepted diagnostic tool and has been used in multiple therapeutic intervention trials to demonstrate the restoration of CFTR mediated ion transport in pre-clinical animal models and in CF patients. Our trial was designed to investigate the ability of eluforsen to restore CFTR function in patients. Restoration of CFTR function has been observed in pre-clinical NPD studies using mouse models. The primary outcome measure was to determine the effect of topical administration of eluforsen to the nasal mucosa on the restoration of CFTR mediated chloride transport as measured by NPD in CF patients with the F508del CFTR mutation. Secondary endpoints included maximal basal potential difference reflecting sodium channel activity. Nasal administration is not the intended route of administration for eluforsen. However, the nasal epithelium is the most accessible site for measuring CFTR function in humans and provides a human model of epithelial cell uptake and restoration of CFTR function. All subjects were adults over 18 years old with CF either homozygous for the F508del mutation or compound heterozygotes with one copy of the F508del mutation and one copy of another disease causing mutation. The trial was conducted in five sites in the U.S., France and Belgium. Eluforsen was administered intranasal 5 mg in each nostril 3 times weekly for 4 weeks (12 doses). The NPD measurements were done at baseline, after 6 doses (Day 15), after 11 doses (Day 26) and 21 days after the last dose (Day 47).

Final results were reported at the European Society of Cystic Fibrosis (ECFS) conference in June 2017. In the per-protocol population of subjects homozygous for the F508del mutation meeting the pre-specified inclusion criteria (n=7), the average change from baseline in NPD at day 26 was statistically significant, -4.1 mV (p=0.0389). This finding was supported by a change in sodium channel activity (specifically, a measure called max basal potential difference, or PD) and other sensitivity analyses of the NPD measurements, all pointing to strong evidence of restoration of CFTR activity. In subjects that are compound heterozygous for the F508del mutation, the average change from baseline in NPD was not significantly different at day 26. A responder analysis of individual subjects assessing the impact of the second mutation is currently ongoing. Eluforsen administered via the intranasal route was observed to be well tolerated.

71


Table of Contents

Eluforsen improves CFTR function in F508del homozygous
CF patients as measured by NPD

Picture 50

N= 7 (per protocol population). Parameter = within subject change from baseline in Cl-free+iso. Average both nostrils. Baseline = average of 2 most recent pre-dose assessments. P = one-sided 5% paired t-test.

We observed from the results of this trial that eluforsen improved CFTR function in homozygous F508del patients as evidenced by both the increase in CFTR activity measured in the CFTR-mediated total chloride response and the decrease in sodium channel activity as measured by the max basal potential difference. The magnitude of the change observed in this trial is similar to that published for other commercially available treatment in CF patients with the G551D mutation and superior to data published for lumacaftor in patients with the F508del mutation.

Putting eluforsen clinical NPD results in perspective

cid:image004.jpg@01D2A18C.B15421E0 

72


Table of Contents

PQ-010-001 Phase 1b Safety and Tolerability Trial

This clinical trial was a Phase 1b, randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, 28-day dose-escalation trial to evaluate the safety, tolerability and pharmacokinetics of eluforsen. The trial enrolled CF patients that are homozygous for F508del and age 18 years and above. The trial was conducted at 26 sites located in 10 countries in North America and EU and enrolled 70 patients. The trial consisted of 4 single ascending dose cohorts and 4 multiple ascending dose cohorts (12 doses over 4 weeks). In each cohort of 8 patients, the randomization was 3:1, meaning that 6 patients received eluforsen and 2 patients received placebo.

Eluforsen was given as a nebulized solution to the lower airways after chest physiotherapy, which is a standard procedure used with other currently administered inhaled medications. This method of drug administration is common in CF patients. The primary outcome measures were to characterize safety, tolerability and pharmacokinetics of eluforsen in CF patients. Pharmacokinetics was assessed in serum, urine and sputum to establish the safety and to give indications of uptake into the lung and systemic circulation in order to provide PK/PD information to design our future trials. We also assessed exploratory efficacy outcome measures, including lung function, sweat chloride levels, weight gain, as well as respiratory symptoms and quality-of-life measures specific to CF.

The results of the single-dose cohorts were reported in 2016 and all doses were safe and well-tolerated. In September 2017, we reported the preliminary results of the multiple-dose cohorts in which 36 subjects were enrolled. Eluforsen was observed to be safe and well-tolerated across all doses with no serious adverse events related to treatment. A clinically meaningful improvement of CF respiratory symptoms, as measured by CFQ-R RSS, was observed in 3 out of 4 multiple dose groups with a mean improvement of 13.0 to 19.2 points compared to placebo. The magnitude of the benefit observed in CFQ-R RSS for these dose groups exceeded the established minimal clinically important difference (MCID) of 4.0 points. In addition, a supportive trend of improved lung function was observed up to 4.0% mean absolute change in ppFEV1 compared to placebo. There were no changes in weight gain and sweat chloride.

Improvement in respiratory symptoms as measured
by CFQ-R RSS at end of treatment

Change in lung function (ppFEV1)  
at end of treatment

Picture 51

Picture 52

PQ-010-003 Phase 2 Trial

PQ-001-003 is currently planned as a Phase 2 multicenter, randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled 12-week trial to evaluate the safety, efficacy, and pharmacokinetics of eluforsen in cystic fibrosis subjects with the F508del mutation. The trial will be conducted at clinical centers in North America, EU and possibly other countries. We plan to commence this trial in 2018 subject to a potential partnership.

73


Table of Contents

Besides our program for eluforsen for CF caused by the F508del mutation, we are working on other CFTR mutations that can potentially be treated using our RNA technologies. We could potentially target an estimated 15% of the CF population, up to 12,000 patients in the Western world, with these programs.

Inhaled administration of eluforsen

To achieve broad distribution to CF-affected organs, we deliver eluforsen through inhalation by means of a small handheld nebulizer, a method of drug delivery used to administer medication in the form of a mist inhaled into the lungs. On October 8, 2014 we entered into an agreement with PARI Pharma GmbH, pursuant to which the Company is granted an exclusive license to the use of PARI’s eFlow technology for the administration of oligonucleotide-based drugs in the F508del mutation in cystic fibrosis. The nebulizer device rapidly and efficiently processes a therapeutic agent through the microscopic holes of a mesh and creates a mist to provide rapid and consistent delivery to the lungs. Commercially-available nebulizers are currently used for other CF therapies and in other clinical studies involving inhaled oligonucleotides.

Research Grants

In August 2014, we entered into an agreement with Cystic Fibrosis Foundation Therapeutics, Inc., or CFFT, a subsidiary of the Cystic Fibrosis Foundation, pursuant to which CFFT agreed to provide us with up to $ 3 million to support the clinical development of eluforsen. In 2015, the Company and its academic partners received a grant from the European Union under the Horizon 2020 research and innovation programme under grant agreement No. 633545. The maximum amount of € 6.0 million was granted to support the clinical development of eluforsen. In 2017, ProQR also received additional tranches totaling €0.3 million under the Innovation credit program or “Innovatiekrediet” by the Dutch government, through its agency RVO (previously: “AgentschapNL”) of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, for the cystic fibrosis development program.

Animal welfare

It is required by regulatory authorities to demonstrateevaluate the safety and efficacy of a new drug in both animals, before its efficacy and humans, before the authoritiessafety can approve the new product and will provide Marketing Authorization.

be tested in humans. ProQR attaches great importance to the welfare of animals and humans participating in our pre-clinical and clinicalpreclinical studies for reasons of ethics, quality, reliability and applicability of scientific studies. For conducting high quality (scientific) animal research, animal welfare is a prerequisite. By actively pursuing the 3R principles (Reduce, Refine and Replace), we areProQR is committed to minimalizingreduce the number of animals needed, minimizingminimize discomfort and pain of animals used, and to usinguse alternatives to animal research whenever possible in research and in the obligatory animal studies. All our current studies are approved by the (institutional or national) animal care and use committees.possible.

Our aim is to monitor continually that animalAnimal experiments will be performed only if there are no viablealternatives such as performing in silico, in vitro or legal alternatives. Additionally,ex vivo studies. On a case by case itbasis, study designs of animal studies will be evaluated if advances can be made in study designs (such as by ex-vivo studies or bywith the aim to identify opportunities for reduction of the number of animals needed to achieve the objectives of the study. By the conduction of small pilot (tolerability) studies first),first, or by using new technologies to achieve adequate statistical power without increasing the number of animals, by combining studies and by improving the use of toxicokinetic and modelling data to optimize dose selection.selection, ProQR further pursues the ambitions to reduce, refine and replace animal studies. Approval by the (institutional or national) animal care and use committees is required prior the execution of in vivo studies.

68


Table of Contents

External collaborators contracted for the execution of our in-vivo pre-clinicalpreclinical studies (contract research organizations, CROs) are selected based on their expertise, quality and accreditations for laboratory animal care and welfare. CRO facilities are audited in person prior contracting. Thecontracting to ensure that the housing, husbandry and animal welfare must complycomplies with the highest international standards. Personnel responsible for housing, husbandry and care of the animals must have received adequate and relevant documented education.

We strive for welfare improvements to be implemented in CRO policies. An important achievement in 2014 was that on our request our preferred CRO has replaced the housing which was compliant with their national legislations and installed new group housings with significantly more living space that to a larger extent take in consideration the

74


Table of Contents

physiological and behavioral needs of the laboratory animals concerned. This will also contribute to higher welfare standards in the studies for other (future) clients.

In 2015 weProQR became part of an interdisciplinary consortium with Utrecht University (Faculty of Veterinary medicine and Ethics Institute), Radboud University (Medical Center, SYRCLE) and another private company, partly financed by The Netherlands Organization for Scientific Research, Responsible Innovation grant. The project proposes a more integrated approach towards innovation in the field of animal testing and focuses on translational strategies. ProQR is involved in the part of the projectwork package that aims to deliver step stones for practical guidelines to build robust translational strategies, to design innovative experiments (including animal models) for cystic fibrosis and develop a translational strategy for CF as a showcase.other rare genetic diseases.

Intellectual Property

We strive to protect our technology platforms and our product candidates through a variety of approaches, including obtaining and maintaining patent and trade secret protection for our current and future technology platforms, our product candidates as well as their methods of use and processes for their manufacture, and any other inventions or discoveries that are commercially important to our business. We seek to obtain domestic and international patent protection and endeavor to promptly file patent applications or in-license patent rights relating to new, commercially valuable inventions to expand our intellectual property portfolio.

Our commercial success will depend in part upon obtaining and maintaining patent and trade secret protection for our current and future technology platforms and product candidates, as well as successfully defending our patent rights against third-party challenges. Our ability to prevent or stop third parties from making, using, selling, offering to sell or importing our product candidates will depend in part upon whether we have valid and enforceable patent rights that cover the activities of third parties.

We cannot be sure that patents will be granted with respect to any of our own or our in-licensed pending patent applications or with respect to any patents applications we may own or in-license in the future, nor can we be sure that any of our own or in-licensed patents or any patents we may own or license in the future will be useful in protecting our technology. Please see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property” for additional information on the risks associated with our intellectual property strategy and portfolio.

Patent Rights

We have been building and will continue to build our patent portfolio. Where possible, we pursue or plan to pursue multi-tiered patent protection for our technology platforms and our product candidates as well as their manufacture, formulation and use. In addition to the United States, we file, and in the future plan to file, patent applications in various countries and regions where we think such filings are likely to be cost effective.

The term of individual patents depends upon the legal term of the patents in the countries in which they are obtained. In most countries in which we file or plan to file, the patent term is 20 years from the earliest date of filing of a non-provisional patent application. In the United States, a patent’s term may be lengthened by patent term adjustment, which compensates a patentee for administrative delays by the U.S. PTO in granting a patent. However, the term of a United States patent may be shortened if a patent is terminally disclaimed by its owner over another patent. In addition, depending upon the circumstances, certain United States patents may be eligible for a patent term extension which compensates a patentee for delays in granting marketing approval for a patented active ingredient or use of an active ingredient. In Europe, a similar mechanism is available, such that patents may be eligible for a supplementary protection certificate to compensate for the time lost in obtaining marketing authorization for the active ingredient.

Patent Rights Relating to Our LCA Program

With regard to our LCA Program and our lead candidate in the LCA space, sepofarsen, we entered into an exclusive license agreement with the Radboud University Medical Center, Nijmegen, the Netherlands in April 2014 to obtain rights in a patent family with composition of matters claims directed to antisense oligonucleotides for treating LCA and

69


Table of Contents

method of use claims relating to modulation of the splicing of the CEP290 gene product. Patents were granted in Europe (EP 2753694 B1) and in the U.S. (US 9,771,580 and US 10,167,470), and in Australia, and applications are currently pending in the U.S. (continuation application) as well as Brazil, Canada, and Eurasia. The term of any patents resulting from these applications would be expected to extend to at least 2032. Furthermore, we entered into an exclusive license agreement with Inserm Transfert SA and Assistance-Publique-Hôpiteaux de Paris (AP-HP), Paris, France in January 2018 to obtain rights in a patent family with composition of matters claims directed to antisense oligonucleotides for treating LCA and method of treatment claims relating to modulation of the splicing of the CEP290 gene product. Patents were granted in the U.S. (US 9,012,425; US 9,487,782; US 9,777,272) and in Europe (EP 2718437 B1) and applications are currently pending in the U.S. (continuation application) and Europe (divisional application). The term of any patents resulting from these applications would be expected to extend to at least 2032.

To further strengthen our position on sepofarsen, we filed our own international patent application in February 2016 to obtain intellectual property rights to a variety of improved antisense oligonucleotides and the use thereof in the treatment of LCA. This international patent application was continued in the U.S., Europe, China, and several other countries. The term of any patents resulting from these applications, if issued, would be expected to extend to at least 2036.

Patent Rights Relating to Our Usher Program

With regard to our Usher Program and our lead candidates in the Usher space, QR-421a and QR-411, we entered into an exclusive license agreement with the Radboud University Medical Center, Nijmegen, the Netherlands in June 2015 to obtain rights in a patent family with composition of matters claims directed to antisense oligonucleotides for treating Usher syndrome and method of use claims relating to modulation of the splicing of the USH2A gene product. The first U.S. patent was granted on November 20, 2018 (US 10,131,910) and applications are currently pending in the U.S. (continuation application) as well as Europe, Canada, Australia, and Israel. The term of any patents resulting from these applications would be expected to extend to at least 2035.  

With regard to our Usher program and our lead candidates in the Usher space, QR-411 and QR-421a, we filed two international patent applications in April 2017 and September 2017, respectively. The application related to QR-411 was continued in the U.S. and Europe and several other countries. The application related to QR-421a will also be continued in national and regional patent applications in March 2019. The term of any patents resulting from these applications, if issued, would be expected to extend to at least 2037.

Patent Rights Relating to Our Axiomer Program

With regard to our Axiomer program, we filed several national and international patent applications from 2014 to 2018, several of which were continued in national and regional patent applications after the respective international phases. The term of any patents resulting from these applications, if issued, would be expected to extend to at least from 2034 to 2038.

Patent Rights Relating to Our Cystic Fibrosis Program

With regard to our lead product candidate in the CF space, eluforsen, we own a family of patent applications that we filed in the U.S., as well as in other countries and regions including Australia, Brazil, Canada, China, Europe, India, Israel, Japan, Mexico, New Zealand, Russia, South Africa and South Korea relating to certain aspects of our RNA

75


Table of Contents

targeting technology platform, including method of use claims relating to the use of single-stranded oligonucleotides, particularly modified RNA oligonucleotides, for targeting RNA molecules in a living cell, as well as composition of matter claims relating to our eluforsen product candidate. The granted European filingfilings (EP 2852668 B1 and EP 3103872 B1) waswere validated in allthe most relevant European Patent Convention contracting states. No opposition was filed afterstates, including the nine-month opposition period.Netherlands, the United Kingdom, Germany and France. The first U.S. patent application in this patent family was granted on March 28, 2017 (US 9,605,255) and the second U.S. Patent application was granted on June 12, 2018 (US 9,994,856). In 2018, the applications in China, Israel, Japan, New Zealand and Mexico were also granted. The term of these EP and US patents and any further patents resulting from the other applications in the patent family, if issued, would be expected to extend to at least July 2033.

In addition, in May 2012, we entered into an exclusive license agreement with Massachusetts General Hospital, or MGH, to obtain rights to a patent family with claims directed to an alternative RNA platform that uses an RNA oligonucleotide complex rather than a single-stranded oligonucleotide. This patent family includes three issued U.S.

70


Table of Contents

patents, the first of which has a composition of matter claim directed to an RNA oligonucleotide complex containing two specific oligonucleotide sequences for modulating the expression or activity of a CFTR gene product. The second U.S. patent has method of use claims relating to the treatment of a symptom of cystic fibrosis in a subject by administering to the subject an RNA oligonucleotide complex comprising two oligonucleotides, as well as a composition of matter claim directed to a specific RNA complex for modulating the activity of a CFTR gene product. The third U.S. patent covers the eluforsen product. The term of the first issued U.S. patent is expected to extend to October 2027, the term of the second issued U.S. patent is expected to extend to May 2025, and the term of the third U.S. patent is expected to extend to March 2025.

Patent Rights Relating to Our LCA Program

With regard to our LCA Program and our lead candidate in the LCA space, QR-110, we entered into an exclusive license agreement with the Radboud University Medical Center, Nijmegen, the Netherlands in April 2014 to obtain rights in a patent family with composition of matters claims directed to antisense oligonucleotides for treating LCA and method of use claims relating to modulation of the splicing of the CEP290 gene product. Patents were granted in Europe (EP 2753694 B1) and in the U.S. (US 9,771,580) and applications are currently pending in the U.S. (continuation application) as well as Brazil, Canada, Australia, and Eurasia. The term of any patents resulting from these applications would be expected to extend to at least 2032. Furthermore, we entered into an exclusive license agreement with Inserm Transfert SA and Assistance-Publique-Hôpiteaux de Paris (AP-HP), Paris, France in January 2018 to obtain rights in a patent family with composition of matters claims directed to antisense oligonucleotides for treating LCA and method of treatment claims relating to modulation of the splicing of the CEP290 gene product. Patents were granted in the U.S. (US 9,012,425; US 9,487,782; US 9,777,272) and applications are currently pending in the U.S. and Europe. The term of any patents resulting from these applications would be expected to extend to at least 2032.

To further strengthen our position on QR-110, we filed our own international patent application in February 2016 to obtain intellectual property rights to a variety of improved antisense oligonucleotides and the use thereof in the treatment of LCA. This international patent application was continued in the U.S., Europe, China, and several other countries. The term of any patents resulting from these applications, if issued, would be expected to extend to at least 2036.

Patent Rights Relating to Our DEB Program

With regard to our DEB program and our lead candidate in the DEB space, QR-313, we filed two international patent applications that were continued in the U.S., Europe, China, and several other countries. The term of any patents resulting from these applications, if issued, would be expected to extend to at least 2036.

Patent Rights Relating to Our Usher Program

With regard to our Usher program and our lead candidates in the Usher space, QR-411 and QR-421a, we filed two international patent applications in April and September 2017, and that are expected to be continued in national and regional patent applications in October 2018 and March 2019 respectively. The term of any patents resulting from these applications, if issued, would be expected to extend to at least 2037.

76


Table of Contents

Patent Rights Relating to Our Axiomer Program

With regard to our Axiomer program, we filed several national and international patent applications from 2014 to 2017, and that are expected to be continued in national and regional patent applications after the respective international phases. The term of any patents resulting from these applications, if issued, would be expected to extend to at least 2038.

Trade Secrets

In addition to patent protection, we rely on trade secrets and know-how to develop and maintain our competitive position. Trade secrets and know-how can be difficult to protect. Nevertheless, we seek to protect our trade secrets and know-how via, among other things, confidentiality and invention assignment agreements with our employees and consultants. We also seek to preserve the confidentiality of our trade secrets and know-how by implementing and maintaining security of our premises and information, and limiting access to our trade secrets and know-how.

License Agreement with Ionis Pharmaceuticals

On October 26, 2018, we and Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. entered into a License Agreement, pursuant to which Ionis granted an exclusive, worldwide, royalty-bearing license to us to develop and commercialize certain pharmaceutical products, including the product designated by Ionis as IONIS-RHO-2.5Rx, which has been re-designated by us as QR-1123, for the prevention or treatment of retinitis pigmentosa in humans, including patient screening. Ionis also granted to the Company certain sub-license rights.   

Under the License Agreement, we are required to make an upfront payment of an aggregate of up to $ 6.0 million in installments, and certain payments up to an aggregate of $ 20.0 million upon the satisfaction of certain development and sales milestones. In addition, Ionis is entitled to royalty payments in the double digits of aggregate annual net sales, subject to minimum sales in certain circumstances, and subject to reduced rates in certain circumstances. The royalty term lasts on a product-by-product and country-by-country basis, until the later of the expiration of the patent rights licensed to us and the expiration of regulatory-based exclusivity for such product in such country. The License Agreement may also be terminated by either party based upon certain uncured material breach by, or insolvency of, the other party, or by us at any time with advanced notice.

In connection with the upfront payments and development milestone payments, we also simultaneously entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement with Ionis, pursuant to which we agreed to issue an aggregate of $ 2.5 million of ordinary shares to satisfy the first installment upfront payment, and the remaining installment of the upfront payment in ordinary shares determined upon the due date of such installment.  In addition, the Stock Purchase Agreement provides for the ability for us, at our discretion, to pay the development milestone payments in ordinary shares when such payments are due.  We may not issue ordinary shares to Ionis to the extent that such issuance would result in Ionis owning in excess of 18.5% of our issued and outstanding shares, nor may we issue ordinary shares if such issuance, together with previous issuances under the Stock Purchase Agreement, would exceed 19.9% of our outstanding ordinary shares as of the date of the execution of the Stock Purchase Agreement. Under these circumstances, we are required to pay the remainder of the upfront and/or development milestone payments in cash.

In addition, in connection with the Stock Purchase Agreement, we also entered into an Investor Agreement with Ionis, pursuant to which we agreed to register for resale the ordinary shares issued by us under the Stock Purchase Agreement, under the circumstances described in the Investor Agreement. The Investor Agreement also contains customary covenants related to our registration of such shares, preparation of filings in connection therewith and indemnification of Ionis. The Investor Agreement also contains lockup provisions prohibiting the disposition of our ordinary shares issued under the Stock Purchase Agreement for a period of 12 months from the applicable issuance date, as well as voting provisions requiring Ionis to vote its ordinary shares in accordance with the recommendations of our board of directors, in each case subject to certain exceptions.

71


Table of Contents

License Agreement with MGH

In May 2012, we entered into a license agreement with MGH. Under the terms of this license agreement, we have an exclusive, royalty-bearing license under certain MGH patent rights to make, use and sell any product or process that is covered by the licensed patent rights for use in all therapeutic indications in the field of cystic fibrosis. We may sublicense our rights unless MGH objects to a potential sublicensee because of a conflict of interest. Our sublicensees may not further sublicense nor assign their rights without MGH’s consent. MGH retains the right for it, its affiliates and other academic, government and not-for-profit institutions to use the licensed patents rights for internal research and educational purposes.

Pursuant to the terms of the license agreement, in lieu of an upfront license payment to MGH, we are obligated to reimburse MGH, on a pro rata basis based on the number of licensees under the licensed patent rights, the fees and costs incurred by MGH in preparing, filing, prosecuting and maintaining the licensed patent rights. Currently, we are the sole licensee of the MGH patent rights and have paid approximately $ 165,000 in patent fee reimbursements and milestones to MGH. We are also obligated to pay MGH potentially up to $ 1,700,000 in additional payments upon the achievement of certain development and regulatory milestones, depending on the moment of achievement of such milestones, and, beginning after our first commercial sale of a product covered by the licensed patent rights, a $ 10,000 annual license fee which is creditable against royalties due to MGH in the same calendar year. In addition, we are obligated to pay MGH 2% or 5%, depending on the moment of NDA filing, of any net sales by us, our affiliates or sublicensees on licensed products made or sold in the United States, as well as a low double-digit percentage of any payments that we may receive from any sublicensee anywhere in the world.

MGH isWe are responsible for the preparation, filing, prosecution and maintenance of the licensed patent rights. We have the first right to protect the licensed patent rights from alleged infringement. If we do not prosecute the alleged infringement, MGH may, at its own expense, initiate legal proceedings against the alleged infringer. We may not settle any proceeding without MGH’s prior written consent. We must also indemnify MGH against any costs, expenses and liabilities incurred in connection with any such legal proceeding we initiate. Any award recovered from the alleged infringer after we and MGH are reimbursed for our expenses are shared so that we receive an amount equal to our lost profits or a reasonable royalty on the infringing sales, MGH receives an amount equal to the royalties or other payments we would have paid MGH if we had sold the infringing product, and any remainder is shared equally.

We are obligated to use commercially reasonable efforts to develop and make available to the public one or more CF therapeutic products or processes in the United States under the licensed MGH patent rights. We also must achieve certain specified development, regulatory and commercial milestones. If we do not meet the specified milestones, MGH may terminate the license agreement or grant us an extension and require us to pay additional milestone fees and, in some cases, an increased royalty on net sales, depending upon the length of our delay. The license agreement will remain in effect until the date on which all issued patents and filed patent applications under the licensed patent rights have expired or been abandoned. We may terminate the license agreement for any reason by giving MGH 90 days advance written notice of termination. MGH may terminate the license agreement upon our default of certain obligations under the license agreement which is not cured within a specified period of time or if we, our affiliates or sublicensees

77


Table of Contents

challenge the validity of the licensed patent rights. If we challenge the validity of the licensed patent rights during the term of the license agreement and they are found to be valid and enforceable, we must reimburse MGH for its legal costs and expenses in defending the challenge. Upon a termination of the agreement, MGH will allow those of our sublicensees who are in compliance with their sublicense agreement and agree to assume our obligations under the license agreement to retain their rights.

License Agreements with Radboud University Medical Center

OnIn April 17, 2014 ProQR Therapeutics and Radboud University Medical Center havewe entered into a Patent License Agreement with Radboud University Medical Center, or Radboud in the field of antisense oligonucleotide-based therapy for Leber’s Congenital Amaurosis, or LCA. Under the terms of this license agreement, we have an exclusive, world-wide royalty-bearing license under certain Radboud patent rights to develop, make, have made, use, sell offer for sale and import of certain licensed products of Radboud for use in all prophylactic and therapeutic uses in the field of LCA.  Pursuant to the terms of the license agreement, we are obligated to pay Radboud net-sales-related royalties which shall be determined on a product-by-product and country-by-country basis.  If we are required to pay any third party royalties, we may deduct that amount from that which is owed to Radboud. Radboud shall provide human resources, materials, facilities and equipment that are necessary for pre-clinical preclinical

72


Table of Contents

and clinical trials and if we do not purchase such trial facilities from Radboud, we are required to pay an increased net-sales-related royalty. In our sole discretion, we may elect to convert our obligation to pay net-sales-related royalties into one of the two lump-sum royalty options depending on whether we elect to convert prior to or after regulatory approval has been filed.

ProQRWe may sublicense our rights to any third-party provided such sub-license includes the same obligations on the sub-licensee as are on us and we promptly furnish Radboud with a copy of the executed sublicensing agreements.

The license agreement will remain in effect until the date on which all patent applications and all granted patents ensuing from such applications have expired or is terminated earlier in accordance with the agreement. Either party may terminate the agreement if the other party is in default of a material obligation under the agreement which has not been cured within 30 days of notice of such default.  Either party may also terminate the agreement if the other party declares bankruptcy, dissolves, liquidates or the like.  Radboud may also terminate the agreement if we do not pay any amount owed under the agreement and such payment remains overdue for at least 30 days after receiving notice from Radboud of the amount due.

In June 2015, we entered into another license agreement with Radboud University Medical Center, or Radboud.  Under the terms of this license agreement, we have an exclusive, world-wide royalty-bearing license under certain Radboud patent rights to develop, make, have made, use, sell offer for sale and import of certain licensed products of Radboud for use in all prophylactic and therapeutic uses in the field of Usher syndrome.  Pursuant to the terms of the license agreement, we are obligated to pay Radboud net-sales-related royalties which shall be determined on a product-by-product and country-by-country basis.  If we are required to pay any third party royalties, we may deduct that amount from that which is owed to Radboud. Radboud shall provide human resources, materials, facilities and equipment that are necessary for pre-clinicalpreclinical and clinical trials and if we do not purchase such trial facilities from Radboud, we are required to pay an increased net-sales-related royalty. In our sole discretion, we may elect to convert our obligation to pay net-sales-related royalties into one of the two lump-sum royalty options depending on whether we elect to convert prior to or after regulatory approval has been filed.

ProQRWe may sublicense our rights to any third-party provided such sub-license includes the same obligations on the sub-licensee as are on us and we promptly furnish Radboud with a copy of the executed sublicensing agreements.

The license agreement will remain in effect until the date on which all patent applications and all granted patents ensuing from such applications have expired or is terminated earlier in accordance with the agreement. Either party may terminate the agreement if the other party is in default of a material obligation under the agreement which has not been cured within 30 days of notice of such default.  Either party may also terminate the agreement if the other party declares bankruptcy, dissolves, liquidates or the like.  Radboud may also terminate the agreement if we do not pay any amount owed under the agreement and such payment remains overdue for at least 30 days after receiving notice from Radboud of the amount due.

78


Table of Contents

License Agreement with Inserm Transfert SA

In January 2017,2018, we entered into a license agreement with Inserm Transfert SA and Assistance-Publique-Hôpiteaux de Paris. Under the terms of the agreement, we have a world-wide, exclusive, royalty-bearing license under patent rights belonging to Inserm Transfert SA and other co-owners to develop, have developed, make, have made, use, have used and sell, have sold or otherwise distribute certain licensed products related to antisense oligonucleotides for treating LCA and method of treatment claims relating to modulation of the splicing of the CEP290 gene product.

We have the right to grant sublicenses to third parties subject to certain limitations such as the sublicensee’s activities do not conflict with the public order or ethical obligations of Inserm Transfert SA or any co-owner and do not tarnish the image of Inserm Transfert SA or any co-owner.

In partial consideration of the rights and licenses granted by the license agreement, we are required to make payments upon the completion of certain milestones: completion of a clinical trial more advanced than First in Man, such as a phase IIb; and the first marketing authorization or any foreign equivalent for a first product.  In further consideration of the rights and license granted under the agreement, we shall pay to Inserm Transfert SA a running royalty on net sales of products sold by us or our sublicensee.

73


Table of Contents

Unless terminated earlier pursuant to termination provisions of Agreement, the license agreement will remain in effect on a country-by-country basis, until the later to occur of the following events (i) the invalidation or expiration of the last to expire or to be invalidated patent rights which covers the manufacture, use or sale of the product in said country or until the expiration of the exclusive commercialization right granted by a regulatory agency to a product as an orphan drug or (ii) five years after the first commercial sale of a product in the country in which the product is sold.  The agreement may be terminated by either party in the event of an uncured breach by the non-breaching party.  Inserm Transfert SA may terminate the agreement if we become the subject of voluntary or involuntary winding-up proceedings or judicial recovery, if we or our sublicensees interrupt development activities for at least one year, if we or our sublicensees interrupt commercialization for more than twelve months after the first commercialization in a country, if we do not commercialize a product within two years following our obtaining of marketing approval in a country, or if we or our sublicensees do not put a product into commercial use and do not keep products reasonably available to the public within twelve years of the effective date of the agreement.

Other License Agreements

OnIn January 18, 2016, ProQR Therapeuticswe entered into an agreement with Leiden University Medical Center, (LUMC)or LUMC, which gives the Companyus a world-wide, exclusive, royalty-bearing license in the field of amyloid beta related diseases, notably Alzheimer’s disease and HCHWA-D, under certain patent rights of LUMC regarding antisense oligonucleotide based therapies. This license agreement contains certain diligence obligations for the Company coupled to milestone payments and complements the Company’s intellectual property relating to its CNS program. On September 12, 2017, we spun out this program into Amylon Therapeutics B.V., in which we maintain a majority ownership.

OnIn January 24, 2017, ProQR Therapeuticswe entered into an agreement with LUMC, which gives the Companyus a world-wide, exclusive, royalty-bearing license in the field of Huntington’s disease, under certain patent rights of LUMC regarding antisense oligonucleotide based therapies. This license agreement contains certain diligence obligations for the Company coupled to milestone payments and complements the Company’s intellectual property relating to the HD program.

Manufacturing and Supply

We do not currently own or operate manufacturing facilities for the production of pre-clinical, clinical or commercial quantities of any of our product candidates. We currently contract with drug product formulation manufacturers for the production of eluforsen solution for nebulization, QR-110sepofarsen solution for intravitreal injection, QR-421a solution for intravitreal injection and QR-313 drug product,QR-1123 for intravitreal injection, and we expect to continue to do so to meet the pre-clinical and planned clinical requirements of our product candidates.

79


Table of Contents

Currently, each of our active ingredients for our manufacturing activities are supplied by single source suppliers. We have agreements for the supply of such active ingredients with manufacturers or suppliers that we believe have sufficient capacity to meet our demands. In addition, we believe that adequate alternative sources for such supplies exist. We typically order clinical supplies and services on a purchase order basis and do not enter into long-term dedicated capacity or minimum supply arrangements.

We do have clinical manufacturing processes developed at a back-up GMP manufacturer. Manufacturing is subject to extensive regulations that impose various procedural and documentation requirements, which govern record keeping, manufacturing processes and controls, personnel, quality control and quality assurance, amongst others. The contract manufacturing organizations we use manufacture our product candidates under cGMP conditions. cGMP is a regulatory standard for the production of pharmaceuticals that will be used in humans.

Competition

The pharmaceutical industry is highly competitive and subject to rapid and significant technological change. Our potential competitors include large pharmaceutical, biotechnology, specialty pharmaceutical, and generic drug companies, academic institutions, government agencies and research institutions. Key competitive factors affecting the commercial success of our product candidates are likely to be efficacy, safety and tolerability profile, delivery, reliability, convenience of dosing, patient recruitment for clinical studies, price and reimbursement. Many of our existing or potential competitors have substantially greater financial, technical and human resources than we do and significantly greater experience in the discovery and development of product candidates, obtaining FDA, EMA and other regulatory approvals of products and the commercialization of those products. Mergers and acquisitions in the pharmaceutical and

74


Table of Contents

biotechnology industries may result in even more resources being concentrated among a small number of our competitors. Accordingly, our competitors may be more successful than we may be in obtaining FDA or EMA approval for therapies and achieving widespread market acceptance. Our competitors’ products may be more effective, or more effectively marketed and sold, than any product candidate we may commercialize and may render our therapies obsolete or non-competitive before we can recover development and commercialization expenses.

Our competitors are working on similar technologies in the field of RNA modulationrepair and RNA editing, but also in the field of gene editing and gene therapy as well as other types of therapies, such as small molecules, protein replacement or antibodies. The industry targeting hereditary ophthalmology indications is driven by gene therapy (Spark Therapeutics,Therapeutics/Genable, AGTC, Sanofi, Oxford Biomedica), gene editing (Editas Medicine; ciberer)ciberer, OxfordBioMedica and Harvard Medical School), and other approaches including retinal implants, cell therapies, optogenetics and prevention of photoreceptor degeneration.(Wave life sciences).

In the field of DEB, a number of companies are seeking to identify and develop drugs. There are four general clusters of potential disease modifying treatments for RDEB: autologous gene therapies (Abeona,(Krystal Biotech, Abeona, Fibrocell, King’s College, Krystal Biotech andCollegeand Holostem Terapie Avanzate), allogeneic cell therapies (Allogeneic Cell Therapies, University of Minnesota, Anterogen and King’s College), RNA modulation therapies (University of Southern California) and protein replacement therapies (Phoenix Tissue Repair). In regards to palliative treatments, the therapies that are currently under development are symptomatic and focus on reducing a secondary EB manifestation (Amicus, Amryt, and Tarix Orphan).

In the field of cystic fibrosis, a number of companies are seeking to identify and develop drug candidates for the treatment of CF, including Vertex, Galapagos/AbbVie, Proteostasis, Corbus, Spyryx Biosciences, Flatley Discovery Labs and various other companies. Of these, Vertex’s Kalydeco and Orkambi are the only drugs approved to treat an underlying cause of CF, rather than the symptoms. Vertex’s success in developing and commercializing Kalydeco and Orkambi could increase the resources that our competitors allocate to the development of these potential treatments for CF. Other drugs that have been approved for CF patients are palliative treatments that manage the symptoms of the disease, such as Novartis’ TOBI and Gilead’s Cayston, which are used to suppress chronic lung infections, and Roche’s Pulmozyme, which is an inhaled therapy used to thin mucus.

Our competitors may also obtain FDA, EMA or other regulatory approval for their products more rapidly than we may obtain approval for ours. We anticipate that we will face intense and increasing competition as new drugs enter the market and advanced technologies become available. See “Risk Factors - Risks Related to our Business and Strategy”. We face competition from entities that have developed or may develop product candidates for our target disease

80


Table of Contents

indications. If these companies develop technologies or product candidates more rapidly than we do or their technologies, including delivery technologies, are more effective, our ability to develop and successfully commercialize product candidates may be adversely affected, andsee elsewhere in this annual report for more information regarding competitors and competitive products.

Regulatory Matters

Government Regulation and Product Approval

Government authorities in the United States at the federal, state and local level, and in other countries, extensively regulate, among other things, the research, development, testing, manufacture, quality control, approval, labeling, packaging, storage, record-keeping, promotion, advertising, distribution, marketing, export and import of products such as those we are developing.

U.S. Drug Development Process

The process of obtaining regulatory approvals and compliance with appropriate federal, state, local and foreign statutes and regulations require the expenditure of substantial time and financial resources. Failure to comply with the applicable U.S. requirements at any time during the product development process, approval process, or after approval, may subject an applicant to administrative or judicial sanctions. These sanctions could include the FDA’s refusal to approve pending applications, withdrawal of an approval, a clinical hold, untitled or warning letters, product recalls, product seizures, total or partial suspension of production or distribution, injunctions, fines, refusals of government contracts, restitution, disgorgement or civil or criminal penalties. The process required by the FDA before a drug may be marketed in the United States generally involves the following:

·

completion of pre-clinicalpreclinical laboratory tests, animal studies and formulation studies according to Good Laboratory Practices, or GLP, regulations;

·

manufacture of the medicinaldrug product in accordance with Good Manufacturing Practice, or GMP, regulations;

·

submission to the FDA of an IND, which must become effective before human clinical trials may begin;

·

performance of adequate and well-controlled human clinical trials according to GCP to establish the safety and efficacy of the proposed drug for its intended use;

75


Table of Contents

·

preparation and submission to the FDA of an NDA;

·

satisfactory completion of an FDA inspection of the manufacturing facility or facilities at which the product, or components thereof, are produced to assess compliance with cGMP;

·

satisfactory completion of an FDA audit of clinical trial sites to assess compliance with GCP; and

·

review and approval by the FDA of the NDA.

The testing and approval process requires substantial time, effort and financial resources and we cannot be certain that any approvals for our product candidates will be granted on a timely basis, if at all.

Once a pharmaceutical product candidate is identified for development, it enters the pre-clinicalpreclinical testing stage. Pre-clinicalPreclinical tests include laboratory evaluations of product chemistry, toxicity, formulation and stability, as well as animal studies. An IND sponsor must submit the results of the pre-clinicalpreclinical tests, together with manufacturing information, analytical data and any available clinical data or literature, to the FDA as part of the IND. The sponsor must also include a protocol detailing, among other things, the objectives of the initial clinical trial, the parameters to be used in monitoring safety and the effectiveness criteria to be evaluated if the initial clinical trial lends itself to an efficacy

81


Table of Contents

evaluation. Some pre-clinicalpreclinical testing may continue even after the IND is submitted. The IND automatically becomes effective 30 days after receipt by the FDA, unless the FDA raises concerns or questions related to a proposed clinical trial and places the trial on a clinical hold within that 30-day time period. In such a case, the IND sponsor and the FDA must resolve any outstanding concerns before the clinical trial can begin. Clinical holds also may be imposed by the FDA at any time before or during clinical trials due to safety concerns or non-compliance, and may be imposed on all drug products within a certain class of drugs. The FDA also can impose partial clinical holds, for example, prohibiting the initiation of clinical trials of a certain duration or for a certain dose.

All clinical trials must be conducted under the supervision of one or more qualified investigators in accordance with GCP regulations. These regulations include the requirement that all research subjects provide informed consent in writing before their participation in any clinical trial. Further, an IRB must review and approve the plan for any clinical trial before it commences at any institution, and the IRB must conduct continuing review and reauthorize the trial at least annually. An IRB considers, among other things, whether the risks to individuals participating in the clinical trial are minimized and are reasonable in relation to anticipated benefits. The IRB also approves the information regarding the clinical trial and the consent form that must be provided to each clinical trial subject or his or her legal representative and must monitor the clinical trial until completed.

Each new clinical protocol and any amendments to the protocol must be submitted for FDA review, and to the IRBs for approval. Protocols detail, among other things, the objectives of the clinical trial, dosing procedures, subject selection and exclusion criteria, the parameters to assess efficacy and the parameters to be used to monitor subject safety.

Human clinical trials are typically conducted in three sequential phases that may overlap or be combined:

·

Phase 1. The product is initially introduced into a small number of healthy human subjects or patients and tested for safety, dosage tolerance, absorption, metabolism, distribution and excretion and, if possible, to gain early evidence on effectiveness. In the case of some products for severe or life-threatening diseases, especially when the product is suspected or known to be unavoidably toxic, the initial human testing may be conducted in patients.

·

Phase 2. Involves clinical trials in a limited patient population to identify possible adverse effects and safety risks, to preliminarily evaluate the efficacy of the product for specific targeted diseases and to determine dosage tolerance and optimal dosage and schedule.

·

Phase 3. Clinical trials are undertaken to further evaluate dosage, clinical efficacy and safety in an expanded patient population. These clinical trials are intended to establish the overall risk/benefit relationship of the product and provide an adequate basis for product labeling.

76


Table of Contents

Progress reports detailing the results of the clinical trials must be submitted at least annually to the FDA andFDA. Within 15 calendar days after the sponsor determines that the information qualifies for writing, written IND safety reports must be submitted to the FDA and the investigators for serious and unexpected suspected adverse events, any clinically important increase in the rate of a serious suspected adverse reaction over that listed in the protocol or investigator's brochure, or any findings from other studies or animal or in vitro testing that suggest a significant risk in humans exposed to the product drug. The sponsor also must notify the FDA of any unexpected fatal or life-threatening suspected adverse reaction within seven calendar days after the sponsor’s initial receipt of the information. Phase 1, Phase 2 and Phase 3 testing may not be completed successfully within any specified period, if at all. The FDA or the sponsor may suspend or terminate a clinical trial at any time on various grounds, including a finding that the research subjects or patients are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk. Similarly, an IRB can suspend or terminate approval of a clinical trial at its institution if the clinical trial is not being conducted in accordance with the IRB’s requirements or if the drug has been associated with unexpected serious harm to patients.

Concurrent with clinical trials, companies usually complete additional animal studies and must also develop additional information about the chemistry and physical characteristics of the product and finalize a process for manufacturing the product in commercial quantities in accordance with cGMP requirements. The manufacturing process must be capable of consistently producing quality batches of the product candidate and, among other things, the manufacturer must develop methods for testing the identity, strength, quality and purity of the final product. Additionally, appropriate packaging

82


Table of Contents

must be selected and tested and stability studies must be conducted to demonstrate that the product candidate does not undergo unacceptable deterioration over its shelf life.

A drug being studied in clinical trials may be made available to individual patients in certain circumstances. Pursuant to the 21st Century Cures Act, or Cures Act, which was signed into law in December 2016,as amended, the manufacturer of an investigational drug for a serious disease or condition is required to make available, such as by posting on its website, its policy on evaluating and responding to requests for individual patient access to such investigational drug. This requirement applies on the latterearlier of 60 calendar days after the date of enactment of the Cures Act or the first initiation of a Phase 2 or Phase 3 trial of the investigational drug.drug, or as applicable, 15 days after the drug receives a designation as a breakthrough therapy, fast track product, or regenerative advanced therapy.

U.S. Review and Approval Processes

The results of product development, pre-clinicalpreclinical studies and clinical trials, along with descriptions of the manufacturing process, analytical tests conducted on the drug, proposed labeling and other relevant information, are submitted to the FDA as part of an NDA for a new drug, requesting approval to market the product. The submission of an NDA is subject to the payment of a substantial user fee; a waiver of such fee may be obtained under certain limited circumstances. For example, the agency will waive the application fee for the first human drug application that a small business or its affiliate submits for review. The sponsor of an approved NDA is also subject to an annual prescription drug product and establishment user fees.program fee.

The FDA reviews all NDAs submitted to ensure that they are sufficiently complete for substantive review before it accepts them for filing. The FDA may request additional information rather than accept an NDA for filing. In this event, the NDA must be re-submitted with the additional information. The re-submitted application also is subject to review before the FDA accepts it for filing. Once the submission is accepted for filing, the FDA begins an in-depth substantive review. The FDA reviews an NDA to determine, among other things, whether a product is safe and effective for its intended use and whether its manufacturing is cGMP-compliant to assure the product’s identity, strength, quality and purity. Before approving an NDA, the FDA typically will inspect the facility or facilities where the product is or will be manufactured. The FDA will not approve an application unless it determines that the manufacturing processes and facilities are in compliance with cGMP requirements and adequate to assure consistent production of the product within required specifications. The FDA may refer the NDA to an advisory committee for review, evaluation and recommendation as to whether the application should be approved and under what conditions. An advisory committee is a panel of experts, including clinicians and other scientific experts, who provide advice and recommendations when requested by the FDA. The FDA is not bound by the recommendation of an advisory committee, but it considers such recommendations when making decisions.

The approval process is lengthy and difficult and the FDA may refuse to approve an NDA if the applicable regulatory criteria are not satisfied or may require additional clinical data or other data and information. Even if such data and information are submitted, the FDA may ultimately decide that the NDA does not satisfy the criteria for approval. Data

77


Table of Contents

obtained from clinical trials are not always conclusive and the FDA may interpret data differently than we interpret the same data. The FDA will issue a complete response letter if the agency decides not to approve the NDA in its present form. The complete response letter usually describes all of the specific deficiencies that the FDA identified in the NDA that must be satisfactorily addressed before it can be approved. The deficiencies identified may be minor, for example, requiring labeling changes, or major, for example, requiring additional clinical trials. Additionally, the complete response letter may include recommended actions that the applicant might take to place the application in a condition for approval. If a complete response letter is issued, the applicant may either resubmit the NDA, addressing all of the deficiencies identified in the letter, or withdraw the application or request an opportunity for a hearing.

If a product receives regulatory approval, the approval may be significantly limited to specific patients and dosages or the indications for use may otherwise be limited, which could restrict the commercial value of the product. Further, the FDA may require that certain contraindications, warnings or precautions be included in the product labeling. In addition, the FDA may require post-approval studies, including Phase 4 clinical trials, to further assess a drug’s safety and effectiveness after NDA approval and may require testing and surveillance programs to monitor the safety of approved products that have been commercialized. The FDA may require a Risk Evaluation and Mitigation Strategy, or REMS, program as a condition of approval, which could entail requirements for long-term patient follow-up, a medication guide,

83


Table of Contents

physician communication plans or additional elements to ensure safe use, such as restricted distribution methods, patient registries and other risk minimization tools.

Regulation of Combination Products in the United States

Certain products may be comprised of components that are regulated under separate authorities and by different centers at the FDA. These products are known as combination products. A combination product is comprised of a combination of a drug and a device; a biological product and a device; a drug and a biological product; or a drug, a device, and a biological product. Under regulations issued by the FDA, a combination product may be:

·

a product comprised of two or more regulated components i.e., drug/device, biologic/device, drug/biologic, or drug/device/biologic, that are physically, chemically, or otherwise combined or mixed and produced as a single entity;

·

two or more separate products packaged together in a single package or as a unit and comprised of drug and device products, device and biological products, or biological and drug products;

·

a drug, biological product or device packaged separately that according to its investigational plan or proposed labeling is intended for use only with an approved individually specified drug, biological product or device where both are required to achieve the intended use, indication, or effect and where upon approval of the proposed product the labeling of the approved product would need to be changed, e.g., to reflect a change in intended use, dosage form, strength, route of administration, or significant change in dose; or

·

any investigational drug, biological product or device packaged separately that according to its proposed labeling is for use only with another individually specified investigational drug, biological product or device where both are required to achieve the intended use, indication, or effect.

Under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or FDCA, the FDA is charged with assigning a center with primary jurisdiction, or a lead center, for review of a combination product. That determination is based on the “primary mode of action” of the combination product, which is the single mode of action that provides the most important therapeutic action of the combination product, i.e., the mode of action expected to make the greatest contribution to the overall intended therapeutic effects of the combination product. Thus, if the primary mode of action of a device-drug combination product is attributable to the drug product, the FDA center responsible for premarket review of the drug product would have primary jurisdiction for the combination product. The FDA’s Office of Combination Products addresses issues surrounding combination products and provides guidance regarding the regulatory review process. That office serves as a focal point for combination product issues for agency reviewers and industry. It is also responsible for developing guidance and regulations to clarify the regulation of combination products, and for assignment of the FDA center that has primary jurisdiction for review of combination products where the jurisdiction is unclear or in dispute.

78


Table of Contents

Fast Track Designation and Accelerated Approval

The FDA has a Fast Track program that is intended to expedite or facilitate the process for reviewing new drugs that meet certain criteria. Specifically, new drugs are eligible for Fast Track designation if they are intended to treat a serious or life-threatening disease or condition for which there is an unmet medical need and demonstrate the potential to address unmet medical needs for the condition. Fast Track designation applies to the combination of the product and the specific indication for which it is being studied. The sponsor of a new drug may request the FDA to designate the drug as a Fast Track product concurrently with, or at any time after, submission of an IND, and the FDA must determine if the drug candidate qualifies for fast track designation within 60 days of receipt of the sponsor’s request. In addition to other benefits, such as the ability to engage in more frequent interactions with the FDA, the FDA may initiate review of sections of a Fast Track drug’s NDA before the application is complete. This rolling review is available if the applicant provides, and the FDA approves, a schedule for the submission of each portion of the NDA and the applicant pays applicable user fees. However, the FDA’s time period goal for reviewing an application does not begin until the last section of the NDA is submitted. Additionally, the Fast Track designation may be withdrawn by the FDA if the FDA believes that the designation is no longer supported by data emerging in the clinical trial process.

84


Table of Contents

Under FDA’s accelerated approval regulations, the FDA may approve a drug for a serious or life-threatening illness that provides meaningful therapeutic benefit to patients over existing treatments based upon a surrogate endpoint that is reasonably likely to predict clinical benefit, or on a clinical endpoint that can be measured earlier than irreversible morbidity or mortality, that is reasonably likely to predict an effect on irreversible morbidity or mortality or other clinical benefit, taking into account the severity, rarity, or prevalence of the condition and the availability or lack of alternative treatments. In clinical trials, a surrogate endpoint is a marker, such as a measurement of laboratory or clinical signs of a disease or condition that is thought to predict clinical benefit, but is not itself a measure of clinical benefit. Surrogate endpoints can often be measured more easily or more rapidly than clinical endpoints. A drug candidate approved on this basis is subject to rigorous post-marketing compliance requirements, including the completion of post-approval clinical trials sometimes referred to as Phase 4 trials to confirm the effect on the clinical endpoint. Failure to conduct required post-approval studies, or to confirm a clinical benefit during post-marketing studies, will allow the FDA to withdraw the drug from the market on an expedited basis. All promotional materials for drug candidates approved under accelerated regulations are subject to prior review by the FDA.

Breakthrough Designation

The Food and Drug Administration Safety and Innovation Act, or FDASIA, amended the FDCA to require the FDA to expedite the development and review of a breakthrough therapy. A drug product can be designated as a breakthrough therapy if it is intended to treat a serious or life-threatening disease or condition and preliminary clinical evidence indicates that it may demonstrate substantial improvement over existing therapies on one or more clinically significant endpoints. A sponsor may request that a drug product be designated as a breakthrough therapy concurrently with, or at any time after, the submission of an IND, and the FDA must determine if the drug candidate qualifies for breakthrough therapy designation within 60 days of receipt of the sponsor’s request. If so designated, the FDA shall act to expedite the development and review of the product’s marketing application, including by meeting with the sponsor throughout the product’s development, providing timely advice to the sponsor to ensure that the development program to gather pre-clinicalpreclinical and clinical data is as efficient as practicable, involving senior managers and experienced review staff in a cross-disciplinary review, assigning a cross-disciplinary project lead for the FDA review team to facilitate an efficient review of the development program and to serve as a scientific liaison between the review team and the sponsor, and taking steps to ensure that the design of the clinical trials is as efficient as practicable.

Priority Review

The FDA may grant an NDA a priority review designation, which sets the target date for FDA action on the application for a new molecular entity at six months after the FDA accepts the application for filing. Priority review is granted where there is evidence that the proposed product would be a significant improvement in the safety or effectiveness of the treatment, diagnosis, or prevention of a serious condition. If criteria are not met for priority review, the application is subject to the standard FDA review period of ten months after FDA accepts the application for filing. Priority review designation does not change the scientific/medical standard for approval or the quality of evidence necessary to support approval.

79


Table of Contents

Post-Approval Requirements

Any products for which we receive FDA approval are subject to continuing regulation by the FDA, including, among other things, record-keeping requirements, reporting of adverse experiences with the product, providing the FDA with updated safety and efficacy information, product sampling and distribution requirements, complying with certain electronic records and signature requirements and complying with FDA promotion and advertising requirements. Moreover, each component of a combination product retains their regulatory status (as a drug or device, for example) and is subject to the requirements established by the FDA for that type of component. The FDA strictly regulates labeling, advertising, promotion and other types of information on products that are placed on the market. Products may be promoted only for the approved indications and in accordance with the provisions of the approved label. Further, manufacturers must continue to comply with cGMP requirements, which are extensive and require considerable time, resources and ongoing investment to ensure compliance. In addition, changes to the manufacturing process generally require prior FDA approval before being implemented and other types of changes to the approved product, such as adding new indications and additional labeling claims, are also subject to further FDA review and approval.

85


Table of Contents

Manufacturers and other entities involved in the manufacturing and distribution of approved products are required to register their establishments with the FDA and certain state agencies, and are subject to periodic unannounced inspections by the FDA and certain state agencies for compliance with cGMP and other laws. The cGMP requirements apply to all stages of the manufacturing process, including the production, processing, sterilization, packaging, labeling, storage and shipment of the product. Manufacturers must establish validated systems to ensure that products meet specifications and regulatory standards, and test each product batch or lot prior to its release. We rely, and expect to continue to rely, on third parties for the production of clinical quantities of our product candidates. Future FDA and state inspections may identify compliance issues at the facilities of our contract manufacturers that may disrupt production or distribution or may require substantial resources to correct.

The FDA may withdraw a product approval if compliance with regulatory requirements is not maintained or if problems occur after the product reaches the market. Later discovery of previously unknown problems with a product may result in restrictions on the product or even complete withdrawal of the product from the market. Further, the failure to maintain compliance with regulatory requirements may result in administrative or judicial actions, such as fines, untitled or warning letters, holds on clinical trials, product seizures, product detention or refusal to permit the import or export of products, refusal to approve pending applications or supplements, restrictions on marketing or manufacturing, injunctions or civil or criminal penalties.

From time to time, legislation is drafted, introduced and passed in Congress that could significantly change the statutory provisions governing the approval, manufacturing and marketing of products regulated by the FDA. In addition to new legislation, FDA regulations, guidance, and policies are often revised or reinterpreted by the agency in ways that may significantly affect our business and our product candidates. It is impossible to predict whether further legislative or FDA regulation or policy changes will be enacted or implemented and what the impact of such changes, if any, may be.

Patent Term Restoration and Marketing Exclusivity

Depending upon the timing, duration and specifics of FDA approval of the use of our product candidates, some of our U.S. patents may be eligible for limited patent term extension under the Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984, commonly referred to as the Hatch-Waxman Amendments. The Hatch-Waxman Amendments permitspermit a patent restoration term of up to five years as compensation for patent term lost during product development and the FDA regulatory review process. However, patent term restoration cannot extend the remaining term of a patent beyond a total of 14 years from the product’s approval date. The patent term restoration period is generally one-half the time between the effective date of an IND and the submission date of an NDA plus the time between the submission date of an NDA and the approval of that application, except that the review period is reduced by any time during which the applicant failed to exercise due diligence. Only one patent applicable to an approved drug is eligible for the extension and the application for the extension must be submitted prior to the expiration of the patent. The U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, in consultation with the FDA, reviews and approves the application for any patent term extension or restoration. In the future, we intend to apply for restorations of patent term for some of our currently owned or licensed patents to add patent life beyond their current expiration dates, depending on the expected length of the clinical trials and other factors involved in the filing of the relevant NDA; however, there can be no assurance that any such extension will be granted to us.

80


Table of Contents

Market exclusivity provisions under the FDCA can also delay the submission or the approval of certain applications. The FDCA provides a five-year period of non-patent marketing exclusivity within the United States to the first applicant to gain approval of an NDA for a new chemical entity. A drug is a new chemical entity if the FDA has not previously approved any other new drug containing the same active moiety, which is the molecule or ion responsible for the action of the drug substance. During the exclusivity period, the FDA may not accept for review an abbreviated new drug application, or ANDA, or a 505(b)(2) NDA submitted by another company for another version of such drug where the applicant does not own or have a legal right of reference to all the data required for approval. However, an application may be submitted after four years if it contains a certification of patent invalidity or non-infringement. The FDCA also provides three years of marketing exclusivity for an NDA, 505(b)(2) NDA or supplement to an existing NDA if new clinical investigations, other than bioavailability studies, that were conducted or sponsored by the applicant are deemed by the FDA to be essential to the approval of the application, for example, new indications, dosages or strengths of an existing drug. This three-year exclusivity covers only the conditions of use associated with the new clinical

86


Table of Contents

investigations and does not prohibit the FDA from approving ANDAs for drugs containing the original active agent. Five-year and three-year exclusivity will not delay the submission or approval of a full NDA. However, an applicant submitting a full NDA would be required to conduct or obtain a right of reference to all of the pre-clinicalpreclinical studies and adequate and well-controlled clinical trials necessary to demonstrate safety and effectiveness.

Pediatric exclusivity is another type of exclusivity in the United States. Pediatric exclusivity, if granted, provides an additional six months to an existing exclusivity or statutory delay in approval resulting from a patent certification. This six-month exclusivity, which runs from the end of other exclusivity protection or patent delay, may be granted based on the voluntary completion of a pediatric clinical trial in accordance with an FDA-issued “Written Request” for such a clinical trial.

Orphan Drugs

Under the Orphan Drug Act, the FDA may grant orphan drug designation to drugs intended to treat a rare disease or condition—generally a disease or condition that affects fewer than 200,000 individuals in the United States.States, or more than 200,000 individuals in the United States and for which there is no reasonable expectation that the cost of developing and making a drug in the United States for this type of disease or condition will be recovered from sales of the product. Orphan drug designation must be requested before submitting an NDA. After the FDA grants orphan drug designation, the generic identity of the drug and its potential orphan use are disclosed publicly by the FDA. Orphan drug designation does not convey any advantage in, or shorten the duration of, the regulatory review and approval process. The first NDA applicant to receive FDA approval for a particular active ingredient to treat a particular disease or condition with FDA orphan drug designation is entitled to a seven-year exclusive marketing period in the United States for that product, for that indication. During the seven-year exclusivity period, the FDA may not approve any other applications to market the same drug for the same disease or condition, except in limited circumstances, such as if the second applicant demonstrates the clinical superiority of its product to the product with orphan drug exclusivity through a demonstration of superior safety, superior efficacy, or a major contribution to patient care. “Same drug” means, with respect to a drug composed of large molecules (macromolecules), a drug that contains the same principal molecular structural features (but not necessarily all of the same structural features) and is intended for the same use as a previously approved drug, except that if the subsequent drug can be shown to be clinically superior to the first drug, it will not be considered to be the same drug. Orphan drug exclusivity does not prevent FDA from approving a different drug for the same disease or condition, or the same drug for a different disease or condition. Among the other benefits of orphan drug designation are tax credits for certain research and a waiver of the NDA application user fee.

Pediatric Information

Under the Pediatric Research Equity Act of 2003, as amended, NDAs or supplements to NDAs must contain data adequate to assess the safety and effectiveness of the drug for the claimed indications in all relevant pediatric subpopulations and to support dosing and administration for each pediatric subpopulation for which the drug is safe and effective. The FDASIA amended the FDCA to requirerequires that a sponsor who is planning to submit a marketing application for a drug product that includes a new active ingredient, new indication, new dosage form, new dosing regimen or new route of administration submit an initial Pediatric Study Plan, or PSP, within sixty days of an end-of-phase 2 meeting or as may be agreed between the sponsor and the FDA. The initial PSP must include an outline of the pediatric study or studies that the sponsor plans to conduct, including study objectives and design, age groups, relevant endpoints and statistical approach, or a justification for not including such detailed information, and any request for a deferral of pediatric assessments or a full or partial waiver of the requirement to provide data from pediatric studies along with supporting information. The FDA may, on its own initiative or at the request of the applicant, grant deferrals for submission of data or full or partial waivers. The FDA and the sponsor must reach agreement on the PSP. A sponsor can submit amendments to an agreed-uponagreed-

81


Table of Contents

upon initial PSP at any time if changes to the pediatric plan need to be considered based on data collected from pre-clinicalpreclinical studies, early phase clinical trials, and/or other clinical development programs.

Disclosure of Clinical Trial Information

Sponsors of clinical trials of FDA-regulated products, including drugs, are required to register and disclose certain clinical trial information, which is publicly available at www.clinicaltrials.gov. Information related to the product, patient population, phase of investigation, trial sites and investigators, and other aspects of the clinical trial is then made public as part of the registration. Sponsors are also obligated to disclose the results of their clinical trials after

87


Table of Contents

completion. Disclosure of the results of these trials can be delayed until the new product or new indication being studied has been approved. Competitors may use this publicly available information to gain knowledge regarding the progress of development programs.

Pharmaceutical Coverage, Pricing and Reimbursement

Significant uncertainty exists as to the coverage and reimbursement status of any drug products for which we may obtain regulatory approval. In the United States, sales of any products for which we may receive regulatory approval for commercial sale will depend in part on the availability of coverage and reimbursement from third-party payors. Third-party payors include government authorities, managed care providers, private health insurers and other organizations. The process for determining whether a payor will provide coverage for a drug product may be separate from the process for setting the reimbursement rate that the payor will pay for the drug product. Third-party payors may limit coverage to specific drug products on an approved list, or formulary, which might not include all of the FDA-approved drugs for a particular indication. Moreover, a payor’s decision to provide coverage for a drug product does not imply that an adequate reimbursement rate will be approved. Adequate third-party reimbursement may not be available to enable us to maintain price levels sufficient to realize an appropriate return on our investment in product development.

Third-party payors are increasingly challenging the price and examining the medical need and cost-effectiveness of medical products and services, in addition to their safety and efficacy. In order to obtain coverage and reimbursement for any product that might be approved for sale, we may need to conduct expensive pharmaco-economic studies in order to demonstrate the medical need and cost-effectiveness of any products, in addition to the costs required to obtain regulatory approvals. Our product candidates may not be considered medically necessary or cost-effective. If third-party payors do not consider a product to be cost-effective compared to other available therapies, they may not cover the product after approval as a benefit under their plans or, if they do, the level of payment may not be sufficient to allow a company to sell its products at a profit.

The U.S. government and state legislatures have shown significant interest in implementing cost containment programs to limit the growth of government-paid health care costs, including price controls, restrictions on reimbursement and requirements for substitution of generic products for branded prescription drugs. For example, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, collectively, the Affordable Care Act, contains provisions that may reduce the profitability of drug products, including, for example, increased rebates for drugs reimbursed by Medicaid programs, extension of Medicaid rebates to Medicaid managed care plans, mandatory discounts for certain Medicare Part D beneficiaries and annual fees based on pharmaceutical companies’ share of sales to federal health care programs. Adoption of government controls and measures, and tightening of restrictive policies in jurisdictions with existing controls and measures, could limit payments for pharmaceuticals.

The marketability of any products for which we receive regulatory approval for commercial sale may suffer if the government and third-party payors fail to provide adequate coverage and reimbursement. In addition, an increasing emphasis on cost containment measures in the United States has increased and we expect will continue to increase the pressure on pharmaceutical pricing. Coverage policies and third-party reimbursement rates may change at any time. Even if favorable coverage and reimbursement status is attained for one or more products for which we receive regulatory approval, less favorable coverage policies and reimbursement rates may be implemented in the future.

82


Table of Contents

Other Healthcare Laws and Compliance Requirements

If we obtain regulatory approval of our products, we will be subject to various federal and state laws targeting fraud and abuse in the healthcare industry. These laws may impact, among other things, our proposed sales, marketing and education programs. In addition, we may be subject to patient privacy regulation by both the federal government and the states in which we conduct our business. The laws that may affect our ability to operate include:

·

the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, which prohibits, among other things, persons from knowingly and willfully soliciting, receiving, offering or paying remuneration, directly or indirectly, in cash or in kind, to induce or

88


Table of Contents

reward, or in return for, either the referral of an individual for, or the purchase, order, or recommendation of, an item or service reimbursable under a federal healthcare program, such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs;

·

federal civil and criminal false claims laws and civil monetary penalty laws, which prohibit, among other things, individuals or entities from knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, claims for payment from Medicare, Medicaid, or other third-party payers that are false or fraudulent, or making a false statement or record material to payment of a false claim or avoiding, decreasing, or concealing an obligation to pay money to the federal government;

·

the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, which created new federal criminal statutes that prohibit executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program and making false statements relating to healthcare matters;

·

the federal transparency laws, including the provision of the Affordable Care Act referred to as the federal Physician Payment Sunshine Act, that requires applicable manufacturers of covered drugs to disclose payments and other transfers of value provided to physicians and teaching hospitals and physician ownership and investment interests;

·

HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, or HITECH, and its implementing regulations, which imposes certain requirements relating to the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information; and

·

state law equivalents of each of the above federal laws, such as anti-kickback and false claims laws which may apply to items or services reimbursed by any third-party payor, including commercial insurers, and state laws governing the privacy and security of health information in certain circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and may not have the same effect, thus complicating compliance efforts.

The Affordable Care Act broadened the reach of the fraud and abuse laws by, among other things, amending the intent requirement of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute and the applicable criminal healthcare fraud statutes contained within 42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7b. Pursuant to the statutory amendment, a person or entity no longer needs to have actual knowledge of this statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation. In addition, the Affordable Care Act provides that the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the civil False Claims Act or the civil monetary penalties statute. Many states have adopted laws similar to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, some of which apply to the referral of patients for healthcare items or services reimbursed by any source, not only the Medicare and Medicaid programs.

The federal False Claims Act prohibits anyone from, among other things, knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, for payment to federal programs (including Medicare and Medicaid) claims for items or services that are false or fraudulent. Although we would not submit claims directly to payors, manufacturers can be held liable under these laws if they are deemed to ‘‘cause’’ the submission of false or fraudulent claims by, for example, providing inaccurate billing or coding information to customers or promoting a product off-label. In addition, our future activities relating to the reporting of wholesaler or estimated retail prices for our products, the reporting of prices used to calculate Medicaid rebate information and other information affecting federal, state, and third-party reimbursement for our products, and the sale and marketing of our products, are subject to scrutiny under this law. For example, pharmaceutical companies have been prosecuted under the federal False Claims Act in connection with their off-label promotion of drugs. Penalties for a False Claims Act violation include three times the actual damages sustained by the government, plus mandatory civil

83


Table of Contents

penalties of between $ 10,781 and $ 21,563 for each separate false claim, the potential for exclusion from participation in federal healthcare programs, and, although the federal False Claims Act is a civil statute, conduct that results in a False Claims Act violation may also implicate various federal criminal statutes. In addition, private individuals have the ability to bring actions under the federal False Claims Act and certain states have enacted laws modeled after the federal False Claims Act.

89


Table of Contents

Patient Protection and Affordable Health Care Act

In March 2010, the Affordable Care Act was enacted, which includes measures that have or will significantly change the way health care is financed by both governmental and private insurers. Among the provisions of the Affordable Care Act of greatest importance to the pharmaceutical industry are the following:

·

The Medicaid Drug Rebate Program requires pharmaceutical manufacturers to enter into and have in effect a national rebate agreement with the Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services a condition for states to receive federal matching funds for the manufacturer’s outpatient drugs furnished to Medicaid patients. Effective in 2010, the Affordable Care Act made several changes to the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program, including increasing pharmaceutical manufacturers’ rebate liability by raising the minimum basic Medicaid rebate on most branded prescription drugs from 15.1% of average manufacturer price, or AMP, to 23.1% of average manufacturer price, or AMP, and adding a new rebate calculation for ‘‘line extensions’’ (i.e., new formulations, such as extended release formulations) of solid oral dosage forms of branded products, as well as potentially impacting their rebate liability by modifying the statutory definition of AMP. The Affordable Care Act also expanded the universe of Medicaid utilization subject to drug rebates by requiring pharmaceutical manufacturers to pay rebates on Medicaid managed care utilization and by expanding the population potentially eligible for Medicaid drug benefits. In addition, the Affordable Care Act provides for the public availability of retail survey prices and certain weighted average AMPs under the Medicaid program. The implementation of this requirement by the CMS may also provide for the public availability of pharmacy acquisition of cost data, which could negatively impact our sales.

·

In order for a pharmaceutical product to receive federal reimbursement under the Medicare Part B and Medicaid programs or to be sold directly to U.S. government agencies, the manufacturer must extend discounts to entities eligible to participate in the 340B drug pricing program. The required 340B discount on a given product is calculated based on the AMP and Medicaid rebate amounts reported by the manufacturer. The Affordable Care Act expanded the types of entities eligible to receive discounted 340B pricing, although, under the current state of the law, with the exception of children’s hospitals, these newly eligible entities will not be eligible to receive discounted 340B pricing on orphan drugs when used for the orphan indication. In addition, as 340B drug pricing is determined based on AMP and Medicaid rebate data, the revisions to the Medicaid rebate formula and AMP definition described above could cause the required 340B discount to increase.

·

The Affordable Care Act imposed a requirement on manufacturers of branded drugs to provide a 50% discount off the negotiated price of branded drugs dispensed to Medicare Part D patients in the coverage gap (i.e., the “donut hole”).

·

The Affordable Care Act imposed an annual, nondeductible fee on any entity that manufactures or imports certain branded prescription drugs, apportioned among these entities according to their market share in certain government healthcare programs, although this fee would not apply to sales of certain products approved exclusively for orphan indications.

·

The Affordable Care Act required pharmaceutical manufacturers to track certain financial arrangements with physicians and teaching hospitals, including any ‘‘transfer of value’’ made or distributed to such entities, as well as any investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members. Manufacturers annually report this information to CMS which makes it publicly available in a searchable format on a CMS website.

·

A new Patient-Centered Outcomes Research Institute was established pursuant to the Affordable Care Act to oversee, identify priorities in, and conduct comparative clinical effectiveness research, along with funding for

84


Table of Contents

such research. The research conducted by the Patient-Centered Outcomes Research Institute may affect the market for certain pharmaceutical products.

90


Table of Contents

·

The Affordable Care Act created the Independent Payment Advisory Board which will have authority to recommend certain changes to the Medicare program to reduce expenditures by the program that could result in reduced payments for prescription drugs. Under certain circumstances, these recommendations will become law unless Congress enacts legislation that will achieve the same or greater Medicare cost savings.

·

The Affordable Care Act established the Center for Medicare and Medicaid Innovation within CMS to test innovative payment and service delivery models to lower Medicare and Medicaid spending, potentially including prescription drug spending. Funding has been allocated to support the mission of the Center for Medicare and Medicaid Innovation from 2011 to 2019.

Some of the provisions of the Affordable Care Act have yet to be fully implemented, while certain provisions have been subject to judicial and Congressional challenges. In January 2017, Congress voted to adopt a budget resolution for fiscal year 2017, that while not a law, is widely viewed as the first step toward the passage of legislation that would repeal certain aspects of the Affordable Care Act. Further, on January 20, 2017, President Trump signed an Executive Order directing federal agencies with authorities and responsibilities under the Affordable Care Act to waive, defer, grant exemptions from, or delay the implementation of any provision of the Affordable Care Act that would impose a fiscal burden on states or a cost, fee, tax, penalty or regulatory burden on individuals, healthcare providers, health insurers, or manufacturers of pharmaceuticals or medical devices. In December 2017, President Trump signed into law the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017, which includes a repeal of the individual mandate under the Affordable Care Act. Additionally, in October 2017, President Trump signed an Executive Order directing federal agencies to review regulations applicable to association health plans and short-term health insurance, and announced that the administration would halt federal subsidies to insurance plans under the Affordable Care Act. It is possible that other repeal and replacement initiatives, if enacted into law, could ultimately result in fewer individuals having health insurance coverage and/or in individuals having insurance coverage that provides less generous benefits. Thus, the full impact of the Affordable Care Act, any law replacing elements of it, or the political uncertainty surrounding its repeal or replacement on our business remains unclear. Adoption of government controls and measures, and tightening of restrictive policies in jurisdictions with existing controls and measures, could limit payments for pharmaceuticals.

European Union Drug Review Approval

In the European Economic Area, or EEA (which is comprised, as of January 31, 2019,  of the 28 Member States of the European Union plus Norway, Iceland and Liechtenstein), medicinal products can only be commercialized after obtaining a Marketing Authorization, or MA. There are two types of marketing authorizations: the Community MA, which is issued by the European Commission through the Centralized Procedure based on the opinion of the Committee for Medicinal Products for Human Use, or CHMP, a body of the EMA, and which is valid throughout the entire territory of the EEA; and the National MA, which is issued by the competent authorities of the Member States of the EEA and only authorized marketing in that Member State’s national territory and not the EEA as a whole.

The Centralized Procedure is mandatory for certain types of products, such as biotechnology medicinal products, orphan medicinal products, advanced-therapy medicines such as gene-therapy, somatic cell-therapy or tissue-engineered medicines, and medicinal products containing a new active substance indicated for the treatment of HIV, AIDS, cancer, neurodegenerative disorders, diabetes, auto- immune and other immune dysfunctions, viral diseases. The Centralized Procedure is optional for products containing a new active substance not yet authorized in the EEA, or for products that constitute a significant therapeutic, scientific or technical innovation or for products which are in the interest of public health in the European Union. The National MA is for products not falling within the mandatory scope of the Centralized Procedure. In general, there are three alternative routes to authorize medicinal products at a national level in the European Union:

·

Decentralized Procedure. Using the decentralized procedure, an applicant may apply for simultaneous authorization in more than one European Union country of medicinal products that have not yet been authorized in any European Union country and that do not fall within the mandatory scope of the Centralized Procedure. The competent authority of the reference member state will lead in the assessment of the application.

9185


 

Table of Contents

·

Mutual Recognition Procedure. In the mutual recognition procedure, a medicine is first authorized in one European Union Member State, in accordance with the national procedures of that country. Following this, further marketing authorizations can be sought from other European Union countries in a procedure whereby the countries concerned agree to recognize the validity of the original, national marketing authorization.

·

National Procedure. Applicants following the national procedure will be granted a marketing authorization that is valid only in a single member state. This procedure is not available for applicants seeking approval in more than one member state.

Regulation in the European Union

Product development, the regulatory approval process, and safety monitoring of medicinal products and their manufacturers in the European Union proceed in much the same manner as they do in the United States. Therefore, many of the issues discussed above apply similarly in the context of the European Union. In addition, drugs are subject to the extensive price and reimbursement regulations of the various European Union Member States.

Clinical trials

As is the case in the United States, the various phases of pre-clinicalpreclinical and clinical research in the European Union are subject to significant regulatory controls. The Clinical Trials Directive 2001/20/EC, as amended, (and which will be replaced from 2019 or later by Regulation (EU) No 536/2014) provides a system for the approval of clinical trials in the European Union via implementation through national legislation of the Member States. Under this system, approval of the clinical trial application must be obtained from the competent national authorities of the European Union Member States in which the clinical trial is to be conducted. Furthermore, a clinical trial may only be started after a competent ethics committee has issued a favorable opinion. The clinical trial application, which must be supported by an investigational medicinal product dossier with supporting information prescribed by the Clinical Trials Directive and corresponding national laws of the Member States and further detailed in applicable guidance documents. The sponsor of a clinical trial, or its legal representative, must be based in the European Economic Area. European regulators and ethics committees also require the submission of adverse event reports during a trial and a copy of the final study report.

Marketing approval

Marketing approvals under the European Union regulatory system may be obtained through a centralized or decentralized procedure. The centralized procedure results in the grant of a single marketing authorization that is valid for all—currently 28—European Union Member States. At the time of writing of this report, it is not clear whether the centralized procedure will continue to apply to the United Kingdom if and when the so-called Brexit materializes.

Pursuant to Regulation (EC) No. 726/2004, as amended, the centralized procedure is mandatory for drugs developed by means of specified biotechnological processes, advanced therapy medicinal products as defined in Regulation (EC) No. 1394/2007, drugs for human use containing a new active substance for which the therapeutic indication is the treatment of specified diseases, including but not limited to acquired immune deficiency syndrome, neurodegenerative disorders, auto-immune diseases and other immune dysfunctions, as well as drugs designated as orphan drugs pursuant to Regulation (EC) No. 141/2000. The CHMP also has the discretion to permit other products to use the centralized procedure if it considers them sufficiently innovative or they contain a new active substance. Given the fact that eluforsen, hassepofarsen and QR-421a have been granted orphan designation in the EU, it qualifiesthey qualify, at the present time, for the centralized procedure. 

In the marketing authorization application, or MAA, the applicant has to properly and sufficiently demonstrate the quality, safety and efficacy of the drug. Under the centralized approval procedure, the CHMP, possibly in conjunction with other committees, is responsible for drawing up the opinion of the EMA on any matter concerning the admissibility of the files submitted in accordance with the centralized procedure, such as an opinion on the granting, variation, suspension or revocation of a marketing authorization, and pharmacovigilance.

The CHMP and other committees are also responsible for providing guidance and have published numerous guidelines that may apply to our product candidates. These guidelines provide additional guidance on the factors that the EMA will consider in relation to the development and evaluation of drug products and may include, among other things, the pre-

9286


 

Table of Contents

clinicalpreclinical studies required in specific cases; and the manufacturing and control information that should be submitted in a MAA; and post-approval measures required to monitor patients and evaluate the long term efficacy and potential adverse reactions. Although these guidelines are not legally binding, we believe that our compliance with them is likely necessary to gain approval for any of our product candidates.

The maximum timeframe for the evaluation of an MAA by the CHMP under the centralized procedure is 210 days after receipt of a valid application. This period will be suspended until such time as any supplementary information requested by the CHMP, has been provided by the applicant. Likewise, this time-limit will be suspended for the time allowed for the applicant to prepare oral or written explanations. When an application is submitted for a marketing authorization in respect of a drug which is of major interest from the point of view of public health and in particular from the viewpoint of therapeutic innovation, the applicant may request an accelerated assessment procedure. If the CHMP accepts such request, the time-limit of 210 days will be reduced to 150 days but it is possible that the CHMP can revert to the standard time-limit for the centralized procedure if it considers that it is no longer appropriate to conduct an accelerated assessment.

If the CHMP concludes that the quality, safety and efficacy of the product is sufficiently proven, it adopts a positive opinion. This is sent to the European Commission which drafts a decision. After consulting with the Member States, the European Commission adopts a decision and grants a marketing authorization, which is valid for the whole of the European Union. The marketing authorization may be subject to certain conditions, which may include, without limitation, the performance of post-authorization safety and/or efficacy studies.

European Union legislation also provides for a system of regulatory data and market exclusivity. According to Article 14(11) of Regulation (EC) No. 726/2004, as amended, and Article 10(1) of Directive 2001/83/EC, as amended, upon receiving marketing authorization, new chemical entities approved on the basis of complete independent data package benefit from eight years of data exclusivity and an additional two years of market exclusivity. Data exclusivity prevents regulatory authorities in the European Union from referencing the innovator’s data to assess a generic (abbreviated) application. During the additional two-year period of market exclusivity, a generic marketing authorization can be submitted, and the innovator’s data may be referenced, but no generic medicinal product can be marketed until the expiration of the market exclusivity. The overall ten-year period will be extended to a maximum of eleven years if, during the first eight years of those ten years, the marketing authorization holder, or MAH, obtains an authorization for one or more new therapeutic indications which, during the scientific evaluation prior to their authorization, are held to bring a significant clinical benefit in comparison with existing therapies. Even if a compound is considered to be a new chemical entity and the innovator is able to gain the period of data exclusivity, another company nevertheless could also market another version of the drug if such company obtained marketing authorization based on an MAA with a complete independent data package of pharmaceutical test, pre-clinicalpreclinical tests and clinical trials. However, products designated as orphan medicinal products enjoy, upon receiving marketing authorization, a period of 10 years of orphan market exclusivity—see also “—Orphan Drug Regulation”. Depending upon the timing and duration of the EU marketing authorization process, products may be eligible for up to five years’ supplementary protection certification, or SPC, pursuant to Regulation (EC) No. 469/2009. Such SPCs extend the rights under the basic patent for the drug.

Additional rules apply to medicinal products for pediatric use under Regulation (EC) No. 1901/2006. Potential incentives include a six-month extension of any supplementary protection certificate granted pursuant to Regulation (EC) No. 469/2009, however not in cases in which the relevant product is designated as orphan medicinal products pursuant to Regulation (EC) No. 141/2000, as amended. Instead, medicinal products designated as orphan medicinal product may enjoy an extension of the ten-year market exclusivity period granted under Regulation (EC) No. 141/2000 to twelve years subject to the conditions applicable to orphan drugs.

Orphan drug regulation

In the European Union, Regulation (EC) No. 141/2000, as amended, states that a drug will be designated as an orphan drug if its sponsor can establish:

·

that it is intended for the diagnosis, prevention or treatment of a life-threatening or chronically debilitating condition affecting not more than five in ten thousand persons in the Community when the application is made,

93


Table of Contents

or that it is intended for the diagnosis, prevention or treatment of a life-threatening, seriously debilitating or serious and chronic condition in the European Union and that without incentives it is unlikely that the

87


Table of Contents

marketing of the drug in the European Union would generate sufficient return to justify the necessary investment; and

·

that there exists no satisfactory method of diagnosis, prevention or treatment of the condition in question that has been authorized in the European Union or, if such method exists, that the drug will be of significant benefit to those affected by that condition.

Regulation (EC) No. 847/2000 sets out further provisions for implementation of the criteria for designation of a drug as an orphan drug. An application for the designation of a drug as an orphan drug must be submitted at any stage of development of the drug before filing of a marketing authorization application. Orphan drug designations have been granted by the European Commission to eluforsen (EU/3/13/1195), QR-110sepofarsen (EU/3/16/1641) and QR-313QR-421a (EU/3/17/1938)18/1973)

If a European Union-wide community marketing authorization in respect of an orphan drug is granted pursuant to Regulation (EC) No. 726/2004 or if all the European Union Member States have granted marketing authorizations in accordance with the procedures for mutual recognition, the European Union and the Member States will not, for a period of 10 years, accept another application for a marketing authorization, or grant a marketing authorization or accept an application to extend an existing marketing authorization, for the same therapeutic indication, in respect of a similar drug. This period may however be reduced to six years if, at the end of the fifth year, it is established, with respect to the drug concerned, that the criteria for orphan drug designation are no longer met, in other words, when it is shown on the basis of available evidence that the product is sufficiently profitable not to justify maintenance of market exclusivity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a marketing authorization may be granted, for the same therapeutic indication, to a similar drug if:

·

the holder of the marketing authorization for the original orphan drug has given its consent to the second applicant;

·

the holder of the marketing authorization for the original orphan drug is unable to supply sufficient quantities of the drug; or

·

the second applicant can establish in the application that the second drug, although similar to the orphan drug already authorized, is safer, more effective or otherwise clinically superior.

Regulation (EC) No. 847/2000 lays down definitions of the concepts ‘similar drug’ and ‘clinical superiority’. Other incentives available to orphan drugs in the European Union include financial incentives such as a reduction of fees or fee waivers and protocol assistance. Orphan drug designation does not shorten the duration of the regulatory review and approval process.

Manufacturing and Manufacturers’ License

Pursuant to Directive 2003/94/EC, as transposed into the national laws of the Member States, the manufacturing of investigational medicinal products and approved drugs is subject to a separate manufacturer’s license and must be conducted in strict compliance with cGMP requirements, which mandate the methods, facilities, and controls used in manufacturing, processing, and packing of drugs to assure their safety and identity. Manufacturers must have at least one qualified person permanently and continuously at their disposal. The qualified person is ultimately responsible for certifying that each batch of finished product released onto the market has been manufactured in accordance with cGMP and the specifications set out in the marketing authorization or investigational medicinal product dossier. cGMP requirements are enforced through mandatory registration of facilities and inspections of those facilities. Failure to comply with these requirements could interrupt supply and result in delays, unanticipated costs and lost revenues, and subject the applicant to potential legal or regulatory action, including but not limited to warning letters, suspension of manufacturing, seizure of product, injunctive action or possible civil and criminal penalties.

94


Table of Contents

Advertising

In the European Union, the promotion of prescription medicines is subject to intense regulation and control, including EU and national legislation as well as self-regulatory codes (industry codes). Advertising legislation inter alia includes a

88


Table of Contents

prohibition on direct-to-consumer advertising. All prescription medicines advertising must be consistent with the product’s approved summary of products characteristics, and must be factual, accurate, balanced and not misleading. Advertising of prescription medicines pre-approval or off-label is not allowed. Some jurisdictions require that all promotional materials for prescription medicines be subjected to either prior internal or external regulatory review and approval.

Other Regulatory Requirements

A holder of a marketing authorization for a medicinal product is legally obliged to fulfill a number of obligations by virtue of its status as an MAH. The MAH can delegate the performance of related tasks to third parties, such as distributors or marketing partners, provided that this delegation is appropriately documented and the MAH maintains legal responsibility and liability.

The obligations of an MAH include:

·

Manufacturing and batch release. MAHs should guarantee that all manufacturing operations comply with relevant laws and regulations, applicable good manufacturing practices, with the product specifications and manufacturing conditions set out in the marketing authorization and that each batch of product is subject to appropriate release formalities.

·

Pharmacovigilance. MAHs are obliged to establish and maintain a pharmacovigilance system, including a qualified person responsible for oversight, submit safety reports to the regulators and comply with the good pharmacovigilance practice guidelines adopted by the EMA.

·

Advertising and promotion. MAHs remain responsible for all advertising and promotion of its products, including promotional activities by other companies or individuals on their behalf and in some cases must conduct internal or regulatory pre-approval of promotional materials. Regulation in this area also covers interactions with healthcare practitioners and/or patient groups, and in some jurisdictions obligations to disclose such interactions exist.

·

Medical affairs/scientific service. MAHs are required to disseminate scientific and medical information on its medicinal products to healthcare professionals, regulators and patients.

·

Legal representation and distributor issues. MAHs are responsible for regulatory actions or inactions of their distributors and agents.

·

Preparation, filing and maintenance of the application and subsequent marketing authorization. MAHs must maintain appropriate records, comply with the marketing authorization’s terms and conditions, fulfill reporting obligations to regulators, submit renewal applications and pay all appropriate fees to the authorities.

We may hold any future marketing authorizations granted for our product candidates in our own name, or appoint an affiliate or a collaboration partner to hold marketing authorizations on our behalf. Any failure by an MAH to comply with these obligations may result in regulatory action against an MAH and ultimately threaten our ability to commercialize our products.

Reimbursement

In the European Union, the pricing and reimbursement mechanisms by private and public health insurers vary largely by country and even within countries. The public systems reimbursement for standard drugs is determined by guidelines established by the legislator or responsible national authority. The approach taken varies by Member State. Some

95


Table of Contents

jurisdictions operate positive and negative list systems under which products may only be marketed once a reimbursement price has been agreed. Other Member States allow companies to fix their own prices for medicines, but monitor and control company profits and may limit or restrict reimbursement. The downward pressure on healthcare costs in general, particularly prescription drugs, has become very intense. As a result, increasingly high barriers are being erected to the entry of new products and some of EU countries require the completion of studies that compare the

89


Table of Contents

cost-effectiveness of a particular product candidate to currently available therapies in order to obtain reimbursement or pricing approval. Special pricing and reimbursement rules may apply to orphan drugs. Inclusion of orphan drugs in reimbursement systems tend to focus on the medical usefulness, need, quality and economic benefits to patients and the healthcare system as for any drug. Acceptance of any medicinal product for reimbursement may come with cost, use and often volume restrictions, which again can vary by country. In addition, results based rules of reimbursement may apply.

C. Organizational structure

At December 31, 2017,2018, ProQR Therapeutics N.V. is the ultimate parent company of the following entities:

·

ProQR Therapeutics Holding B.V. (the Netherlands, 100%);

·

ProQR Therapeutics I B.V. (the Netherlands, 100%);

·

ProQR Therapeutics II B.V. (the Netherlands, 100%);

·

ProQR Therapeutics III B.V. (the Netherlands, 100%);

·

ProQR Therapeutics IV B.V. (the Netherlands, 100%);

·

ProQR Therapeutics VI B.V. (the Netherlands, 100%);

·

ProQR Therapeutics VII B.V. (the Netherlands, 100%);

·

ProQR Therapeutics VIII B.V. (the Netherlands, 100%);

·

ProQR Therapeutics IX B.V. (the Netherlands, 100%);

·

ProQR Therapeutics I Inc. (United States, 100%);

·

Amylon Therapeutics B.V. (the Netherlands, 80%);

·

ProQRAmylon Therapeutics, Inc. (United(Unites States, a 100% subsidiary of Amylon Therapeutics B.V.).

ProQR Therapeutics N.V. is also statutory director of Stichting Bewaarneming Aandelen ProQR (“ESOP Foundation”) and has full control over this entity.

D. Property, plants and equipment

We lease facilities of approximately 3,9502,960 square meters in total, located at Zernikedreef in Leiden, the Netherlands, where our headquarters and our laboratories are located. The lease for this facility terminates on December 31, 2020, and subject to the provisions of the lease, may then be subsequently renewed for subsequent 5 year terms. On October 1, 2015,In May 2018, we entered into an agreement to lease additional office space in the US, at CIC Cambridge. Per January 2019, we rent an office of approximately 45560 square meters, in the U.S., located at Bryant245 Main Street, Palo Alto, CA. This lease was terminated on December 31, 2017.Cambridge, MA 02142. We believe that our existing facilities are adequate to meet current needs and that suitable alternative spaces will be available in the future on commercially reasonable terms.

Item 4A: Unresolved staff comments

Not applicable.

Item 5: Operating and Financial Review and Prospects

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with the information under Item 3.A: “Selected financial data” and our audited financial statements, including the notes thereto, included elsewhere in this annual report. The following discussion is based on our financial statements prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards, or IFRS, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, or IASB, which might differ in material respects from generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. The following discussion includes forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties and

96


Table of Contents

assumptions. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of many factors, including but not limited to those described under Item 3.D: “Risk factors”.

90


Table of Contents

A. Operating results

Overview

To date, we have financed our operations primarily through our initial public and follow-on offerings,  our ATM facility and private placements of equity securities, and to a lesser extent from funding from governmental bodies and patient organizations, including Cystic Fibrosis Foundation Therapeutics, Inc., or CFFT, a subsidiary of the Cystic Fibrosis Foundation. Foundation, Foundation Fighting Blindness, or FFB and EB Research Partnership, or EBRP.

In 2017, we raisedSeptember 2018, the Company consummated an underwritten public offering and concurrent registered direct offering of 6,612,500 ordinary shares at an issue price of $ 15.75 per share. The gross proceeds from this offering amounted to € 89,983,000 while the transaction costs amounted to € 5,792,000, resulting in net proceeds of € 22.984,191,000.

In November 2018, the Company issued 112,473 shares in the aggregate amount of $ 2.5 million, fromat $ 22.23 (€ 19.46) per share to Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Under the issuanceterms of 7,597,498the agreement, an upfront payment in ordinary shares to its common stock, was made to Ionis upon signing the worldwide license agreement. The Company was granted an exclusive worldwide license to QR-1123 and € 4.3 million fromrelevant patents. The Company will also make future milestone payments, certain of which will be made in equity and others in cash or equity at the issuecompany’s discretion, and saleroyalties on net sales of 976,477 ordinary shares20% through our ATM facility. the royalty term.

At December 31, 2017,2018, we had cash and cash equivalents of € 48,099,000.105,580,000. To date, we have not generated any revenues from royalties or product sales. Based on our current plans, we do not expect to generate royalty or product revenues for the foreseeable future.

We have generated losses since our inception in February 2012. For the years ended December 31, 2018,  2017 2016 and 2015,2016, we incurred net losses of € 37,086,000,  €  43,675,000 and € 39,103,000, and € 20,832,000, respectively. At December 31, 2017,2018, we had an accumulated deficit of € 119,370,000.155,443,000. We expect to continue incurring losses for the foreseeable future as we continue our pre-clinicalpreclinical studies of our product candidates, continue clinical development of our product candidates  eluforsen, QR-110sepofarsen and QR-313,QR‑421a, advance QR‑421aQR-1123 into clinical development, increase investments in our other research programs, apply for marketing approval of our product candidates and, if approved, build a sales and marketing infrastructure for the commercialization of our product candidates.

Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Judgments and Estimates

Our management’s discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based on our financial statements, which we have prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, as well as the reported revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. There have been no material adjustments to prior period estimates for any of the periods included in this annual report.

Our significant accounting policies are fully described in the notes to our financial statements appearing elsewhere in this annual report.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

There are no IFRS standards as issued by the IASB or interpretations issued by the IFRS interpretations committee that are effective for the first time for the financial year beginning on or after January 1, 20172018 that had a material impact on our financial position.

We have not applied aA number of new standards, amendments to standards and revised IFRSsinterpretations are effective for annual periods beginning after January 1, 2019, and have not been applied in preparing these consolidated financial statements. Those which may be relevant to the Group are set out below. The Group does not plan to adopt these standards early.

91


Table of Contents

IFRS 16 Leases

IFRS 16 specifies how a company will recognize, measure, present and disclose leases. The standard provides a single lessee accounting model, requiring lessees to recognize assets and liabilities for all leases unless the lease term is 12 months or less or the underlying asset has a low value. Lessors continue to classify leases as set forthoperating or finance, with IFRS 16’s approach to lessor accounting substantially unchanged from its predecessor, IAS 17.

The impact on the income statement is that current operating expenses will be replaced by depreciation and interest. Total expenses (depreciation for 'right of use' assets and interest on lease liabilities) are higher in the financial statements included elsewhereearlier years of a typical lease and lower in thisthe later years, in comparison with current accounting for operating leases. The main impact on the statement of cash flows is higher cash flows from operating activities, since cash payments for the principal part of the lease liability are classified in the net cash flow from financing activities by approximately € 1.2 million.

IFRS 16 is effective for annual reportreporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2019, with early adoption permitted and is expected to have an effect on our balance sheet of approximately € 2.3 million.

There are no other standards that have been issued but are not yet effective. The adoption of these Standardseffective and Interpretations are notthat would be expected to have a material effectimpact on the financial statements.entity in the current or future reporting periods and on foreseeable future transactions. 

JOBS Act and Foreign Private Issuer Exemptions

The JOBS Act contains provisions that, among other things, reduce certain reporting requirements for an “emerging growth company.” As an emerging growth company, we are electing to take advantage of the following exemptions:

·

not providing an auditor attestation report on our system of internal controls over financial reporting;

97


Table of Contents

·

not providing all of the compensation disclosure that may be required of non-emerging growth public companies under the U.S. Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act;

·

not disclosing certain executive compensation-related items such as the correlation between executive compensation and performance and comparisons of the chief executive officer’s compensation to median employee compensation; and

·

not complying with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements (auditor discussion and analysis).

These exemptions will apply for a period of five years following the completion of our initial public offering or until we no longer meet the requirements of being an “emerging growth company,” whichever is earlier. We would cease to be an emerging growth company if we have more than $ 1.07 billion in annual revenue, have more than $ 700 million in market value of our ordinary shares held by non-affiliates or issue more than $ 1.0 billion of non-convertible debt over a three-year period.

Further, as a foreign private issuer, we are not subject to the same requirements that are imposed upon U.S. domestic issuers by the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC. Under the Exchange Act, we will be subject to reporting obligations that, in certain respects, are less detailed and less frequent than those of U.S. domestic reporting companies. For example, although we intend to report our financial results on a quarterly basis, we will not be required to issue quarterly reports, proxy statements that comply with the requirements applicable to U.S. domestic reporting companies, or individual executive compensation information that is as detailed as that required of U.S. domestic reporting companies. We will also have four months after the end of each fiscal year to file our annual reports with the SEC and will not be required to file current reports as frequently or promptly as U.S. domestic reporting companies. We may also present financial statements pursuant to IFRS instead of pursuant to U.S. GAAP. Furthermore, although the members of our management and supervisory boards will be required to notify the Dutch Authority for the Financial Markets of certain transactions they may undertake, including with respect to our ordinary shares, our officers, directors and principal shareholders will be exempt from the requirements to report transactions in our equity securities and from the short-swing profit liability provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act. These exemptions and leniencies

92


Table of Contents

will reduce the frequency and scope of information and protections available to you in comparison to those applicable to a U.S. domestic reporting companies.

Financial Operations Overview

Other Income

Other income is incidental by nature.  In August 2014, we entered into an agreement with Cystic Fibrosis Foundation Therapeutics, Inc., or CFFT, a subsidiary of the Cystic Fibrosis Foundation, pursuant to which CFFT agreed to provide us with up to $ 3 million to support the clinical development of eluforsen.

In 2015, the European Commission (EC) through its Horizon 2020 program awarded us and our academic partners a grant of € 6 million to support the clinical development of eluforsen (ProQR: € 4.6 million). Horizon 2020 is one of the largest research and innovation programs in the European Union with nearly € 80 billion in available funding for qualified projects from 2014 to 2020. This program has ended at December 31, 2017 and the final amount of € 1.3 million has been received in 2018.  

Both grantsOn February 9, 2018, the Company entered into a partnership agreement with Foundation Fighting Blindness (FFB), under which FFB has agreed to provide funding of $ 7.5 million for the preclinical and clinical development of QR‑421a for Usher syndrome type 2A targeting mutations in exon 13. In 2018 € 2.5 million has been recognized as other income.

On June 5, 2018, the Company entered into a partnership agreement with EB Research Partnership (EBRP) and EB Medical Research Foundation (EBMRF) under which EBRP and EBMRF have agreed to provide funding of $ 5.0 million for the clinical development of QR‑313 for Dystrophic Epidermolysis Bullosa targeting mutations in exon 73. In 2018 € 1.3 million has been recognized as other income.

(Government) Grants are recognized in other income in the same period in which the related R&D costs are recognized. Both programs have ended at December 31, 2017. We expect to continue generating other income from grants in 2018.

98


Table of Contents

Research and Development Costs

Research and development expense consists principally of:

·

salaries for research and development staff and related expenses, including social security costs and share-based compensation expenses;

·

costs related to our pre-clinicalpreclinical and clinical activities and trials;

·

costs for production of clinical and pre-clinicalpreclinical compounds and drug substances by contract manufacturers, including supporting studies such as stability studies and other analysis of the compounds;

·

fees and other costs paid to contract research organizations, or CROs, in connection with additional pre-clinicalpreclinical testing;

·

costs of related facilities, materials and equipment;

·

costs associated with obtaining and maintaining patents and other intellectual property; and

·

depreciation of tangible fixed assets used to develop our product candidates.

Our research and development expenses primarily relate to the following key programs:

·

QR‑110Sepofarsen for the treatment of LCA

The research and development costs relating to our product candidate, QR‑110,sepofarsen, primarily consist of salaries and costs paid to CROs for our pre-clinical,preclinical, toxicology and clinical studies. Other significant costs are our internal laboratory costs, including the materials used in the labs and rent allocated to the lab space, as well as consultancy costs in the support of our research and development activities.

93


Table of Contents

·

QR‑313421a for the treatment of EBUsher syndrome

The research and development costs relating to our product candidate, QR‑313,421a, primarily consist of salaries, costs for production of the compound for pre-clinicalpreclinical and toxicology studies, costs for production of the compound for clinical testing, and costs paid to CROs for our pre-clinicalpreclinical and toxicology studies. Other significant costs are our internal laboratory costs, including the materials used in the labs and rent allocated to the lab space, as well as consultancy costs in the support of our research and development activities.

·

Eluforsen for the treatment of CF

The research and development costs relating to our product candidate, eluforsen, primarily consist of salaries and costs paid to CROs for our pre-clinical, toxicology and clinical studies. Other significant costs are our internal laboratory costs, including the materials used in the labs and rent allocated to the lab space, as well as consultancy costs in the support of our research and development activities.

·

Other development programs

Other research and development expenses mainly relate to QR-421aQR-313 and our innovation unit, which is our internal discovery engine, which has been very active in building a pipeline based upon our toolbox of RNA technologies that we have in-licensed or developed in-house. These expenses primarily consist of salaries, costs for production of the pre-clinicalpreclinical compounds and costs paid to CROs for our pre-clinicalpreclinical studies.

99


Table of Contents

For the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 2016 and 2015,2016, we incurred expenses of € 29,514,000, € 31,153,000 and € 31,923,000, and € 23,401,000, respectively, on research and development.

Our research and development expense may vary substantially from period to period based on the timing of our research and development activities. Research and development expense is expected to moderately increase as we initiate and continue clinical trials for eluforsen, QR‑110sepofarsen and QR‑313QR-421a, and advance QR-421aQR-1123 and any other product candidates in pre-clinicalpreclinical studies. The successful development of our product candidates is highly uncertain. At this time we cannot reasonably estimate the nature, timing and estimated costs of the efforts that will be necessary to complete the development of, or the period, if any, in which material net cash inflows may commence from, any of our product candidates. This is due to numerous risks and uncertainties associated with developing drugs, including the uncertainty of:

·

the scope, rate of progress and expense of our research and development activities;

·

clinical trials and early-stage results;

·

the terms and timing of regulatory approvals;

·

the expense of filing, prosecuting, defending and enforcing patent claims and other intellectual property rights; and

·

the ability to market, commercialize and achieve market acceptance for sepofarsen,  QR-421a, QR-1123, eluforsen QR‑110, QR‑313, QR-421a or any other product candidate that we may develop in the future.

Any of these variables with respect to the development of sepofarsen,  QR-421a, QR-1123, eluforsen, QR‑110, QR‑313, QR-421a or any other product candidate that we may develop could result in a significant change in the costs and timing associated with the development of such product candidate. For example, if the FDA, EMA or other regulatory authority were to require us to conduct pre-clinicalpreclinical and clinical studies beyond those which we currently anticipate will be required for the completion of clinical development or if we experience significant delays in enrollment in any clinical trials, we could be required to expend significant additional financial resources and time on the completion of our clinical development programs.

94


Table of Contents

General and Administrative Costs

Our general and administrative expense consists principally of:

·

salaries for employees other than research and development staff and related expenses, including social security costs and share-based compensation expenses;

·

professional fees for auditors and other consulting expenses not related to research and development activities;

·

professional fees for lawyers not related to the protection and maintenance of our intellectual property;

·

cost of facilities, communication and office expenses;

·

IT expenses; and

·

amortization and depreciation of tangible and intangible fixed assets not related to research and development activities.

Since our IPO in September 2014 we have incurred additional costs associated with operating as a public company. These public company-related expenses include costs of additional personnel, additional legal fees, accounting and audit

100


Table of Contents

fees, managing directors’ and supervisory directors’ liability insurance premiums and costs related to investor relations. We expect that our general and administrative expense will remain fairly stable in upcoming years.

Share-Based Compensation

Share-based compensation reflects the costs of our equity-settled, share option plan, which are measured at the fair value of the options at the grant date, and which are spread in line with each of the separate vesting tranches of the applicable vesting period of the options involved. The share-based compensation is recognized in the income statement, with a corresponding entry to the equity-settled employee benefits reserve, which is part of equity. We expect that our share-based compensation costs will increase in the future as the number of outstanding options increases. See notes 2(e) and 12(d) to the financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report for additional information on share-based compensation.

Finance Income

To date, our cash and cash equivalents have been deposited primarily in savings and short-term deposit accounts. Savings and deposit accounts generated  a limited amount of interest income. In 2017 and 2018,  as we held deposits in US dollars, the depreciation of the U.S. dollar against our functional currency (Euro) had a negative impact on our result.

Income tax

Due to the operating losses incurred since inception the Company has no tax provisions as of December 31, 2017.2018. Realization of deferred tax assets is dependent on future earnings, if any, the timing and amount of which are uncertain. Accordingly, we have not yet recognized any deferred tax asset related to operating losses. Also, no other transactions have occurred that would lead to a deferred tax position.

95


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

Comparison of the periods ended December 31, 2018, 2017 2016 and 20152016

The following table sets forth our results of operations for the periods indicated.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 

 

Year ended December 31, 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

 

(€ in thousands)

 

(€ in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other income

 

1,495

 

1,828

 

3,235

 

5,761

 

1,495

 

1,828

Research and development costs

 

(31,153)

 

(31,923)

 

(23,401)

 

(29,514)

 

(31,153)

 

(31,923)

General and administrative costs

 

(10,840)

 

(9,478)

 

(6,837)

 

(12,540)

 

(10,840)

 

(9,478)

Operating result

 

(40,498)

 

(39,573)

 

(27,003)

 

(36,293)

 

(40,498)

 

(39,573)

Finance income and expense

 

(3,175)

 

470

 

6,171

 

(792)

 

(3,175)

 

470

Corporate income taxes

 

(2)

 

 —

 

 —

 

(1)

 

(2)

 

 —

Net loss (attributable to equity holders of the Company)

 

(43,675)

 

(39,103)

 

(20,832)

 

(37,086)

 

(43,675)

 

(39,103)

Other comprehensive income

 

151

 

(16)

 

 1

 

(28)

 

151

 

(16)

Total comprehensive loss (attributable to equity holders of the Company)

 

(43,524)

 

(39,119)

 

(20,831)

 

(37,114)

 

(43,524)

 

(39,119)

 

Other income

ForOther income is incidental by nature.  In 2015, the periodsEuropean Commission (EC) through its Horizon 2020 program awarded us and our academic partners a grant of € 6 million to support the clinical development of eluforsen (ProQR: € 4.6 million). Horizon 2020 is one of the largest research and innovation programs in the European Union with nearly € 80 billion in available funding for qualified projects from 2014 to 2020. This program has ended at December 31, 2017 2016 and 2015, we had other incomethe final amount of € 1,495,000, € 1,828,000 and € 3,235,000, respectively. These amounts reflect the grant1.3 million has been received in August 2014 from CFFT,2018.

On February 9, 2018, the Horizon 2020 grant received fromCompany entered into a partnership agreement with Foundation Fighting Blindness (FFB), under which FFB has agreed to provide funding of $ 7.5 million for the European Commissionpreclinical and clinical development of QR‑421a for Usher syndrome type 2A targeting mutations in May 2015exon 13. In 2018 € 2.5 million has been recognized as other income.

On June 5, 2018, the Company entered into a partnership agreement with EB Research Partnership (EBRP) and income generated byEB Medical Research Foundation (EBMRF) under which EBRP and EBMRF have agreed to provide funding of $5.0 million for the subleaseclinical development of our property.

101


Table of Contents

QR‑313 for Dystrophic Epidermolysis Bullosa targeting mutations in exon 73. In 2018 € 1.3 million has been recognized as other income.

Research and development costs

Research and development costs amounted to € 29,514,000 for the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to € 31,153,000 for the year ended December 31, 2017 in line withand € 31,923,000 for the year ended December 31, 2016 and increased from € 23,401,000 for the year ended December 31, 2015.2016. These costs were primarily related to our product candidates, eluforsen, QR‑110,sepofarsen, QR‑313, QR411a, QR-421a, QR-1123, eluforsen and our innovation unit.  Our research and development expense is highly dependent on the development phases of our product candidates and is expected to stay at the same level, although it may fluctuate significantly from period to period.

The variances in research and development costs between the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 2016 and 20152016 are mainly due to:

·

costs we incurred on clinical trials for eluforsen,sepofarsen, particularly in 2015 and 2016, decreasing in 2017 after completion of the clinical studies;2018;

·

costs we incurred on clinical trials for QR-110eluforsen, particularly in 2016, decreasing in 2017 and QR-313 in 2017;2018 after completion of the clinical studies. No additional clinical study activities are planned;

·

increasedin November 2018, the Company issued 112,473 shares in the aggregate amount of $ 2.5 million, at $ 22.23 (€19.46) per share to Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Under the terms of the agreement, an upfront payment in

96


Table of Contents

ordinary shares to its common stock, was made to Ionis upon signing the worldwide license agreement. The Company was granted an exclusive worldwide license to QR-1123 and relevant patents.

·

decreased staff costs as a result of increaseddecreased staff working on (pre-)clinical development of our product candidates and the growth of our innovation unit, particularly in 2016 compared to 2015.candidates. The number of full-time equivalent employees working on research and development increaseddecreased from 72 at December 31, 2015 to 100 at December 31, 2016 andto 96 at December 31, 2017;2017 and 89 at December 31, 2018; 

·

increaseddecreased costs for externally conducted studies, including various in vivo studies, proof of concept studies and dose ranging and toxicity studies conducted in connection with the development of our product candidates;

·

costs for the production of eluforsen and QR‑110sepofarsen compounds in 2016 and QR-313 and QR-421a compounds in 2017, including the costs of GMP batches in preparation of our clinical studies;

·

increased laboratory costs including purchases of compounds and laboratory materials used by the research and development staff in proportion to the increase in the number of employees, and increased costs for the use of laboratories;

·

increased project-related consultancy costs, including regulatory and intellectual property support; and

·

increaseddecreased share-based compensation, reflecting grants of share options to research and development staff made after we adopted our Option Plan in September 2013.

General and administrative costs

General and administrative costs increased to € 12,540,000 for the year ended December 31, 2018 from € 10,840,000 for the year ended December 31, 2017 fromand € 9,478,000 for the year ended December 31, 2016 and € 6,837,000 for the year ended December 31, 2015.2016. The increase was primarily related to:

·

increased staff costs associated with the increase of our general and administrative staff from 27 full-time equivalent employees at December 31, 2015 to 33 full-time equivalent employees at December 31, 2016 and 34 full-time equivalent employees at December 31, 2017;

·

increased office and general costs, including office rent, information technology and communication costs, travel costs and office consumables, as well as costs to improve our internal control environment, particularly in 2016, further increasing in 2017;environment;

·

increased costs for legal support, accounting and other consultancy costs, including costs incurred in preparation of offerings in 2017;2018; and

102


Table of Contents

·

increaseddecreased share-based compensation, reflecting grants of share options to non-research and development staff made after we adopted our Option Plan in September 2013.

We expect that general and administrative costs will remain fairly stable in upcoming years.

Finance income and expense

We had net finance expenses of € 792,000 for the year ended December 31, 2018, as compared to € 3,175,000 for the year ended December 31, 2017 as comparedand to a net finance income of € 470,000 for the year ended December 31, 2016 and € 6,171,000 for the year ended December 31, 2015.2016. The financial income and expense mainly reflects foreign exchange result on cash and cash equivalents denominated in U.S. dollars.

B. Liquidity and capital resources

To date, we have financed our operations through our IPO, follow on offerings, ATM facility, private placements of equity securities, convertible loans and funding from governmental bodies and patient organizations.

97


Table of Contents

Cash Flows

The table below summarizes our statement of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2018,  2017 2016 and 2015.2016.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 

 

Year ended December 31, 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

 

(€ in thousands)

 

(€ in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

 

(34,951)

 

(34,221)

 

(24,232)

 

(28,493)

 

(34,951)

 

(34,221)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

(121)

 

(2,539)

 

(1,324)

 

(312)

 

(121)

 

(2,539)

Net cash generated by financing activities

 

26,640

 

357

 

1,620

 

86,457

 

26,640

 

357

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

(8,432)

 

(36,403)

 

(23,936)

 

57,652

 

(8,432)

 

(36,403)

Currency effect cash and cash equivalents

 

(2,669)

 

738

 

6,065

 

(171)

 

(2,669)

 

738

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period

 

59,200

 

94,865

 

112,736

 

48,099

 

59,200

 

94,865

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period

 

48,099

 

59,200

 

94,865

 

105,580

 

48,099

 

59,200

 

Net cash used in operating activities increased from € 24,232,000 in the year ended December 31, 2015 to € 34,221,000 in the year ended December 31, 2016 andto € 34,951,000 in the year ended December 31, 2017. These increases  were2017 and decreased to € 28,493,000 in the year ended December 31, 2018. The decrease in 2018  was primarily due to the increaseddecreased net loss from operating activities, adjusted for (non-cash) finance income and share-based payment expenses, partially offset by changes in working capital.

Net cash used in investing activities increaseddecreased from € 1,324,000 in the year ended December 31, 2015 to € 2,539,000 in the year ended December 31, 2016.2016 to € 121,000 in the year ended December 31, 2017 and €312,000 in 2018. This increasedecrease was primarily due to our investments in laboratory equipment, office equipment and leasehold improvements in support of our growing operations.operations in 2016. Subsequently, limited investments were needed in 2017 resulting in net cash used in investing activities of € 121,000.and 2018.

Net cash generated by financing activities decreasedincreased from € 1,620,000 in the year ended December 31, 2015 to € 357,000 in the year ended December 31, 2016 increasing to € 26,640,000 in the year ended December 31, 2017.  In 2015 and 2016, cash generated by financing activities primarily included loans from a governmental body, totaling2017, increasing to € 1,640,000 and € 370,000 respectively.86,547,000 in the year ended December 31, 2018.  In 2017, we raised gross proceeds of approximately € 22.9 million from the issuance of 7,597,498 ordinary shares and € 4.3 million from the issue and sale of 976,477 ordinary shares through our ATM facility.

103


Table In 2018, the Company consummated an underwritten public offering of Contents

6,612,500 ordinary shares at an issue price of $ 15.75 per share. The gross proceeds from this offering amounted to approximately € 90,0 million while the transaction costs amounted to € 5,8 million, resulting in net proceeds of € 84,2 million.

Cash and Funding Sources

The table below summarizes our main sources of financing for the years ended December 31, 2018,  2017 2016 and 2015.2016.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Equity

    

Convertible

    

Government

    

 

    

Equity

    

Convertible

    

Government

    

 

 

Capital

 

Loans

 

Borrowing

 

Total

 

Capital

 

Loans

 

Borrowing

 

Total

 

(€ in thousands)

 

(€ in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2015

 

 —

 

 —

 

1,640

 

1,640

Year ended December 31, 2016

 

 —

 

 —

 

370

 

370

 

 —

 

 —

 

370

 

370

Year ended December 31, 2017

 

25,685

 

650

 

301

 

26,636

 

25,685

 

650

 

301

 

26,636

Year ended December 31, 2018

 

84,191

 

1,132

 

264

 

85,587

Total

 

25,685

 

650

 

2,311

 

28,646

 

109,876

 

1,782

 

935

 

112,593

 

Our sourcesmain source of financing in 2018 was our offering in September providing net proceeds of € 84,191,000. In 2017, our sources of financing were our offering in July providing net proceeds of € 4,864,000, our offerings in November providing net proceeds of € 16,683,000 and the sale of shares through our ATM facility providing net proceeds of € 4,138,000. Our source of financing in 2016 was funding from a governmental body amounting to € 370,000. Our source of financing in 2015 was funding from a governmental body amounting to € 1,640,000.

In October 2015, we filed a shelf registration statement on Form S‑3, which permitted: (a) the offering, issuance and sale by the Company of up to a maximum aggregate offering price of $ 200,000,000 of its ordinary shares, warrants and/or units; and (b) as part of the $ 200,000,000, the offering, issuance and sale by us of up to a maximum aggregate offering price of $ 60,000,000 of its ordinary shares that may be issued and sold under a sales agreement in one or more at-the-market offerings. At December 31, 2017,  976,477 shares had been sold pursuant to its current at-the-market offering program.

In March 2018, we entered into a convertible loan (the “Loan”), pursuant to which we borrowed an aggregate of €260,000 from the lender. The loan bears interest at a rate of 3% per annum. The outstanding principal and interest under the Loan is convertible into our ordinary shares upon the first to occur of the following events, at the election of the lender for (i) or (ii): (i) our public announcement of a strategic business partnership aimed at joint development of, or

98


Table of Contents

development by the partner of, our Huntington’s disease program, in which case the lender may convert the outstanding Loan amount into our ordinary shares at the then-prevailing trading price less a 25% discount; (ii) our public announcement of our decision to independently develop our Huntington’s disease program in the future, in which case the lender may convert the outstanding Loan amount into our ordinary shares at the then-prevailing trading price; or, (iii) on or around March 30, 2020 at the then-prevailing trading price plus a 25% premium. In no event are we required, nor are we permitted, to issue ordinary shares in an amount that exceeds 0.5% of the total number of ordinary shares outstanding immediately prior to the entry into the Loan. The Loan agreement restricts the lender’s ability to transfer the Loan, and prohibits the lender from entering into or engaging in any hedge, swap, short sale, derivative transaction or other agreement or arrangement that transfers any ownership of, or interests in, the Loan or our ordinary shares issued or issuable upon conversion of the Loan. The Loan and the ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of the Loan were issued in reliance on a private placement exemption from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

At December 31, 2017,2018, we had borrowings of € 7,244,000,9,386,000, which consisted of borrowings from a government body (€ 6,582,000)7,515,000) and convertible loans (€ 662,000)1,871,000). Cash is denominated in both U.S. dollars and euros.

For a description of our financial commitments, see below.

Funding Requirements

We expect that our cash and cash equivalents will enable us to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements into the second half of 2019.2021. We have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and

104


Table of Contents

we could use our capital resources sooner than we currently expect. Our present and future funding requirements will depend on many factors, including, among other things:

·

the progress, timing and completion of pre-clinicalpreclinical testing and clinical trials for our current or any future product candidates;

·

the number of potential new product candidates we identify and decide to develop;

·

the costs involved in growing our organization to the size needed to allow for the research, development and potential commercialization of our current or any future product candidates;

·

the costs involved in filing patent applications and maintaining and enforcing patents or defending against claims or infringements raised by third parties;

·

the time and costs involved in obtaining regulatory approval for our product candidates and any delays we may encounter as a result of evolving regulatory requirements or adverse results with respect to any of these product candidates;

·

any licensing or milestone fees we might have to pay during future development of our current or any future product candidates;

·

selling and marketing activities undertaken in connection with the anticipated commercialization of our current or any future product candidates and costs involved in the creation of an effective sales and marketing organization; and

·

the amount of revenues, if any, we may derive either directly or in the form of royalty payments from future sales of our product candidates, if approved.

For more information as to the risks associated with our future funding needs, see Item 3.D: “Risk Factors”.

99


Table of Contents

Capital Expenditures

The following table sets forth our capital expenditures for the years ended December 31, 2018,  2017 2016 and 2015:2016:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 

 

Year ended December 31, 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

 

(€ in thousands)

 

(€ in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases of tangible fixed assets

 

82

 

2,433

 

1,441

 

312

 

82

 

2,433

Purchases of intangible assets

 

 —

 

 —

 

28

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Total

 

82

 

2,433

 

1,469

 

312

 

82

 

2,433

 

To facilitate the growing needs of our company and accommodate the increased staff levels, we moved our offices in March 2015.  In addition, we opened our U.S. office in Palo Alto (CA) and invested in our IT infrastructure.  Mid 2016, our two locations in the Netherlands were combined, facilitating further growth of our company and providing additional lab and office space. These changes led to increasing investments in tangible fixed assets in 2016, funded from existing cash balances. Subsequently, investments in 2018 and 2017 were limited.

105


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

The table below analyzes ProQR’s undiscounted liabilities into relevant maturity groupings based on the remaining period at December 31, 20172018 until the contractual maturity date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Less than 

    

Between 1

    

Between 2

    

 

    

Less than 

    

Between 1

    

Between 2

    

 

 

1 year

 

and 2 years

 

and 5 years

 

Over 5 years

 

1 year

 

and 2 years

 

and 5 years

 

Over 5 years

 

(€ in thousands)

 

(€ in thousands)

At December 31, 2017

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

At December 31, 2018

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Borrowings

 

1,960

 

980

 

5,981

 

 —

 

 —

 

797

 

8,984

 

 —

Trade payables and other payables

 

6,534

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

8,160

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Total

 

8,494

 

980

 

5,981

 

 —

 

8,160

 

797

 

8,984

 

 —

 

Commitments

Rent

Since 2012, the Company is domiciled in Leiden. We are currently a party to lease agreements for laboratory space and offices in the Netherlands.Netherlands and offices in Cambridge, MA.

The lease expenditure charged to the income statement for operating leases in 20172018 amounts to € 1,813,000  (2017: € 2,103,000,  (2016:2016: € 1,849,000, 2015: € 703,000)1,849,000). The total commitment as at December 31, 20172018 amount to € 2,466,000 (2017: € 4,919,000, (2016:2016: € 7,283,000, 2015: € 9,150,000)7,283,000).

Patent license agreements

The Company and the General Hospital Corporation (MGH) have entered into a Patent License Agreement pursuant to which we may have certain royalty obligations based on the development or commercialization of eluforsen, as well as the obligation to pay MGH up to $ 700,000 in milestone payments upon the achievement of certain development and regulatory milestones.

The Company and the Radboud University Medical Center have entered into a Patent License Agreement under which we were granted a world-wide exclusive license pursuant to which we may have certain royalty obligations in relation to our product candidate QR‑110sepofarsen for Leber’s congenital amaurosis.

The Company and the Radboud University Medical Center have entered into a Patent License Agreement under which we were granted a world-wide exclusive license pursuant to which we may have certain royalty obligations in relation to Type II Usher Syndrome.

100


Table of Contents

The Company and the Leiden University Medical Centre have entered into a Patent License Agreement under which we were granted a world-wide exclusive license pursuant to which we may have certain royalty obligations in relation to several CNS diseases.

The Company and Inserm Transfert SA and Assistance-Publique-Hôpiteaux de Paris have entered into a Patent License Agreement under which we were granted a world-wide exclusive license pursuant to which we may have certain royalty obligations in relation to our product candidate QR 110sepofarsen for Leber’s congenital amaurosis.

The Company and PARI Pharma GmbH entered into an agreement, pursuant to which the Company is granted an exclusive license to the use of PARI’s eflow technology for the administration of oligonucleotide-based drugs in the F508del mutation in cystic fibrosis, with the option to expand this exclusivity to the use in other CF mutations. Pursuant to the terms of the agreement, we have made an upfront payment, fees for development work and are obligated to make sales-based royalty payments after-market authorization.

On October 29, 2018, ProQR signed of an agreement with Ionis Pharmaceuticals to license QR-1123 (formerly “IONIS-RHO-2.5Rx”), an RNA medicine for autosomal dominant retinitis pigmentosa (adRP) caused by the P23H mutation in the rhodopsin (RHO) gene. Under the terms of the agreement, ProQR was granted an exclusive worldwide license to QR-1123 and relevant patents. ProQR made an upfront payment in ordinary shares in the aggregate amount of $ 2.5 million, at $ 22.23 per share, which represents a 20% premium (based on the volume weighted average price of the previous 20 trading days) to its common stock, to Ionis upon signing the agreement. ProQR will also make future milestone payments, certain of which will be made in equity and others in cash or equity at ProQR’s discretion, and royalties on net sales of 20% through the royalty term.

Refer to Item 4.B: “Business Overview” for more details on patent license agreements.

106


Table of Contents

Clinical support agreements

In August 2014, we entered into an agreement with Cystic Fibrosis Foundation Therapeutics, Inc., or CFFT, a subsidiary of the Cystic Fibrosis Foundation, pursuant to which CFFT agreed to provide the Company with up to $ 3 million to support the clinical development of eluforsen.

Pursuant to the terms of the agreement, we are obligated to make a one-time milestone payment to CFFT of up to approximately $ 16 million, payable in three equal annual installments following the first commercial sale of eluforsen, the first of which is due within 90 days following the first commercial sale. We are also obligated to make a one-time milestone payment to CFFT of up to $ 3 million if net sales of eluforsen exceed $ 500 million in a calendar year. Lastly, we are obligated to make a payment to CFFT of up to approximately $ 6 million if we transfer, sell or license eluforsen other than for certain clinical or development purposes, or if we enter into a change of control transaction prior to commercialization.  However, the payment in the previous sentence may be set-off against the $ 16 million milestone payment. Either CFFT or we may terminate the agreement for cause, which includes our material failure to achieve certain commercialization and development milestones. Our payment obligations survive the termination of the agreement.

On February 9, 2018, we entered into an agreement with Foundation Fighting Blindness, or FFB, under which FFB will provide funding of $7.5$ 7.5 million to advance QR-421a into the clinic and will receive future milestones.

Pursuant to the terms of the agreement, we are obligated to make a one-time milestone payment to FFB of up to $ 37.5 million, payable in four equal annual installments following the first commercial sale of QR-421a, the first of which is due within 60 days following the first commercial sale. We are also obligated to make a payment to FFB of up to $ 15 million if it transfers, sells or licenses QR-421a other than for certain clinical or development purposes, or if we enter into a change of control transaction. However, the payment in the previous sentence may be set-off against the $ 37.5 million milestone payment. Either FFB or we may terminate the agreement for cause, which includes our material failure to achieve certain commercialization and development milestones. Our payment obligations survive the termination of the agreement.

101


Table of Contents

On June 5, 2018, the Company entered into a partnership agreement with EB Research Partnership (EBRP) and EB Medical Research Foundation (EBMRF) under which EBRP and EBMRF have agreed to provide funding of $ 5.0 million for the clinical development of QR‑313 for Dystrophic Epidermolysis Bullosa targeting mutations in exon 73.

Research and development commitments

The Company has committed itself to a number of obligations amounting to € 7,704,0008,114,000 at December 31, 2017 (2016:2018 (2017: € 8,856,000)7,704,000). Of these obligations an amount of € 6,094,0005,807,000 is due in 2018,2019, the remainder is due in 1 to 5 years.

Our commitments are set out in more detail in note 21 and 22 to the financial statements as included elsewhere in this annual report.

C. Research and development, patents and licenses, etc.

See Item 4.B: “Business Overview” and Item 5: “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects”.

D. Trend information

Other than as disclosed elsewhere in this annual report, we are not aware of any trends, uncertainties, demands, commitments or events for the period from January 1, 20172018 to December 31, 20172018 that are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s net revenues, income, profitability, liquidity or capital resources, or that caused the reported financial information to be not necessarily indicative of future operating results or financial conditions. For a discussion of trends, see Item 5.A: “Operating results”.

E. Off-balance sheet arrangements

During the periods presented in this annual report, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.

107


Table of Contents

F. Tabular disclosure of contractual obligations

See Item 5.B: “Liquidity and capital resources”.

G. Safe harbor

This annual report contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act. Refer to “Forward-looking statements” at the beginning of this report.

Item 6: Directors, Senior Management and Employees

A. Directors and senior management

We have a two-tier board structure consisting of our management board (‘raad van bestuur’) and a separate supervisory board (‘raad van commissarissen’). Below is a summary of relevant information concerning our supervisory board, management board and senior management.

Supervisory Board

The following table sets forth information with respect to each of our supervisory board members and their respective ages asdates of the date of this annual report.birth. The terms of office of all our supervisory board members expire according to a rotation schedule drawn up by our supervisory board. The business address of our supervisory board members is our registered office address at Zernikedreef 9, 2333 CK Leiden, the Netherlands.

102


Table of Contents

Our supervisory board is currently composed of the following members, all of whom are independent under applicable NASDAQ standards and all of whom, with the exception of Mr. Dinko Valerio and Mr. Antoine Papiernik, are independent under the Dutch Corporate Governance Code (DCGC):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name

    

Date of Birth

    

Position

    

 

Member Since

 

 Term expires

 

Dinko Valerio

 

August 3, 1956

 

Member of the Supervisory Board (Chairman)

 

 

January 1, 2014

 

2020 

Alison Lawton

 

September 26, 1961

 

Member of the Supervisory Board

 

 

September 17, 2014

 

20182022 

Antoine Papiernik

 

July 21, 1966

 

Member of the Supervisory Board

 

 

January 1, 2014

 

2021 

James Shannon

 

June 5, 1956

 

Member of the Supervisory Board

 

 

June 21, 2016

 

2020 

Paul Baart

 

November 9, 1950

 

Member of the Supervisory Board

 

 

June 10, 2015

 

2019 

 

The following sets forth biographical information regarding our Supervisory Board members. There are no family relationships among the members of our Supervisory Board, Management Board or Executive Officers.

Dinko Valerio is one of our founders and currently serves as the chairman of our supervisory board.Supervisory Board. Mr. Valerio has served on our supervisory board since January 2014 and is also member of the Supervisory Board of Amylon Therapeutics B.V.2014. Mr. Valerio is a scientist and an experienced biotech entrepreneur with experience in both public and private companies as CEO and board member. Mr. Valerio is founder and former CEO of Crucell N.V., a Dutch biotech company, and founder and former general partner of Aescap Venture, a life sciences venture capital firm. In 1999, Mr. Valerio was one of the founders of Galapagos Genomics N.V., a spinout from Crucell N.V. which develops novel mode of action medicines. In 2017 Mr Valerio became a board member of Amylon Therapeutics B.V., a 80% owned affiliate of ProQR Therapeutics N.V. Adding to his corporate experience, Mr. Valerio is a professor in the field of gene therapy of the hematopoietic system at the University of Leiden. He received his Master of Science degree in Biology from the University of Amsterdam in 1982 and completed his Ph.D. in Molecular Genetics with Honors at the University of Leiden in 1986. Mr. Valerio also was a visiting scientific specialist at Genentech Inc., San Francisco in 1985 and a postdoctoral fellow at the Salk Institute, San Diego from 1986 to 1987. He is an author on more than 100 articles in peer-reviewed journals and an inventor on 11 patent-families.

Alison Lawtonhas served on our supervisory board since September 2014.  Ms. Lawton is currently Chief Executive Officer, President and Director of Kaleido Biosciences where she was previously President and Chief Operating Officer of Kaleido Biosciences Inc. From January 2014 to December 2017, Mssince Dec 2017. Previously, Ms. Lawton served as thewas Chief

108


Table of Contents

Operating officer ofOfficer at Aura Biosciences, Inc. andInc, from January 20132015 to January 2014,2017, Ms. Lawton served as Chief Operating Officer ofat OvaScience Inc., a public life sciences company. From 1991company, from January 2013 to 2013,January 2014. In addition, from 2014 to 2017, Ms. Lawton served as a biotech consultant for various companies, including as Chief Operating Officer consultant at X4 Pharmaceuticals. Ms. Lawton worked at various positions of increasing responsibility at Genzyme Corporation, or Genzyme, and subsequently at Sanofi-Aventis, following its 2011 acquisition of Genzyme, each a global biopharmaceutical company. Ms. Lawton served as head of Genzyme Biosurgery, where she was responsible for Genzyme’s global orthopedics, surgical and cell therapy and regenerative medicine businesses. Prior to that, Ms. Lawton oversaw Global Market Access at Genzyme, which included Regulatory Affairs, Global Health Outcomes and Strategic Pricing, Global Public Policy, and Global Product Safety & Risk Management. Before joining Genzyme, Ms. Lawton worked for seven years in the United Kingdom at Parke-Davis, a pharmaceutical company. Ms. Lawton serves on the board of directors of Verastem, Inc., a public biopharmaceutical company. In 2017 she joined the board of directors of Magenta Therapeutics. She also served on the board of directors of Cubist Pharmaceuticals for three years until its acquisition by Merck &Co., Inc. in 2015 and2015. She currently sits on the board of directors of CoLucid Pharmaceuticals until its acquisition by Eli Lilly in 2017. She is member of the CorporateScientific Advisory Board of X4 Pharmaceuticals.for the Massachusetts Life Science Center. She is past President and Chair of the Board of Regulatory Affairs Professional Society and past FDA Advisory Committee member for Cell and Gene Therapy Committee. She earned her BSc in Pharmacology, with honors, from King’s College London.London.

Antoine Papiernikhas served on our supervisory board since January 2014. Mr. Papiernik is managing partner at Sofinnova Partners, which he joined in 1997, and was appointed chairman in 2017. Mr. Papiernik has been an initial investor and active board member in public companies like Actelion, Addex, Auris Medical, Orexo, NovusPharma (then sold to CTI), Movetis (then sold to Shire), Mainstay, Pixium and Stentys, which went public respectively on the Zurich Stock Exchange, the NASDAQ Global Market, the Stockholm Stock Exchange, the Milan Nuovo Mercato, the Belgium Stock Exchange, the Dublin Stock Exchange and EuroNext Paris, in Cotherix (initially NASDAQ listed, then sold to Actelion), Core Valve (sold to Medtronic), Fovea (sold to Sanofi Aventis) andm Ethical Oncology Science (EOS, sold to ClovisOncology) and Recor Medical (sold to Otsuka). Mr. Papiernik hasis also invested in and is a board member of private companies MedDay Pharmaceuticals, MD Start, ReCor, Shockwave Medical, and Reflexion Medical, Gecko Biomedical, SafeHeal, Highlife and Rgenix. Mr. Papiernik has an MBA degree from the Wharton School of Business, University of Pennsylvania.Pennsylvania.

103


Table of Contents

James Shannon, MDMD has served on our Supervisory Board since June 2016. Mr. Shannon has had an extensive career in drug development and pharma. From 2012 until his retirement in 2015, Mr. Shannon was Chief Medical Officer at GlaxoSmithKline. Prior to that he was Global Head of Pharma Development at Novartis and Senior Vice-President, Clinical Development at Sterling Winthrop Pharmaceuticals. He held board positions at companies including Biotie, Circassia, Crucell, Endocyte, MannKind and Cerimon Pharmaceuticals. In 2017 he joined the board of directors of Horizon Pharma. He received his undergraduate and postgraduate degrees at Queen'sQueen’s University of Belfast and is a Member of the Royal College of Physicians (UK). Mr. Shannon currently holds board positions at Mannkind Corp (USA), myTomorrowsmyTomonows (NL), Horizon Pharma (Ire) and lmmodulon (UK).

Paul Baart has served on our supervisory board since June 2015. Mr. Baart made his career in public accounting in both the Netherlands and the USA. At PwC the Netherlands he served on the management board and the supervisory board. He was also a member of the global board of PwC International. He has served many large (listed) and international clients in various industries. He held professional qualifications both in the Netherlands and in the USA. He was chairman of Royal NIVRA, the Dutch Institute of Registered Accountants (now NBA), member of the Dutch Council on Annual Reporting (RJ) and supervisory board member of Nyenrode Business University. Present roles include outside member Enterprise Chamber Amsterdam Court of Appeal (Ondernemingskamer) and chairman Supervisory Board Grant Thornton the Netherlands. He studied business economics at the Vrije Universiteit in Amsterdam, where he also passed the Registeraccountantsexam.Registeraccountants exam.

109


Table of Contents

Management Board

The following table sets out information with respect to each of our management board members, their respective agesmember, his date of birth and their positionshis position at the company as of the date of this annual report. The business address of our management board membersmember is our registered office address at Zernikedreef 9, 2333 CK Leiden, the Netherlands.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name

    

Date of Birth

    

Position

    

Date of Appointment

    

Term Expires

 

Daniel de Boer

 

April 12, 1983

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

February 21, 2012

 

2018 

René Beukema

March 26, 1964

Chief Corporate Development Officer and General Counsel

April 17, 2014

20182022 

 

 

The following sets forth biographical information regarding our management board members.

Daniel de Boerhas been is our founding Chief Executive Officer since our incorporation in 2012. Mr. de BoerDaniel is a passionateserial-entrepreneur and driven entrepreneur andpassionate advocate for CF patients, and hasrare disease patients. He assembled an experienced teama group of successful biotech executives as co-founders and early investors. Asbuilt a serial entrepreneurteam of a 150 experienced scientists and drug developers, devoted to creating RNA therapies for patients in IT, he foundedneed. Under Daniel’s leadership ProQR initiated clinical trials in multiple development programs for rare diseases, and led a number of tech companies through phases of growth, initiating development and launch of several IT related productsraised over $ 300M in several European countries. Prior to founding ProQR, Mr. de Boer served as a founder and Chief Executive Officer of RNA Systems, founder and Chief Executive Officer of PC Basic, and founder and Chief Executive Officer of Running IT. Mr. de Boerfunding, including an IPO on Nasdaq. Daniel is responsible for the overall strategy and general business in the company. Before founding ProQR, Daniel was founder and Chief Executive Officer of RNA Systems, PC Basic and Running IT, companies he led through phases of growth, developing and launching several products in multiple European countries. Daniel was also a co-founder of Amylon Therapeutics, a company developing therapies for genetic brain diseases. In 2018 Daniel was named "Emerging Entrepreneur of the Year" by EY.

During 2018 René Beukemais was our Chief Corporate Development Officer and General Counsel. Mr. Beukema joined us in September 2013 and is a seasoned in-house corporate lawyer in the Dutch biotechnology arena. Prior to joining us, Mr. Beukema served as General Counsel and Corporate Secretary of Crucell N.V. for twelve years, following his experience as a Senior Legal Counsel at GE Capital / TIP Europe and Legal Counsel at TNT Express Worldwide. Mr. Beukema was also a venture partner of Aescap Venture, a life sciences venture capital firm. Mr. Beukema is co-founder and advisor of Mytomorrows N.V., a Dutch life sciences company. He holds a post-doctoral degree in corporate law from the University of Nijmegen in co-operation with the Dutch Association of In-house Counsel (Nederlands Genootschap van Bedrijfsjuristen) and a Master’s degree in Dutch law from the University of Amsterdam. Mr. Beukema left the Company per 1 January 2019.

104


Table of Contents

Officers

Our management board is supported by our officers. The following table sets forth information with respect to each of the officers, their respective agesdates of birth and their positions aspositions.as of the date of this annual report. The business address of our officers is our registered office address at Zernikedreef 9, 2333 CK Leiden, the Netherlands.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name

    

Date of Birth

    

Position

 

David Rodman

 

May 12, 1955

 

Executive Vice President of Research & Development

 

Gerard Platenburg

 

February 24, 1964

 

Chief Innovation Officer

 

Smital Shah

 

April 25, 1976

 

Chief Business & Financial Officer

Robert Cornelisse

September 20, 1971

Chief People and Organization

 

 

David Rodman M.D., MD is our Executive Vice President of Research & Development. Mr. RodmanDavid joined ProQR in 2017 having previously served in leadership roles with Novartis Institutes for Biomedical Research (NIBR), Vertex Pharmaceuticals, miRagen Therapeutics and Nivalis Therapeutics. Prior to moving to industry in 2005, Mr. RodmanDavid had a distinguished academic career, leading the Center for Genetic Lung Diseases at the University of Colorado and directing the Cystic Fibrosis Care, Teaching and Research efforts at the National Jewish Medical and Research Center in Denver, Colorado. During 12 years in industry, Mr. RodmanDavid has had global responsibility for driving innovation in the translation of cutting-edge science into transformational new therapies for rare diseases including CF, pulmonary fibrosis, pulmonary artery hypertension and severe immunologic and inflammatory diseases. At Vertex Pharmaceuticals he directed early- and late-stage CF clinical development programs including Kalydeco®, Orkambi® and VX-661. Mr. RodmanDavid received a BA in Economics from Haverford College in 1976, an MD from the University of Pennsylvania in 1980 and completed training in Internal Medicine, Pulmonary and Critical Care Medicine at the University of

110


Table of Contents

Colorado. He has served as an advisor to the National Institutes of Health, was elected to the American Society for Clinical Investigation and is a Fellow of the American Heart Association.

Gerard Platenburg has served as our Chief Innovation Officer since February 2014. Mr. Platenburg is a co-founder of our company and also served as the sole member of our supervisory board between August 2012 and December 2013. Mr. Platenburg has an extensive background in RNA modulation and orphan drug discovery and development and is in charge of our innovation unit. Mr. Platenburg has more than twenty years of senior managerial experience, which he gained during his different operational and leadership roles in growing biotech companies. Prior to joining our company, Mr. Platenburg worked at Isa Pharmaceuticals B.V. from June 2009 to January 2014. Mr. Platenburg co-founded Prosensa Holding N.V., growing it to become a well-known RNA modulation clinical stage company, and held various positions between April 2002 and May 2009, including Chief Executive Officer and Chief Development Officer. Mr. Platenburg also worked at Pharming B.V. from April 1990 to March 2002. He is a passionate and driven pioneer of early stage technologies. Mr. Platenburg has a master’s degree in chemistry and molecular biology from Leiden University in 1987 and pursued PhD work at Leiden University.University.

Smital Shah has served as our Chief Financial Officer since October 2014. Ms. Shah2014 and was promoted to Chief Business and Financial Officer in November 2018, where she is responsible for finance, investor relations and communications, business development and commercial. Smital has a 12-year track record of management and leadership in biopharmaceuticalbiopharma companies and investment banking, with particular experience in financial strategy, capital markets and capital markets.business development. Prior to joining us Ms. ShahSmital was at Gilead Sciences, where she managed their multi-billion dollar debt, cash and investment portfolios. Prior to Gilead, Ms. ShahSmital spent several years in investment banking at Leerink Partners and JP Morgan focused on capital raising and strategic transactions in the biotechnologybiotech space. During this time, Smital has helped raise over $1$ 1 billion in equity capital and over $7$ 7 billion in debt capital for emerging and established biotech companies as well advised on a variety of strategic transactions such as mergers, divestitures, asset sales, dividends, royalty monetizations and royalty monetizations.corporate partnerships. Previously, Ms. Shahshe held various R&D focused roles at Johnson & Johnson. Ms. ShahSmital has a bachelor’sBachelors and master’s degreeMasters in Chemical Engineering and an MBA degree from the University of California at Berkeley.

During 2018 Robert Cornelisse has served as our Chief People and Organization since January 2017.  Mr. Cornelise joined us in May 2014. He is an experienced and driven entrepreneur, a skilled people manager and used to develop and structure young organizations. Prior to joining us, Mr. Cornelisse founded Flinndal, a marketing and sales organization for health products in several European countries, where his role withinleft the company was COO. Prior to Flinndal he invested in several other marketing and sales companies and always contributed to those companies in a role as COO. Mr. Cornelisse is responsible for our organizational structure and the well-being of our people.Company per 1 January 2019.

B. Compensation

Under Dutch law and our articles of association, the general meeting of shareholders must upon the proposal of our supervisory board adopt the compensation policy for the management board, which includes the outlines of the

105


Table of Contents

compensation of any members who serve on our management board. On June 21, 2016, the general meeting of shareholders adopted the current compensation policy of our company. The supervisory board determines the compensation of the management board members in accordance with the compensation policy. A proposal by the supervisory board with respect to compensation schemes in the form of shares or rights to shares is submitted for approval by the supervisory board to the general meeting of shareholders. Such proposal must set out at least the maximum number of shares or rights to shares to be granted to the management board and supervisory board, including the criteria for granting such shares or changes to such grants. The general meeting of shareholders may grant compensation to members of the supervisory board. The supervisory board will be reimbursed for their expenses.

111


Table of Contents

Compensation of the Supervisory Board

The remuneration of the supervisory board members in 20172018 is set out in the table below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2017

 

2018

    

Short term

    

Post-employment

    

Share-based

    

 

    

Short term

    

Post-employment

    

Share-based

    

 

 

employee benefits

 

benefits

 

payment

 

Total

 

employee benefits

 

benefits

 

payment

 

Total

 

(€ in thousands)

 

(€ in thousands)

Mr. Dinko Valerio

 

36

 

 —

 

87

 

123

 

36

 

 —

 

69

 

105

Mr. Henri Termeer

 

28

 

 —

 

160

 

188

Mr. Antoine Papiernik

 

76

 

 —

 

 —

 

76

 

72

 

 —

 

 —

 

72

Ms. Alison Lawton

 

31

 

 —

 

99

 

130

 

31

 

 —

 

75

 

106

Mr. Paul Baart

 

84

 

 —

 

 —

 

84

 

80

 

 —

 

 —

 

80

Mr. James Shannon

 

33

 

 —

 

92

 

125

 

33

 

 —

 

73

 

106

 

288

 

 —

 

438

 

726

 

252

 

 —

 

217

 

469


Share-based payment reflects the fair value of share options granted under our Option Plan during the year, as required by and determined in accordance with IFRS 2 - Share based payment (refer to Note 12(d) to the financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report).

Members of our supervisory board receive a board fee of € 25,000 per year and the chairperson receives a board fee of € 30,000 per year. In addition, each board committee chairperson will receive € 5,000 per year for service on such committee, and each other member of a board committee will receive € 3,000 per year for service on such committee. The chairperson of the nominating and corporate governance committee will receive € 3,000 per year for service on that committee. On June 21, 2016, our shareholders approved an amendment of the compensation policy whereby members of the supervisory board may be granted an additional compensation in cash of $ 55,000 per year or a grant of options with an underlying value of $ 110,000 per year.

Compensation of the Management Board

The table below sets out a breakdown of the compensation in 20172018 of each current member of the management board:board

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2017

 

2018

    

Short term

    

Post-

    

Share-

    

 

    

Short term

    

Post-

    

Share-

    

 

 

employee

 

employment

 

based

 

 

 

employee

 

employment

 

based

 

 

 

benefits

 

benefits

 

payment

 

Total

 

benefits

 

benefits

 

payment

 

Total

 

(€ in thousands)

 

(€ in thousands)

Mr. D.A. de Boer

 

 570

 

 8

 

622

 

1,200

 

 726

 

 9

 

668

 

1,403

Mr. R.K. Beukema

 

411

 

15

 

261

 

687

 

809

 

16

 

464

 

1,289

 

981

 

23

 

883

 

1,887

 

1,535

 

25

 

1,132

 

2,692


Share-based payment reflects the fair value of share options granted under our Option Plan during the year, as required by and determined in accordance with IFRS 2 - Share based payment (refer to Note 12(d) to the financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report).

For further detail on compensation of members of our supervision board, management board and senior management, see Note 23 to the financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report.

106


Table of Contents

C. Board practices

Supervisory Board

Our supervisory board is responsible for the supervision of the activities of our management board and our company’s general affairs and business. Our supervisory board may, also on its own initiative, provide the management board with advice and may request any information from the management board that it deems appropriate. In performing its duties, the supervisory board is required to act in the interests of our company (including its stakeholders) and its associated business as a whole. The members of the supervisory board are not authorized to represent us in dealings with third parties.

112


Table of Contents

Pursuant to Dutch law, members of the supervisory board must be natural persons. Under our articles of association, the number of supervisory board members is determined by our supervisory board itself, provided there will be at least three supervisory board members. Our articles of association provide that members of the supervisory board are appointed by the general meeting of shareholders upon a binding nomination by the supervisory board. Our general meeting of shareholders may at all times deprive such a nomination of its binding character by a resolution passed by at least two-thirds of the votes cast representing more than 50% of our issued share capital, following which our supervisory board shall draw up a new binding nomination.

Our supervisory board rules provide that members of our supervisory board will serve for a maximum duration of three terms of four years. Our articles of association provide that the supervisory board members must retire periodically in accordance with a rotation schedule adopted by the supervisory board. A supervisory board member who retires in accordance with the rotation schedule can be reappointed immediately. The supervisory board appoints a chairman from among its members.

Under our articles of association, the general meeting of shareholders may suspend or remove supervisory board members at any time. A resolution of our general meeting of shareholders to suspend or remove a supervisory board member may be passed by a simple majority of the votes cast, provided that the resolution is based on a proposal by our supervisory board. In the absence of a proposal by our supervisory board, a resolution of our general meeting of shareholders to suspend or remove a supervisory board member shall require a majority of at least two-thirds of the votes cast representing more than 50% of our issued share capital.

In a meeting of the supervisory board, each supervisory board member is entitled to cast one vote. A supervisory board member may grant a written proxy to another supervisory board member to represent him at a meeting of the supervisory board. All resolutions by our supervisory board are adopted by a simple majority of the votes cast unless our supervisory board rules provide otherwise. In case of a tie in any vote of the supervisory board, the chairman of the supervisory board shall have the casting vote. Our supervisory board may also adopt resolutions outside a meeting, provided that such resolutions are adopted in writing, all supervisory board members are familiar with the resolution to be passed and provided that no supervisory board member objects to such decision-making process.

Management Board

Our management board is responsible for the day-to-day management of our operations under the supervision of the supervisory board. The management board is required to:

·

keep the supervisory board informed in a timely manner in order to allow the supervisory board to carry out its responsibilities;

·

consult with the supervisory board on important matters; and

·

submit certain important decisions to the supervisory board for its approval.

Our management board may perform all acts necessary or useful for achieving our corporate purposes, other than those acts that are prohibited by law or by our articles of association. The management board as a whole and any management board member individually, are authorized to represent us in dealings with third parties.

107


Table of Contents

Under our articles of association, the number of management board members is determined by the supervisory board, and the management board must consist of at least one member. The supervisory board elects a CEO from among the members of the management board.

Members of the management board are appointed by the general meeting of shareholders upon a binding nomination of the supervisory board. Our general meeting of shareholders may at all times deprive such a nomination of its binding character by a resolution passed by at least two-thirds of the votes cast representing more than 50% of our issued share capital, following which our supervisory board shall draw up a new binding nomination.

113


Table of Contents

Our management board rules provide that, unless the resolution appointing a management board member provides otherwise, members of our management board will serve for a maximum term of four years. Our articles of association provide that the management board members must retire periodically in accordance with a rotation schedule adopted by the management board. A management board member who retires in accordance with the rotation schedule may be reappointed immediately for a term of not more than four years at a time.

Service Agreements

We have entered into service agreementsagreement with both of our management board members.CEO. The service agreements containagreement contains a termination notice period of two months. BothThe service agreementsagreement may be terminated in the event of an urgent reason (dringende reden) at any time, without advance notice. The service agreementsagreement with Daniel de Boer and René Beukema provideprovides for a lump-sum payment following a change in control subject to certain conditions. Such payment is equal to 24 months of the individual’s monthly gross fixed salary in effect at the time of the change in control. The service agreementsagreement also containcontains certain restrictive covenants, including post termination non-competition and non-solicitation covenants, which survive for a period of 12 months post-termination.

Committees of the Supervisory Board

We have an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. We have adopted a charter for each of these committees.

Audit Committee

Our audit committee consists of Paul Baart (chairman), Alison Lawton and James Shannon. Each member satisfies the independence requirements of the NASDAQ listing standards and Rule 10A‑3(b)(1) under the Exchange Act and satisfies the criteria for independence set forth in best practice provision 2.1.8 of the DCGC. Paul Baart qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert,” as defined by the SEC in Item 16A: “Audit Committee Financial Expert” and as determined by our supervisory board. The audit committee oversees our accounting and financial reporting processes and the audits of our financial statements. The audit committee is responsible for, among other things:

·

making recommendations to our supervisory board regarding the appointment by the general meeting of shareholders of our independent auditor(s);

·

overseeing the work of our independent auditor(s), including resolving disagreements between the management board, the officers and the independent auditors relating to financial reporting;

·

pre-approving all audit and non-audit services permitted to be performed by the independent auditor(s);

·

reviewing the independence and quality control procedures of the independent auditor(s);

·

discussing material off-balance sheet transactions, arrangements and obligations with the management board and the independent auditor(s);

·

reviewing and approving all proposed related-party transactions;

·

discussing the annual audited statutory financial statements with the management board;

108


Table of Contents

·

annually reviewing and reassessing the adequacy of our audit committee charter;

·

meeting separately with the independent auditors to discuss critical accounting policies, recommendations on internal controls, the auditor’s engagement letter and independence letter and other material written communications between the independent auditors and the management board and the officers; and

114


Table of Contents

·

attending to such other matters as are specifically delegated to our audit committee by our supervisory board from time to time.

Compensation Committee

Our compensation committee consists of James Shannon (chairman), Dinko Valerio and Alison Lawton. Each member satisfies the independence requirements of the NASDAQ listing standards as well as the criteria for independence set forth in best practice provision 2.1.8 of the DCGC, with the exception of Mr. Dinko Valerio. The compensation committee assists our supervisory board in reviewing and approving or recommending our compensation structure, including all forms of compensation relating to our supervisory board members, our management board members and our officers. Members of our management board may not be present at any compensation committee meeting while their compensation is deliberated. Subject to and in accordance with the terms of the compensation policy approved by our general meeting of shareholders from time to time, as required by Dutch law, the compensation committee is responsible for, among other things:

·

reviewing and making recommendations to the supervisory board with respect to compensation of our management board and supervisory board members;

·

reviewing and approving the compensation, including equity compensation, change-of-control benefits and severance arrangements, of our officers (not part of our management board or supervisory board) as it deems appropriate;

·

overseeing the evaluation of our management board members and our officers;

·

reviewing periodically and making recommendations to our supervisory board with respect to any incentive compensation and equity plans, programs or similar arrangements;

·

exercising the rights of our supervisory board under any equity plans, except for the right to amend any such plans unless otherwise expressly authorized to do so;

·

attending to such other matters as are specifically delegated to our compensation committee by our supervisory board from time to time;

·

approving the compensation package for the officers; and

·

periodically reviewing, in consultation with our CEO, our management board and our officers succession planning.

Our supervisory board may also delegate certain tasks and powers under our Option Plan to the compensation committee.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Our nominating and corporate governance committee consists of Dinko Valerio (chairman) and Paul Baart. Each member satisfies the independence requirements of the NASDAQ listing standards as well as the criteria for independence set forth in best practice provision 2.1.8 of the DCGC, with the exception of Mr. Dinko Valerio. The nominating and corporate governance committee assists our supervisory board in selecting individuals qualified to become our supervisory board members and management board members and in determining the composition of the

109


Table of Contents

management board, supervisory board and its committees and our officers. The nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for, among other things:

·

recommending to the supervisory board persons to be nominated for election or re-election to the supervisory board and the management board at any meeting of the shareholders;

115


Table of Contents

·

overseeing the supervisory board’s annual review of its own performance and the performance of its committees; and

·

considering, preparing and recommending to the supervisory board a set of corporate governance guidelines.

Insurance and Indemnification of Management Board and Supervisory Board Members

Under Dutch law, management board members, supervisory board members and certain other representatives may be held liable for damages in the event of improper or negligent performance of their duties. They may be held jointly and severally liable for damages to the company for infringement of the articles of association or of certain provisions of the Dutch Civil Code. They may also be liable towards third parties for infringement of certain provisions of the Dutch Civil Code. In certain circumstances they may also incur additional specific civil and criminal liabilities.

Our articles of association provide that we will indemnify our management board members, supervisory board members, former management board members and former supervisory board members (each an “Indemnified Person”) against (i) any financial losses or damages incurred by such Indemnified Person and (ii) any expense reasonably paid or incurred by such Indemnified Person in connection with any threatened, pending or completed suit, claim, action or legal proceedings, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative and whether formal or informal, in which he becomes involved, to the extent this relates to his position with the company, in each case to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law. No indemnification shall be given to an Indemnified Person (a) if a Dutch court has established, without possibility for appeal, that the acts or omissions of such Indemnified Person that led to the financial losses, damages, suit, claim, action or legal proceedings result from either an improper performance of his duties as an officer of the company or an unlawful or illegal act and (b) to the extent that his financial losses, damages and expenses are covered by an insurance and the insurer has settled these financial losses, damages and expenses (or has indicated that it would do so). Our supervisory board may stipulate additional terms, conditions and restrictions in relation to such indemnification.

D. Employees

As at December 31, 2017,2018, we had a total of 130.2118.8 employees (converted to FTE). Of these employees, 96.289.2 were engaged in research and development and 3429.6 in general and administrative. For additional details we refer to note 17 to the financial statements. As far as we know, our employees are not represented by a labor union. We have never experienced any employment related work stoppages, and we consider our relations with our employees to be good.

E. Share ownership

Refer to Item 7.A: “Major shareholders” in this annual report.

Jkjlkjlkjlkjlkjk

Jkjkj

ihjhjhjkhjkjkjlkjlkljlkjjhjhkjhkjh

 

 

 

 

 

Item 7: Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions

A. Major shareholders

The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares as at December 31,  20172018 by:

·

each of the members of our supervisory board and management board; and

·

each person, or group of affiliated persons, known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our ordinary shares.

110


Table of Contents

The percentage of shares beneficially owned is based on a total of 31,921,86538,872,936 ordinary shares outstanding as at December 31, 2017.2018. The numbers and percentages of ordinary shares beneficially owned are reported on the basis of regulations of the SEC governing the determination of beneficial ownership of securities. Under the applicable SEC

116


Table of Contents

rules, a person is deemed to be a “beneficial owner” of a security if that person has or shares voting power, which includes the power to vote or direct the voting of such security, or investment power, which includes the power to dispose of or to direct the disposition of such security, or to receive the economic benefit of ownership of the securities. A person is also deemed to be a beneficial owner of any securities of which that person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership within 60 days of December 31, 2017,2018, and such securities are considered outstanding for the purpose of calculating the percentage ownership of that person but not for the purpose of calculating the percentage ownership of any other person. Under these rules, more than one person may be deemed beneficial owner of the same securities and a person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of securities as to which such person has no economic interest. Except as otherwise indicated, each of the beneficial owners has, to our knowledge, sole voting and investment power with respect to the indicated ordinary shares, subject to community property laws, where applicable. Except as otherwise set forth below, the address of the beneficial owner is c/o ProQR Therapeutics N.V., Zernikedreef 9, 2333 CK, Leiden, the Netherlands.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares Beneficially Owned

 

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner 

    

Number 

    

Percentage  

 

5% or Greater Shareholders:

 

  

 

  

 

Sofinnova Capital VII FCPR1

 

3,625,925

 

11.4

%

JDG B.V.2

 

2,786,550

 

8.7

%

Jennison Associates LLC3

 

2,653,552

 

8.3

%

Entities affiliated with Invus (Artal International S.C.A.)4

 

1,900,000

 

6.0

%

Belinda Termeer5

 

1,815,576

 

5.7

%

Supervisory Board Members and Management Board Members

 

  

 

 

 

Dinko Valerio6

 

1,094,275

 

3.4

%

Antoine Papiernik7

 

3,625,925

 

11.4

%

James Shannon8

 

77,846

 

0.2

%

Alison Lawton9

 

28,197

 

0.1

%

Daniel de Boer10

 

1,337,006

 

4.2

%

René Beukema11

 

534,147

 

1.7

%

Paul Baart

 

 —

 

 —

%

All supervisory board members and management board members as a group  (7 persons) 12

 

6,697,396

 

21.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares Beneficially Owned

 

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner 

    

Number 

    

Percentage  

 

5% or Greater Shareholders:

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adage Capital Partner GP, L.L.C.1

 

3,735,507

 

9.6

%

RTW Investments LLC2

 

3,569,613

 

9.2

%

Goldman Sachs Group Inc3

 

3,406,102

 

8.8

%

Jennison Associates LLC4

 

2,995,305

 

7.7

%

UBS Group AG5

 

2,854,433

 

7.3

%

JDG BV6

 

2,786,550

 

7.2

%

Sofinnova Partners7

 

2,764,194

 

7.1

%

Supervisory Board Members and Management Board Members

 

  

 

 

 

Dinko Valerio8

 

1,115,187

 

2.9

%

Antoine Papiernik9

 

2,764,194

 

7.1

%

James Shannon10

 

101,030

 

0.3

%

Alison Lawton11

 

52,315

 

0.1

%

Daniel de Boer12

 

1,097,178

 

2.8

%

René Beukema13

 

577,062

 

1.5

%

Paul Baart

 

 —

 

 —

%

All supervisory board members and management board members as a group  (7 persons) 14

 

5,706,966

 

14.7

%

 


 

1

SofinnovaAdage Capital Partners SAS,GP L.L.C., “ACP” ACP is a French corporationlimited partnership organized under the laws of the State of Delaware. ACPGP and ACA are limited liability companies organized under the management companylaws of Sofinnova Capital VII FCPR, may be deemed to have sole voting and investment power, and the managing partnersState of Sofinnova Partners SAS, Dennis Lucquin, Antoine Papiernik, Dr. Tordjman and Monique Saulnier, may be deemed to have shared voting and investment power with respect to such shares.Delaware. The address of Sofinnova Capital VII FCPRthe business office of each of the Reporting Persons is 16‑18 rue du Quatre-Septembre, Paris 75002, France.200 Clarendon Street, 52nd floor, Boston, Massachusetts 02116.  Based solely on the Schedule 13G/A filed by SofinnovaAdage Capital VII FCPRPartners GP L.L.C. on February 14, 2018.13, 2019.

2

The registered office of RTW Investments, LP is 412 West 15th Street, Floor 9, New York, New York 10011. Based solely on the Schedule 13G filed by RTW Investments, LP on February 22, 2019.

3

The registered office of Goldman Sachs Group Inc is 200 West Street, New York, NY 10282. Based solely on the Schedule 13G filed by Goldman Sachs Group Inc on February 7, 2019.

4

Jennison Associates LLC, “Jennison” furnishes investment advice to several investment companies, insurance separate accounts, and institutional clients "Managed Portfolios". As a result of its role as investment adviser of the Managed Portfolios, Jennison may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of the shares of the Company’s Common Stock held by such Managed Portfolios.  Prudential Financial, Inc. “Prudential” indirectly owns 100% of equity

111


Table of Contents

interests of Jennison.  As a result, Prudential may be deemed to have the power to exercise or to direct the exercise of such voting and/or dispositive power that Jennison may have with respect to the Company’s Common Stock held by the Managed Portfolios. Jennison does not file jointly with Prudential, as such, shares of the Company’s Common Stock reported on Jennison's 13G may be included in the shares reported on the 13G filed by Prudential. The registered office of Jennison Associates LLC is 466 Lexington Ave., New York, NY 10017. Based solely on the Schedule 13G/A filed by Jennison Associates LLC on February 1, 2019.  

5

The registered office of UBS Group AG is Bahnhofstrasse 45, PO Box CH-80982(c), Switzerland. Based solely on the Schedule 13G filed by UBS Group AG on February 15, 2019.

6

JDG B.V. was created as a tax planning vehicle and is owned by three holders, Jeroen Voskamp, Daniel de Boer and Gerard Platenburg, in the following proportions, 26.5%, 38.2% and 35.3%, respectively. None of Messrs. Voskamp, de Boer or Platenburg controls the Reporting Person, and each of Messrs. Voskamp, de Boer or Platenburg have the right to direct voting and dispositive decisions solely with respect to their respective contributed shares. Mr. de Boer is a member of our management board. Mr. Platenburg is an executive officer of our company.

37

Sofinnova Partners SAS, a French corporation and the management company of Sofinnova Capital VII FCPR, may be deemed to have sole voting and investment power, and the managing partners of Sofinnova Partners SAS, Dennis Lucquin, Antoine Papiernik, Dr. Tordjman and Monique Saulnier, may be deemed to have shared voting and investment power with respect to such shares. The registered officeaddress of Jennison Associates LLCSofinnova Capital VII FCPR is 466 Lexington Ave., New York, NY 10017.16‑18 rue du Quatre-Septembre, Paris 75002, France. Based solely on the Schedule 13G/A filed by Jennison Associates LLCSofinnova Capital VII FCPR on February 6, 2018.14, 2019.

4

The registered office of the entities affiliated with Invus (Artal International S.C.A.) is 750 Lexington Ave., 30th Floor, New York, NY 10022. Based solely on the Schedule 13G filed by Invus Public Equities, L.P. on February 9, 2018.

117


Table of Contents

58

Consists of 1,730,714588,457 ordinary shares and options to acquire 84,86271,769 ordinary shares that are currently exercisable or will be exercisable within 60 days after December 31, 2017.

6

Consists of 588,457 ordinary shares and options to acquire 50,855 ordinary shares that are currently exercisable or will be exercisable within 60 days after December 31, 2017.2018. Also includes 454,963 shares held by the Valerio family foundation, Stichting Administratiekantoor Endavit, for which Mr. Valerio is the managing director. The address of Stichting Administratiekantoor Endavit is Vlielandstraat 5, 1181 HZ, Amstelveen,Ondernemingsweg 240, 1422 DZ, Uithoorn, the Netherlands.

79

Consists of 3,625,9252,764,194 ordinary shares held by Sofinnova Capital VII FCPR. Antoine Papiernik may be deemed to have shared voting and investment power with respect to such shares as a managing partner of Sofinnova Partners SAS, the management company of Sofinnova Capital VII FCPR.

810

Consists of 61,538 ordinary shares and options to acquire 16,30839,492 ordinary shares that are currently exercisable or will be exercisable within 60 days after December 31, 2017.2018.

911

Consists of options to acquire 28,19752,315 ordinary shares that are currently exercisable or will be exercisable within 60 days after December 31, 2017.2018.

1012

Consists of options to acquire 184,713391,869 ordinary shares that are currently exercisable or will be exercisable within 60 days after December 31, 2017,2018, and 1,152,293705,309 ordinary shares held by Appel BV and JDG B.V., which share is owned and controlled by Daniel de Boer, our chief executive officer.BV.

1113

Consists of 346,239 ordinary shares and options to acquire 187,908230,823 ordinary shares that are currently exercisable or will be exercisable within 60 days after December 31, 2017.2018.

1214

Consists of 5,376,3764,920,700 ordinary shares and options to acquire 467,981786,268 ordinary shares that are currently exercisable or will be exercisable within 60 days after December 31, 2017.2018.

Holdings by U.S. Shareholders

As at December 31, 2017,2018, approximately 92.9%99.7% of our ordinary shares were held by 2 record holders in the United States, which excludes shareholders whose shares were held in nominee or street name by brokers.

112


Table of Contents

B. Related party transactions

Since January 1, 2017,2018, there have been no material transactions that are unusual in their nature or conditions with any of our related parties, except for transactions as set out in note 23 to the financial statements as included elsewhere in this report.

Registration Rights Agreement

We have entered into a registration rights agreement with certain of our existing shareholders pursuant to which we will grant them customary registration rights for the resale of their ordinary shares, as summarized below.

Demand registration rights. Certain of our shareholders that are party to the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of September 17, 2014, among us and the other parties thereto (the “RRA Shareholders”) are entitled to request that we effect up to an aggregate of two demand registrations under the Registration Rights Agreement, and no more than two demand registrations within any twelve-month period, covering the RRA Shareholders’ ordinary shares (“registrable securities”) that total at least one-third of the outstanding registrable securities and which have an anticipated aggregate net offering price of at least $10$ 10 million. In addition, when we are eligible to use Form F‑3, RRA Shareholders holding an aggregate of at least 30% of the registrable securities and which have an anticipated aggregate net offering price of at least $ 5 million have the right to request that we file a registration statement on Form F‑3. These demand registration rights are subject to certain customary conditions and limitations, including customary underwriter cutback rights and deferral rights.

118


Table of Contents

Piggyback registration rights. If we propose to register any ordinary shares (other than in registration statements covering share options under our equity incentive plans, a Rule 145 transaction or a dividend reinvestment plan), the RRA Shareholders are entitled to notice of such registration and to include their registrable securities in that registration. The managing underwriter has the right to limit the number of registrable securities included in a piggyback registration if the managing underwriter believes it would interfere with the successful marketing of the ordinary shares.

Subject to limited exceptions, the Registration Rights Agreement provides that we must pay all registration expenses in connection with a demand, piggyback or shelf registration. The Registration Rights Agreement contains customary indemnification and contribution provisions. The registration rights summarized above terminate upon the earliest of the occurrence of a sale event of our company, such time as Rule 144 or another similar exemption under the Securities Act is available for the sale of all of each RRA Shareholder’s shares without limitation during a three-month period without registration, or the fifth anniversary of our initial public offering.

C. Interests of experts and counsel

Not applicable.

Item 8: Financial Information

A. Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information

Consolidated financial statements

Consolidated financial statements are filed as part of this annual report, starting page F‑1.

Legal proceedings

From time to time we could be involved in legal proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of business. As at December 31, 2017,2018, we believe no proceedings exists of which the outcome, if determined adversely, will have a material adverse effect on our financial position. During the period covered by the audited and approved financial statements contained herein, we have not been a party to or paid any damages in connection with litigation that has had a material adverse effect on our financial position. Any future litigation may result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management and employees. No assurance can be given that future litigation will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position. Refer to Item 3.D: “Risk factors.”

113


Table of Contents

Dividends and other Distributions

We may only make distributions to our shareholders and other persons entitled to distributable profits, to the extent that our shareholders’ equity exceeds the sum of the paid-up and called-up share capital plus the reserves as required to be maintained by Dutch law or by our articles of association.

Under our articles of association, a (cumulative) dividend is first paid out of the profit, if available for distribution, on any preferred shares. Any amount remaining out of the profit is carried to reserve as the management board determines. After reservation by the management board of any profit, the remaining profit will be at the disposal of the general meeting of shareholders. The management board is permitted, subject to certain requirements and subject to approval of the supervisory board, to declare interim dividends without the approval of the general meeting of shareholders.

Distributions shall be payable in such currency as determined by our management board. We intend that distributions, if any, shall be payable on such date as determined by our management board. Our management board will set the date that will be applied in order to establish which shareholders (or usufructuaries or pledgees, as the case may be) are entitled to the distribution, such date not being earlier than the date on which the distribution was announced. Claims for payment of dividends and other distributions not made within five years from the date that such dividends or distributions became payable, will lapse and any such amounts will be considered to have been forfeited to us (“verjaring”).

119


Table of Contents

We have never declared or paid any dividends on our ordinary shares, and we currently do not plan to declare dividends on our ordinary shares in the foreseeable future.

B. Significant Changes

There have been no significant changes since the date of the annual financial statements.

Item 9: The Offer and Listing

A. Offering and listing details

See “Item 9.C The Offer and Listing - Markets.”

B. Plan of distribution

Not applicable.

114


Table of Contents

C. Markets

The following table sets forth the high and low sales prices as reported by NASDAQ for each year, quarter and the most recent six months:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

High

    

Low

    

High

    

Low

 

(in $)

 

(in $)

Annual highs and lows

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Year ended December 31, 2014 (from September 18, 2014)

 

23.02

 

11.00

 

23.02

 

11.00

Year ended December 31, 2015

 

27.60

 

6.95

 

27.60

 

6.95

Year ended December 31, 2016

 

8.96

 

3.48

 

8.96

 

3.48

Year ended December 31, 2017

 

6.90

 

2.75

 

6.90

 

2.75

Year ended December 31, 2018

 

24.00

 

2.80

 

 

 

 

Quarterly highs and lows

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

First quarter 2016

 

8.96

 

3.48

Second quarter 2016

 

6.76

 

3.55

Third quarter 2016

 

7.93

 

4.56

Fourth quarter 2016

 

8.70

 

3.95

First quarter 2017

 

5.20

 

3.65

 

5.20

 

3.65

Second quarter 2017

 

5.45

 

4.60

 

5.45

 

4.60

Third quarter 2017

 

6.90

 

4.30

 

6.90

 

4.30

Fourth quarter 2017

 

4.97

 

2.75

 

4.97

 

2.75

First quarter 2018

 

3.80

 

2.80

Second quarter 2018

 

7.45

 

2.90

Third quarter 2018

 

22.85

 

6.25

Fourth quarter 2018

 

24.00

 

14.83

Monthly highs and lows

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

September 30, 2017

 

6.90

 

4.60

October 31, 2017

 

4.97

 

3.75

November 30, 2017

 

4.00

 

2.90

December 31, 2017

 

3.35

 

2.75

January 31, 2018

 

3.80

 

2.95

February 28, 2018

 

3.55

 

2.80

September 30, 2018

 

22.85

 

7.56

October 31, 2018

 

21.40

 

16.62

November 30, 2018

 

24.00

 

17.50

December 31, 2018

 

19.95

 

14.83

January 31, 2019

 

18.94

 

13.83

February 28, 2019

 

16.99

 

12.25

Since September 18, 2014, our ordinary shares have been listed on the NASDAQ Global Market under ticker symbol PRQR. On March 9, 2018,11,  2019, the closing price per share reported on the NASDAQ Global Market was $ 3.40.14.76

D. Selling shareholders

Not applicable.

120


Table of Contents

E. Dilution

Not applicable.

F. Expenses of the issue

Not applicable.

Item 10: Additional Information

A. Share capital

Not applicable.

115


Table of Contents

B. Memorandum and articles of association

General

We were incorporated on February 21, 2012 as a private company with limited liability (‘besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid’) under Dutch law. In connection with our initial public offering in 2014, our shareholders resolved to amend our articles of association and to convert into a public company with limited liability by means of a Deed of Amendment and Conversion, pursuant to which, we converted to a public company with limited liability (‘naamloze vennootschap’) under the laws of the Netherlands. In connection with this conversion, our legal name changed from ProQR Therapeutics B.V. to ProQR Therapeutics N.V. Recently, onOn 22 June 2016 the articles of association were amended to (i) add certain places where general meeting of shareholders may be held and (ii) amend the term ‘annual report’ to ‘report of the Management Board’ to comply with the Implementation Act Annual Accounts Directive (‘Uitvoeringswet richtlijn jaarrekening’) (Bulletin of Acts and Decrees (‘Staatsblad’) 2015, 349), pursuant to which act this term has been amended accordingly. On 19 February 2018, the articles of association were amended to (i) to increase the authorized share capital, and (ii) to delete the requirement of a deed for the issuance of shares.

Our company is registered with the Dutch Trade Register of the Chamber of Commerce (‘handelsregister van de Kamer van Koophandel en Fabrieken’) in Leiden, the Netherlands under number 54600790. Our corporate seat is in Leiden, the Netherlands, and our registered office is at Zernikedreef 9, 2333 CK Leiden, the Netherlands.

At  December 31, 2017,2018, our authorized share capital is € 3,000,000, divided into 37,500,000 ordinary shares and 37,500,000 preferred shares, each with a nominal value of € 0.04. In February 2018, our shareholders approved an amendment of our articles of association to increase the authorized share capital to € 7,200,000, divided into 90,000,000 ordinary shares and 90,000,000 preferred shares. Aforesaid increase is effected on February 27, 2018. Under Dutch law, our authorized share capital is the maximum capital that we may issue without amending our articlesshares, each with a nominal value of association.€ 0.04.

Our ordinary shares are listed on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “PRQR.”

We have listed our ordinary shares in registered form and our shares are not certificated. We have appointed American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC as our agent to maintain our shareholders register and to act as transfer agent, registrar and paying agent for the ordinary shares. Our ordinary shares are traded on the NASDAQ Global Market in book-entry form.

Articles of Association and Dutch Law

Set forth below is a summary of relevant information concerning the material provisions of our articles of association and applicable Dutch law. This summary does not constitute legal advice regarding those matters and should not be regarded as such.

121


Table of Contents

Anti-Takeover Measure

To enable us to pursue our business strategy and the successful development of our product pipeline and to protect our interests and those of our stakeholders (including shareholders, employees and patient populations), our business strategy, our continuity and our independence against actual and potential threats, we have adopted an anti-takeover measure by granting a perpetual and repeatedly exercisable call option to a protection foundation, Stichting Continuity ProQR Therapeutics. The call option confers on the protection foundation the right to acquire under certain conditions such number of preferred shares as equals, at the time of exercise of the call option, the lesser of: (i) the total number of shares equal to our issued share capital at that time, minus the number of preferred shares already held by the protection foundation at that time (if any) or (ii) the maximum number of preferred shares that may be issued under our authorized share capital under our articles of association from time to time. The protection foundation’s articles of association provide that it will act to promote and protect the best interests of us, our business and our stakeholders, including patient populations that may benefit from our products and pipeline, by opposing any influences that conflict with these interests and threaten to undermine our strategy, continuity, independence and identity. The board of the protection foundation is independent from us, our stakeholders and our subsidiaries.

Upon exercise of the call option, the preferred shares will be issued to the protection foundation for their nominal value, of which only 25% will be due upon issuance. The voting rights of our shares are based on nominal value and as we expect our shares to trade substantially in excess of nominal value, a foundation acquiring preferred shares issued at 25% of their nominal value can obtain significant voting power for a substantially reduced price and thus be used as a

116


Table of Contents

defensive measure. These preferred shares will have both a liquidation and dividend preference over our ordinary shares and will accrue cash dividends at a fixed rate with deficits in a preferred dividend being carried forward. The protection foundation may exercise the call option to acquire preferred shares in order to protect us from influences that do not serve our best interests and threaten to undermine our strategy, continuity, independence and identity. These influences may include a third-party acquiring a significant percentage of our ordinary shares, the announcement of a public offer for our ordinary shares, other concentration of control over our ordinary shares or any other form of pressure on us to alter our strategic policies.

Company’s Shareholders’ Register

All of our registered shares are registered in our shareholders’ register. Subject to Dutch law and our articles of association, we must keep our shareholders’ register accurate and up-to-date. Our shareholders’ register shall be kept by our management board and, when it regards the subregister, on behalf of the management board by our agent. In our shareholders’ register the names and addresses and other relevant details of all holders of registered shares are recorded, showing the date on which the shares were acquired, the date of the acknowledgement by or notification of us as well as the amount paid on each share. The shareholders’ register also includes the names and addresses and other relevant details of those with a right usufruct (‘vruchtgebruik’) or a right of pledge (‘pandrecht’) in respect of such shares. The ordinary shares offered in this offering will be held through DTC, therefore DTC will be recorded in the shareholders register as the holder of those ordinary shares.

Shareholders, usufructuaries and pledgees whose particulars must be recorded in our shareholders’ register are required to provide our management board with the necessary particulars in a timely fashion. Upon request, shareholders, usufructuaries and pledgees shall be provided with an extract of our shareholders’ register in respect of their right to one or more registered shares.

Issuance of Shares and Pre-emptive Rights

Under Dutch law, shares are issued and rights to subscribe for shares are granted pursuant to a resolution of the general meeting of shareholders. Our articles of association provide that our general meeting of shareholders may only adopt such resolution upon a proposal of our management board, which proposal must have been approved by our supervisory board. Our general meeting of shareholders may authorize our management board to issue new shares or grant rights to subscribe for shares. The authorization can be granted and extended, in each case for a period not exceeding five years. For as long as such authorization is effective, our general meeting of shareholders will not have the power to issue shares

122


Table of Contents

and rights to subscribe for shares. Pursuant to our articles of association, our management board may only exercise the power to issue shares with the approval of our supervisory board.

On May 10, 2017,16, 2018, our general meeting of shareholders adopted a resolution pursuant to which our management board will be irrevocably authorizedthe aforesaid authorizations to followingissue shares and to limit and exclude preemptive rights was renewed. In this renewed authorization the Management Board was delegated the authority to resolve, subject to approval of our supervisory board,the Supervisory Board, to, in accordance with applicable laws and NASDAQ listing rules and for a period of 5 years from the date of the resolution of the general meeting of shareholders: (a) issue ordinary shares up to 100% of the Company's authorized share capital for general purposes and/or for mergers, demergers, acquisitionsas reflected above and other strategic transactions and alliances or a combination thereof of up to 30% ofissuances under Company’s stock option plans with the Company's issued share capital plus for issuanceproviso that the issuances under stock option plans of upis limited to 15% of the Company's issued share capital minus(minus any treasury shares for a period of five years fromshares) at the date of AGM ; (b) grant rights to subscribe for ordinary shares as described under (a); and (c) limit or exclude the resolution.pre-emptive rights of holders of ordinary shares, which delegation shall include the authority to determine the price and further terms and conditions of any such share issuance or grants.

Under Dutch law, in the event of an issuance of ordinary shares or granting of rights to subscribe for ordinary shares, each shareholder will have a pro rata preemptive right in proportion to the aggregate nominal value of the ordinary shares held by such holder. A holder of ordinary shares does not have a preemptive right with respect to the issuance of—or granting of rights to subscribe for (i) ordinary shares for consideration other than cash, or (ii) ordinary shares to our employees or employees of one of our group companies, or (iii) ordinary shares to persons exercising a previously granted right to subscribe for shares, or (iv) preferred shares.

The preemptive rights in respect of newly issued ordinary shares may be restricted or excluded by a resolution of the general meeting of shareholders. Our articles of association provide that our general meeting of shareholders may only

117


Table of Contents

adopt such resolution upon a proposal of our management board, which proposal must have been approved by our supervisory board. Our general meeting of shareholders may authorize our management board to restrict or exclude the preemptive rights in respect of newly issued ordinary shares. Such authorization for the management board can be granted and extended, in each case for a period not exceeding five years. For as long as such authorization is effective, our general meeting of shareholders will not have the power to limit or exclude preemptive rights and such authorization may not be revoked unless stipulated otherwise in the authorization. A resolution of the general meeting of shareholders to restrict or exclude the preemptive rights or to designate our management board as the authorized body to do so requires at least a two-thirds majority of the votes cast, if less than one half of our issued share capital is represented at the meeting.

Preferred shares do not carry preemptive rights in respect of newly issued ordinary shares or preferred shares, nor do holders of ordinary shares have preemptive rights in respect of newly issued preferred shares. The call option of the protection foundation to acquire newly issued preferred shares of the company, see “Description of Share Capital—Anti-Takeover Measure”, is an irrevocable and repeatedly exercisable right to subscribe for preferred shares.

On September 15, 2014, our general meeting of shareholders adopted a resolution pursuant to which our management board will be irrevocably authorized to—following approval of our supervisory board—limit or exclude the preemptive rights of holders of ordinary shares for a period of five years from the date of such resolution.

On May 10, 2017,16, 2018, our general meeting of shareholders adopted a resolution pursuant to which the aforesaid authorizations to issue shares and to limit and exclude preemptive rights was renewed. In this renewed authorization the Management Board was delegated the authority to resolve, subject to approval of the Supervisory Board, to, in accordance with applicable laws and NASDAQ listing rules: (a) issue of ordinary shares for general purposes and/or for mergers, demergers, acquisitionsrules and other strategic transactions and alliances (or a combination thereof) up to 30% of the Company's issued share capital, plus for issuance under stock option plans up to 15% of the Company's issued share capital (minus any treasury shares), for a period of 5 years from the date of the resolution of the general meeting of shareholders;shareholders: (a) issue ordinary shares up to 100% of the Company's authorized share capital for general purposes as reflected above and issuances under Company’s stock option plans with the proviso that the issuances under stock option plans is limited to 15% of the Company's issued share capital (minus any treasury shares) at the date of AGM ; (b) grant rights to subscribe for ordinary shares as described under (a); and (c) limit or exclude the pre-emptive rights of holders of ordinary shares, for a period of 5 years from the date of the resolution of the general meeting of shareholders, which delegation shall include the authority to determine the price and further terms and conditions of any such share issuance or grant. The words “issued share capital” means the Company’s issued share capital from time to time. For the avoidance of doubt, in the context of the 30% authorization for general purposes and/or for mergers, demergers, acquisitions and other strategic transactions and alliances (or a combination thereof) the issued share capital includes treasury shares, if any.

123


Table of Contents

grants.

Repurchases of our Shares

Under Dutch law, we may not subscribe for newly issued shares in our own capital. We may acquire our shares, subject to applicable provisions and restrictions of Dutch law and our articles of association, to the extent that:

·

such shares are fully paid-up;

·

such shares are acquired for no consideration or such repurchase would not cause our shareholders’ equity to fall below an amount equal to the sum of the paid-up and called-up part of the issued share capital and the reserves we are required to maintain pursuant to Dutch law or our articles of association; and

·

after the acquisition of shares, we and our subsidiaries would not hold, or would not hold as pledgees, shares having an aggregate nominal value that exceeds 50% of our issued share capital.

Other than shares acquired for no consideration or by universal succession, we may acquire shares only if our general meeting of shareholders has authorized the management board to do so. An authorization by the general meeting of shareholders for the acquisition of shares can be granted for a maximum period of 18 months. Such authorization must specify the number of shares that may be acquired, the manner in which these shares may be acquired and the price range within which the shares may be acquired. No authorization of the general meeting of shareholders is required if ordinary shares are acquired by us on NASDAQ with the intention of transferring such ordinary shares to our employees or employees of a group company pursuant to an arrangement applicable to them. Our articles of association further provide that a resolution of our management board to acquire fully paid-up shares in our share capital requires the approval of our supervisory board.

On May 10, 2017, our general meeting of shareholders adopted a resolution pursuant to which our management board will be authorized to acquire up to 10 % of our issued share capital plus, in case of a material reorganization of the

118


Table of Contents

capital structure of the Company an additional 10%,on NASDAQ or by other means for an 18 month period from the date of such resolution for a price per share not exceeding 110% of the market price of the ordinary shares on NASDAQ (with the market price deemed to be the average of the closing price on each of the five consecutive days of trading preceding the three trading days prior to the date of acquisition).

Capital Reductions; Cancellation

At a general meeting of shareholders, our shareholders may resolve to reduce our issued share capital by (i) cancelling shares or (ii) reducing the nominal value of the shares by virtue of an amendment to our articles of association. In either case, this reduction would be subject to applicable statutory provisions. A resolution to cancel shares may only relate (x) to shares held by the company itself or in respect of which the company holds the depository receipts, and (y) to all preferred shares. Our articles of association provide that our general meeting of shareholders may only adopt such resolution upon a proposal of our management board, which proposal must have been approved by our supervisory board. In order to be adopted by the general meeting of shareholders, a resolution to reduce the capital requires a simple majority of the votes cast at a general meeting of shareholders if at least half the issued capital is represented at the meeting or at least two-thirds of the votes cast at the general meeting of shareholders if less than half of the issued capital is represented at the general meeting of shareholders.

A reduction of the nominal value of shares without repayment and without release from the obligation to pay up the shares must be effectuated proportionally on shares of the same class (unless all shareholders concerned agree to a disproportionate reduction). A resolution that would result in a reduction of capital requires approval of the meeting of each group of holders of shares of the same class whose rights are prejudiced by the reduction. In addition, a reduction of capital involves a two month waiting period during which creditors have the right to object to a reduction of capital under specified circumstances.

In the event that all preferred shares are cancelled, distributions shall be made to the protection foundation as sole holder of such preferred shares.

124


Table of Contents

Corporate Objectives

Under our articles of association, our corporate objectives are:

·

the development, bringing to market and exploitation of products and technologies in the field of biotechnology;

·

the research and development of (or the commission to research and develop) patents, know-how and intellectual and industrial property;

·

to make our products available to the patient populations that may benefit from such products and to maintain a suitable pipeline of products that may be beneficial for relevant patient populations;

·

to participate in, to finance, to hold any other interest in and to conduct the management or supervision of other entities, companies, partnerships and businesses;

·

to furnish guarantees, to provide security, to warrant performance in any other way and to assume liability, whether jointly and severally or otherwise, in respect of obligations of group companies or other parties; and

·

to do anything which, in the widest sense of the words, is connected with or may be conducive to the attainment of these objects.

Amendment of Articles of Association

Our general meeting of shareholders, at the proposal of our management board, with the prior approval of our supervisory board, may resolve to amend our articles of association. A resolution taken by the general meeting of shareholders to amend our articles of association requires a simple majority of the votes cast.

119


Table of Contents

General Meetings of Shareholders

General meetings of shareholders are held in Leiden, Amsterdam, Rotterdam, Schiphol Airport (municipality Haarlemmermeer), The Hague, Oegstgeest, Leidschendam, Katwijk, Noordwijk or in Wassenaar, the Netherlands. All shareholders and others entitled to attend general meetings of shareholders are authorized to attend the general meeting of shareholders, to address the meeting and, in so far as they have such right, to vote, either in person or by proxy.

We must hold at least one general meeting of shareholders each year, to be held within six months after the end of our financial year. A general meeting of shareholders shall also be held within three months after our management board has considered it to be likely that the company’s equity has decreased to an amount equal to or lower than half of its paid up and called up capital. If the management board and supervisory board have failed to ensure that such general meetings of shareholders as referred to in the preceding sentences are held in a timely fashion, each shareholder and other person entitled to attend shareholders’ meetings may be authorized by the Dutch court to convene the general meeting of shareholders.

Our management board and our supervisory board may convene additional extraordinary general meetings of shareholders whenever they so decide. Pursuant to Dutch law, one or more shareholders and/or others entitled to attend general meetings of shareholders, alone or jointly representing at least ten percent of our issued share capital may on their application, be authorized by the Dutch court to convene a general meeting of shareholders. The Dutch court will disallow the application if it does not appear to it that the applicants have previously requested that the management board or supervisory board convenes a shareholders’ meeting and neither the management board nor the supervisory board has taken the necessary steps so that the shareholders’ meeting could be held within eight weeks after the request.

General meetings of shareholders are convened by a notice which includes an agenda stating the items to be discussed. For the annual general meeting of shareholders the agenda will include, among other things, the adoption of our annual

125


Table of Contents

accounts, the appropriation of our profits or losses and proposals relating to the composition and filling of any vacancies of the management board or supervisory board. In addition, the agenda for a general meeting of shareholders includes such items as have been included therein by our management board or our supervisory board. Pursuant to Dutch law, one or more shareholders and/or others entitled to attend general meetings of shareholders, alone or jointly representing at least 3% of the issued share capital have the right to request the inclusion of additional items on the agenda of shareholders’ meetings. Such requests must be made in writing, substantiated, or by a proposal for a resolution and received by us no later than the sixtieth day before the day the relevant general meeting of shareholders is held. No resolutions will be adopted on items other than those which have been included in the agenda.

We will give notice of each general meeting of shareholders by publication on our website and, to the extent required by applicable law, in a Dutch daily newspaper with national distribution, and in any other manner that we may be required to follow in order to comply with Dutch law, applicable stock exchange and SEC requirements. We will observe the statutory minimum convening notice period for a general meeting of shareholders.

Pursuant to our articles of association, our management board may determine a record date (‘registratiedatum’) of 28 calendar days prior to a general meeting of shareholders to establish which shareholders and others with meeting rights are entitled to attend and, if applicable, vote in the general meeting of shareholders. The record date, if any, and the manner in which shareholders can register and exercise their rights will be set out in the convocation notice of the general meeting of shareholders. Our articles of association provide that a shareholder must notify the company in writing of his identity and his intention to attend (or be represented at) the general meeting of shareholders, such notice to be received by us ultimately on the seventh day prior to the general meeting of shareholders. If this requirement is not complied with or if upon direction of the company to that effect no proper identification is provided by any person wishing to enter the general meeting of shareholders, the chairman of the general meeting of shareholders may, in his sole discretion, refuse entry to the shareholder or his proxy holder.

Pursuant to our articles of association, our general meeting of shareholders is chaired by the chairman of our supervisory board. If the chairman of our supervisory board is absent and has not charged another person to chair the meeting in his place, the supervisory board members present at the meeting shall appoint one of them to be chairman. If no supervisory board members are present at the general meeting of shareholders, the general meeting of shareholders will be chaired by our CEO or, if our CEO is absent, another management board member present at the meeting and, if none of them is

120


Table of Contents

present, the general meeting of shareholders shall appoint its own chairman. The person who should chair the meeting may appoint another person in his stead.

The chairman of the general meeting of shareholders may decide at his discretion to admit other persons to the meeting. The chairman of the general meeting of shareholders shall appoint another person present at the shareholders’ meeting to act as secretary and to minute the proceedings at the meeting. The chairman of the general meeting of shareholders may instruct a civil law notary to draw up a notarial report of the proceedings at the company’s expense, in which case no minutes need to be taken. The chairman of the general meeting of shareholders is authorized to eject any person from the general meeting of shareholders if the chairman considers that person to disrupt the orderly proceedings. The general meeting of shareholders shall be conducted in the English language.

Voting Rights and Quorum Requirements

In accordance with Dutch law and our articles of association, each issued ordinary share and preferred share confers the right on the holder thereof to cast one vote at the general meeting of shareholders. The voting rights attached to any shares held by us or our direct or indirect subsidiaries are suspended as long as they are held in treasury. Dutch law does not permit cumulative voting for the election of management board members or supervisory board members.

Voting rights may be exercised by shareholders or by a duly appointed proxy holder (the written proxy being acceptable to the chairman of the general meeting of shareholders) of a shareholder, which proxy holder need not be a shareholder. Our articles of association do not limit the number of shares that may be voted by a single shareholder.

Under our articles of association, blank votes, abstentions and invalid votes shall not be counted as votes cast. Further, shares in respect of which a blank or invalid vote has been cast and shares in respect of which the person with meeting

126


Table of Contents

rights who is present or represented at the meeting has abstained from voting are counted when determining the part of the issued share capital that is present or represented at a general meeting of shareholders. The chairman of the general meeting of shareholders shall determine the manner of voting and whether voting may take place by acclamation.

In accordance with Dutch law and generally accepted business practices, our articles of association do not provide quorum requirements generally applicable to general meetings of shareholders. To this extent, our practice varies from the requirement of NASDAQ Listing Rule 5620(c), which requires an issuer to provide in its bylaws for a generally applicable quorum, and that such quorum may not be less than one-third of the outstanding voting shares.

Resolutions of the general meeting of shareholders are adopted by a simple majority of votes cast without quorum requirement, except where Dutch law or our articles of association provide for a special majority and/or quorum in relation to specified resolutions.

The chairman of the general meeting of shareholders shall decide on the method of voting and may determine the voting procedure. The determination made by the chairman of the general meeting of shareholders with regard to the results of a vote shall be decisive. However, where the accuracy of the chairman’s determination is contested immediately after it has been made, a new vote shall take place if the majority of the general meeting of shareholders so requires or, where the original vote did not take place by response to a roll call or in writing, if any party with voting rights present at the meeting so requires.

Our management board will keep a record of the resolutions passed at each general meeting of shareholders. The record shall be available at our office for inspection by any person entitled to attend general meetings of shareholders and upon request a copy of or extract from the record will be provided to such person at no more than the cost price.

Our articles of association and Dutch law provide that resolutions of our management board concerning a material change in the identity or character of the company or our business are subject to the approval of the general meeting of shareholders. Such changes include in any event:

·

a transfer of all or materially all of our business to a third party;

121


Table of Contents

·

the entry into or termination of a long-lasting alliance of the company or of a subsidiary either with another entity or company, or as a fully liable partner of a limited partnership or partnership, if this alliance or termination is of significant importance for the company; and

·

the acquisition or disposition of an interest in the capital of a company by the company or by a subsidiary with a value of at least one third of the value of the assets, according to the balance sheet with explanatory notes or, if the company prepares a consolidated balance sheet, according to the consolidated balance sheet with explanatory notes in the company’s most recently adopted annual accounts.

Adoption of Annual Accounts and Discharge of Management and Supervisory Liability

Pursuant to Dutch law, we are required to publish our annual accounts within eight days after adoption and ultimately within 13 months after the end of our financial year.

Each year within five months after the end of our financial year, save where this period is extended for a maximum of six months by the general meeting of shareholders on account of special circumstances, our management board will prepare the annual accounts. The annual accounts must be accompanied by an auditor’s certificate, a report of the management board and certain other mandatory information and must be made available for inspection by our shareholders at our offices within the same period. Under Dutch law, the general meeting of shareholders may appoint and remove our independent auditors, as referred to in Section 2:393 Dutch Civil Code, who audit the annual accounts. If the general meeting of shareholders fails to appoint an independent auditor, the auditor will be appointed by the supervisory board or, if the supervisory board fails to do so, the management board. The annual accounts are adopted by our shareholders at the general meeting of shareholders and will be prepared in accordance with Part 9 of Book 2 of the Dutch Civil Code.

127


Table of Contents

The adoption of the annual accounts by our shareholders does not release our management board members and our supervisory board members from liability for acts reflected in those documents. Any such release from liability requires a separate shareholders’ resolution.

Our financial reporting will be subject to the supervision of the Dutch regulator AFM. The AFM will review the content of the financial reports and has the authority to approach us with requests for information if, on the basis of publicly available information, it has reasonable doubts as to the integrity of our financial reporting. For a more detailed description we refer to the description below under the heading “—Dutch Financial Reporting Supervision Act.”

Dividends and other Distributions

We may only make distributions to our shareholders and other persons entitled to distributable profits, to the extent that our shareholders’ equity exceeds the sum of the paid-up and called-up share capital plus the reserves as required to be maintained by Dutch law or by our articles of association.

Under our articles of association, a (cumulative) dividend is first paid out of the profit, if available for distribution, on any preferred shares, of which none will be outstanding on completion of this offering. Any amount remaining out of the profit is carried to reserve as the management board determines. After reservation by the management board of any profit, the remaining profit will be at the disposal of the general meeting of shareholders. The management board is permitted, subject to certain requirements and subject to approval of the supervisory board, to declare interim dividends without the approval of the general meeting of shareholders.

Distributions shall be payable in such currency as determined by our management board. We intend that distributions, if any, shall be payable on such date as determined by our management board. Our management board will set the date that will be applied in order to establish which shareholders (or usufructuaries or pledgees, as the case may be) are entitled to the distribution, such date not being earlier than the date on which the distribution was announced. Claims for payment of dividends and other distributions not made within five years from the date that such dividends or distributions became payable, will lapse and any such amounts will be considered to have been forfeited to us (‘verjaring’).

We do not anticipate paying any dividends for the foreseeable future.

122


Table of Contents

Liquidation and Dissolution

The general meeting of shareholders may, based on a proposal by our management board, which proposal has been approved by our supervisory board, resolve to dissolve the company by a resolution passed by a simple majority of the votes cast. In the event of the company being dissolved, the liquidation shall be effected by our management board under the supervision of the supervisory board, unless the general meeting of shareholders decides otherwise.

In the event of a dissolution and liquidation, the assets remaining after payment of all of the company’s debts (including any liquidation expenses) are to be distributed (i) firstly to the holders, if any, of preferred shares the nominal value of the preferred shares (to the extent paid-up) plus unpaid accrued dividends and deficits (if any) in preferred dividends, (ii) the balance remaining to the holders of ordinary shares in proportion to the aggregate nominal value of their ordinary shares. The liquidation and all distributions referred to in this paragraph will be made in accordance with the relevant provisions of Dutch law.

Limitations on Non-Residents and Exchange Controls

There are no limits under the laws of the Netherlands or in our articles of association on non-residents of the Netherlands holding or voting our ordinary shares. Under Dutch law, there currently are no exchange controls applicable to the transfer of dividends or other distributions with respect to, or of the proceeds from the sale of, shares in a Dutch company, to persons outside the Netherlands.

128


Table of Contents

Netherlands Squeeze-Out Proceedings

Pursuant to Section 2:92a of the Dutch Civil Code, a shareholder who for its own account (or together with its group companies) provides at least 95% of our issued share capital may institute proceedings against our other shareholders jointly for the transfer of their shares to it. The proceedings are held before the Enterprise Chamber of the Amsterdam Court of Appeal (‘Ondernemingskamer’) and can be instituted by means of a writ of summons served upon each of the minority shareholders in accordance with the provisions of the Dutch Code of Civil Procedure (‘Wetboek van Burgerlijke Rechtsvordering’). The Enterprise Chamber may grant the claim for squeeze-out in relation to all minority shareholders and will determine the price to be paid for the shares, if necessary after appointment of one or three experts who will offer an opinion to the Enterprise Chamber on the value of the shares of the minority shareholders. Once the order to transfer by the Enterprise Chamber of the Amsterdam Court of Appeal becomes final and irrevocable, the majority shareholder that instituted the squeeze-out proceedings shall give written notice of the date and place of payment and the price to the holders of the shares to be acquired whose addresses are known to the majority shareholder. Unless the addresses of all minority shareholders are known to the majority shareholder acquiring the shares, the majority shareholder is required to publish the same in a newspaper with a national circulation.

A shareholder that provides a majority of our issued share capital, but less than the 95% required to institute the squeeze-out proceedings described above, may seek to propose and implement one or more restructuring transactions with the objective to obtain at least 95% of our issued share capital and thus to be allowed to initiate squeeze-out proceedings. Those restructuring transactions could, amongst other things, include a legal merger or demerger involving our company, a contribution of cash and/or assets against issuance of shares involving our company, the issue of new shares to the majority shareholder while excluding any pre-emption rights of minority shareholders in relation to such issuance or an asset sale transaction.

In Dutch public takeover practice, depending on the circumstances, an asset sale transaction is sometimes used as a way to squeeze out minority shareholders, for example, after a successful public offer, or tender offer, through which the offeror acquires a supermajority, but less than all, of the shares. In such a scenario, the business of the target company would be sold to an offeror, a buyer or a special purpose vehicle, followed by the liquidation of the target company. The purchase price would be distributed to all shareholders in proportion to their respective shareholding as liquidation proceeds, thus separating the business from the company in which minority shareholders participated.

Under our articles of association, any proposal to sell and transfer all of our assets and to dissolve and liquidate our company is subject to approval by a majority of the votes cast in our general meeting of shareholders which must be preceded by a proposal by our management board, which must be approved by our supervisory board.

123


Table of Contents

C. Material contracts

Except as otherwise disclosed in this annual report (including the Exhibits), we are currently not, and have not been in the two years preceding publication of this annual report, party to any material contract, other than contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business.

D. Exchange controls

Cash dividends payable on our ordinary shares may be officially transferred from the Netherlands to non-residents and converted into any other currency without legal restrictions imposed by Dutch law, except that for statistical purposes such payments and transactions must be reported to the Dutch Central Bank, and furthermore, no payments, including dividend payments, may be made to jurisdictions subject to sanctions adopted by the government of the Netherlands and implementing resolutions of the Security Council of the United Nations.

129


Table of Contents

E. Taxation

Taxation in the Netherlands

General

The following is a general summary of certain material Dutch tax consequences of the holding and disposal of the ordinary shares. This summary does not purport to describe all possible tax considerations or consequences that may be relevant to all categories of investors, some of which may be subject to special treatment under applicable law (such as trusts or other similar arrangements), and in view of its general nature, it should be treated with corresponding caution. Holders should consult with their tax advisors with regard to the tax consequences of investing in the ordinary shares in their particular circumstances. The discussion below is included for general information purposes only.

Please note that this summary does not describe the tax considerations for:

(i)

holders of ordinary shares if such holders, and in the case of individuals, his/her partner or certain of their relatives by blood or marriage in the direct line (including foster children), have a substantial interest or deemed substantial interest in us under the Dutch Income Tax Act 2001 (in Dutch: ‘Wet inkomstenbelasting 2001’). Generally speaking, a holder of securities in a company is considered to hold a substantial interest in such company, if such holder alone or, in the case of individuals, together with his/her partner (statutorily defined term), directly or indirectly, holds (i) an interest of 5% or more of the total issued and outstanding capital of that company or of 5% or more of the issued and outstanding capital of a certain class of shares of that company; or (ii) rights to acquire, directly or indirectly, such interest; or (iii) certain profit sharing rights in that company that relate to 5% or more of the company’s annual profits and/or to 5% or more of the company’s liquidation proceeds. A deemed substantial interest may arise if a substantial interest (or part thereof) in a company has been disposed of, or is deemed to have been disposed of, on a non-recognition basis;

(ii)

holders of ordinary shares in us that qualify or qualified as a participation for purposes of the Dutch Corporate Income Tax Act 1969 (in Dutch: ‘Wet op de vennootschapsbelasting 1969’). Generally, a taxpayer’s shareholding of 5% or more in a company’s nominal paid-up share capital qualifies as a participation. A holder may also have a participation if such holder does not have a 5% shareholding but a related entity (statutorily defined term) has a participation or if the company in which the shares are held is a related entity (statutorily defined term);

(iii)

holders of ordinary shares who are individuals for whom the ordinary shares or any benefit derived from the ordinary shares are compensation or deemed to be compensation for employment activities, including deemed employment activities performed by such holders or certain individuals related to such holders (as defined in the Dutch Income Tax Act 2001) or statutory directors (‘bestuurders’) or supervisory directors (‘commissarissen’) of a company resident in the Netherlands; and

(iv)

pension funds, investment institutions (in Dutch: ‘fiscale beleggingsinstellingen’), exempt investment institutions (in Dutch: ‘vrijgestelde beleggingsinstellingen’) and other entities that are, in whole or in part, not

124


Table of Contents

subject to or exempt from corporate income tax in the Netherlands, as well as entities that are exempt from corporate income tax in their country of residence, such country of residence being another state of the European Union, Norway, Liechtenstein, Iceland or any other state with which the Netherlands have agreed to exchange information in line with international standards.

Except as otherwise indicated, this summary only addresses national tax legislation and published regulations in the Netherlands, whereby the Netherlands means the part of the Kingdom of the Netherlands located in Europe, as in effect on the date hereof and as interpreted in published case law until this date, without prejudice to any amendment introduced at a later date and implemented with or without retroactive effect.

130


Table of Contents

(a)

Dividend Withholding Tax

Dividends distributed by us generally are subject to Dutch dividend withholding tax at a rate of 15%. The expression “dividends distributed” includes, among other things:

·

distributions in cash or in kind, deemed and constructive distributions and repayments of paid-in capital not recognized for Dutch dividend withholding tax purposes;

·

liquidation proceeds, proceeds of redemption of ordinary shares, or proceeds of the repurchase of ordinary shares by us or one of our subsidiaries or other affiliated entities to the extent such proceeds exceed the average paid-in capital of those shares as recognized for purposes of Dutch dividend withholding tax;

·

an amount equal to the par value of ordinary shares issued or an increase of the par value of ordinary shares, to the extent that it does not appear that a contribution, recognized for purposes of Dutch dividend withholding tax, has been made or will be made; and

·

partial repayment of the paid-in capital, recognized for purposes of Dutch dividend withholding tax, if and to the extent that we have net profits (in Dutch: ‘zuivere winst’), unless the holders of ordinary shares have resolved in advance at a general meeting to make such repayment and the par value of the ordinary shares concerned has been reduced by an equal amount by way of an amendment of our articles of association.

If a holder of ordinary shares is resident in a country other than the Netherlands and if a double taxation convention is in effect between the Netherlands and such other country, such holder of ordinary shares may, depending on the terms of that double taxation convention, be eligible for a full or partial exemption from, or refund of, Dutch dividend withholding tax.

Individuals and corporate legal entities who are resident or deemed to be resident in the Netherlands for Dutch tax purposes (‘Dutch Resident Individuals’ and ‘Dutch Resident Entities’ as the case may be), can generally credit the Dutch dividend withholding tax against their income tax or corporate income tax liability. The same generally applies to holders of ordinary shares that are neither resident nor deemed to be resident of the Netherlands if the ordinary shares are attributable to a Dutch permanent establishment of such non-resident holder.

In general, we will be required to remit all amounts withheld as Dutch dividend withholding tax to the Dutch tax authorities. However, under certain circumstances, we are allowed to reduce the amount to be remitted to the Dutch tax authorities by the lesser of:

·

3% of the portion of the distribution paid by us that is subject to Dutch dividend withholding tax; and

·

3% of the dividends and profit distributions, before deduction of foreign withholding taxes, received by us from qualifying foreign subsidiaries1 in the current calendar year (up to the date of the distribution by us) and the two preceding calendar years, as far as such dividends and profit distributions have not yet been taken into account for purposes of establishing the above mentioned reduction. (Qualifying foreign subsidiaries are entities established in Aruba, Curacao, St. Maarten, the BES islands or in a state which has concluded a double tax treaty with the Netherlands)

125


Table of Contents

Although this reduction reduces the amount of Dutch dividend withholding tax that we are required to remit to the Dutch tax authorities, it does not reduce the amount of tax that we are required to withhold on dividends distributed.

___________________________

1 Qualifying foreign subsidiaries are entities established in Aruba, Curacao, St. Maarten, the BES islands or in a state which has concluded a double tax treaty with the Netherlands.

131


Table of Contents

Pursuant to legislation to counteract “dividend stripping”, a reduction, exemption, credit or refund of Dutch dividend withholding tax is denied if the recipient of the dividend is not the beneficial owner as described in the Dutch Dividend Withholding Tax Act 1965 (in Dutch: ‘Wet op de dividendbelasting 1965’). This legislation generally targets situations in which a shareholder retains its economic interest in shares but reduces the withholding tax costs on dividends by a transaction with another party. It is not required for these rules to apply that the recipient of the dividends is aware that a dividend stripping transaction took place. The Dutch State Secretary of Finance takes the position that the definition of beneficial ownership introduced by this legislation will also be applied in the context of a double taxation convention.

(b)

Taxes on Income and Capital Gains

(i)

Dutch Resident Individuals

If a holder of ordinary shares is a Dutch Resident Individual, any benefit derived or deemed to be derived from the ordinary shares is taxable at the progressive income tax rates (with a maximum of 52%51.95%), if:

(a)

the ordinary shares are attributable to an enterprise from which the Dutch Resident Individual derives a share of the profit, whether as an entrepreneur or as a person who has a co-entitlement to the net worth (in Dutch: ‘medegerechtigd tot het vermogen’) of such enterprise, without being an entrepreneur or a shareholder, as defined in the Dutch Income Tax Act 2001; or

(b)

the holder of the ordinary shares is considered to perform activities with respect to the ordinary shares that go beyond ordinary asset management (in Dutch: ‘normaal, actief vermogensbeheer’) or derives benefits from the ordinary shares that are taxable as benefits from other activities (in Dutch ‘resultaat uit overige werkzaamheden’).

If the above-mentioned conditions (a) and (b) do not apply to the individual holder of ordinary shares, the ordinary shares are recognized as investment assets and included as such in such holder’s net investment asset base (in Dutch: ‘rendementsgrondslag’). Irrespective of the actual income and capital gains realized, the annual taxable benefit of all the assets and allowable liabilities of a Dutch Resident Individual holder of ordinary shares who is taxed under this regime is set at a deemed return based on the fair market value of the assets reduced by the allowable liabilities on January 1 of each year. Depending on the aggregate amount of the fair market value of the assets reduced by the liabilities, the deemed return ranges from 2.87%2.017% up to 5.39% (2017)5.38% (2018). This deemed return is subject to income tax at a flat rate of 30%. Taxation only occurs if and to the extent the fair market value of the assets reduced by the liabilities exceeds a threshold (heffingvrij vermogen) of EUR 25,000€  30,000 (or EUR 50,000€  60,000 in case of a fiscal partnership). The deemed return will be adjusted annually.

(i)

Dutch Resident Entities

Any benefit derived or deemed to be derived from the ordinary shares held by Dutch Resident Entities, including any capital gains realized on the disposal thereof, will generally be subject to Dutch corporate income tax at a rate of 25% (a corporate income tax rate of 20% applies with respect to taxable profits up to € 200,000).

(ii)

Non-Residents of the Netherlands

A holder of ordinary shares will not be subject to Netherlands taxes on income or on capital gains in respect of any payment under the ordinary shares or any gain realized on the disposal or deemed disposal of the ordinary shares, provided that:

(i)

such holder is neither a resident nor deemed to be resident in the Netherlands for Dutch tax purposes and, if such holder is an individual, such holder does not qualify for the application of the rules of the Dutch Income Tax Act 2001 as they apply to residents of the Netherlands;

(ii)

such holder does not have an interest in an enterprise or a deemed enterprise (statutorily defined term) which, in whole or in part, is either effectively managed in the Netherlands or is carried out through a permanent

132


Table of Contents

establishment, a deemed permanent establishment or a permanent representative in the Netherlands and to which enterprise or part of an enterprise the ordinary shares are attributable or deemed attributable or has a

126


Table of Contents

deemed enterprise for activities performed as statutory director (‘bestuurder’) or supervisory director (‘commissaris’) of a company resident of the Netherlands; and

(iii)

in the event such holder is an individual, such holder does not carry out any activities in the Netherlands with respect to the ordinary shares that go beyond ordinary asset management and does not derive benefits from the ordinary shares that are taxable as benefits from other activities in the Netherlands.

(a)

Gift and Inheritance Taxes

(i)

Residents of the Netherlands

Gift and inheritance taxes will arise in the Netherlands with respect to a transfer of the ordinary shares by way of a gift by, or on the death of, a holder of ordinary shares who is resident or deemed to be resident in the Netherlands at the time of the gift or his/her death.

(ii)

Non-residents of the Netherlands

No Dutch gift or inheritance taxes will arise on the transfer of the ordinary shares by way of gift by, or on the death of, a holder of ordinary shares who is neither resident nor deemed to be resident in the Netherlands, unless:

(i)

in the case of a gift of ordinary shares by an individual who at the date of the gift was neither resident nor deemed to be resident in the Netherlands, such individual dies within 180 days after the date of the gift, while being resident or deemed to be resident in the Netherlands; or

(ii)

the transfer is otherwise construed as a gift or inheritance made by, or on behalf of, a person who, at the time of the gift or death, is or is deemed to be resident in the Netherlands.

For purposes of Dutch gift and inheritance taxes, amongst others, a person that holds the Dutch nationality will be deemed to be resident in the Netherlands if such person has been resident in the Netherlands at any time during the ten years preceding the date of the gift or his/her death. Additionally, for purposes of Dutch gift tax, amongst others, a person not holding the Dutch nationality will be deemed to be resident in the Netherlands if such person has been resident in the Netherlands at any time during the twelve months preceding the date of the gift. Applicable tax treaties may override deemed residency.

(a)

Other Taxes and Duties

No Dutch VAT and no Dutch registration tax, stamp duty or any other similar documentary tax or duty will be payable by a holder of ordinary shares on any payment in consideration for the holding or disposal of the ordinary shares.

(b)

Residence

A shareholder will not become resident or deemed resident in the Netherlands for tax purposes by reason only of holding the ordinary shares.

Certain Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

The following is a summary of certain material U.S. federal income tax considerations relating to the ownership and disposition of our ordinary shares by a U.S. holder (as defined below). This summary addresses only the U.S. federal income tax considerations for U.S. holders that will hold our ordinary shares as capital assets. This summary does not address all U.S. federal income tax matters that may be relevant to a particular U.S. holder. This summary does not

133


Table of Contents

address tax considerations applicable to a holder of ordinary shares that may be subject to special tax rules including, without limitation, the following:

·

banks, financial institutions or insurance companies;

·

brokers, dealers or traders in securities, currencies, commodities, or notional principal contracts;

·

tax-exempt entities or organizations, including an “individual retirement account” or “Roth IRA” as defined in Section 408 or 408A of the Code (as defined below), respectively;

·

real estate investment trusts, regulated investment companies or grantor trusts;

127


Table of Contents

·

persons that hold the ordinary shares as part of a “hedging,” “integrated” or “conversion” transaction or as a position in a “straddle” for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

·

partnerships (including entities classified as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes) or other pass-through entities, or persons that will hold our shares through such an entity;

·

S corporations;

·

certain former citizens or long term residents of the United States;

·

persons that received our shares as compensation for the performance of services;

·

persons that acquire ordinary shares as a result of holding or owning our preferred shares;

·

holders that own directly, indirectly, or through attribution 10% or more of the voting power or value of our shares; and

·

holders that have a “functional currency” other than the U.S. dollar.

Further, this summary does not address the U.S. federal estate, gift, or alternative minimum tax considerations, or any U.S. state, local, or non-U.S. tax considerations of the ownership and disposition of our ordinary shares.

This description is based on the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, existing, proposed and temporary U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder and administrative and judicial interpretations thereof, in each case as in effect and available on the date hereof. All the foregoing is subject to change, which change could apply retroactively, and to differing interpretations, all of which could affect the tax considerations described below. There can be no assurances that the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, will not take a position concerning the tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our ordinary shares or that such a position would not be sustained. Holders should consult their own tax advisers concerning the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences of owning and disposing of our ordinary shares in their particular circumstances.

For the purposes of this summary, a “U.S. holder” is a beneficial owner of ordinary shares that is (or is treated as), for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

·

a citizen or resident of the United States;

·

a corporation, or other entity that is treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia;

·

an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

134


Table of Contents

·

a trust, if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over its administration and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all of the substantial decisions of such trust or has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations to be treated as a United States person.

If a partnership (or any other entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds ordinary shares, the U.S. federal income tax consequences relating to an investment in our ordinary shares will depend in part upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Such a partner or partnership should consult its tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal income tax considerations of owning and disposing of our ordinary shares in its particular circumstances.

As indicated below, this discussion is subject to U.S. federal income tax rules applicable to a “passive foreign investment company,” or a PFIC.

128


Table of Contents

Persons considering an investment in our ordinary shares should consult their own tax advisors as to the particular tax consequences applicable to them relating to the ownership and disposition of our ordinary shares, including the applicability of U.S. federal, state and local tax laws and non-U.S. tax laws.

(c)

Distributions

Subject to the discussion under “Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations,” below, the gross amount of any distribution (including any amounts withheld in respect of Dutch withholding tax) actually or constructively received by a U.S. holder with respect to ordinary shares will be taxable to the U.S. holder as a dividend to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Distributions in excess of earnings and profits will be non-taxable to the U.S. holder to the extent of, and will be applied against and reduce, the U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in the ordinary shares. Distributions in excess of earnings and profits and such adjusted tax basis will generally be taxable to the U.S. holder as either long-term or short-term capital gain depending upon whether the U.S. holder has held our ordinary shares for more than one year as of the time such distribution is received. However, since we do not calculate our earnings and profits under U.S. federal income tax principles, it is expected that any distribution will be reported as a dividend, even if that distribution would otherwise be treated as a non-taxable return of capital or as capital gain under the rules described above.

Non-corporate U.S. holders may qualify for the preferential rates of taxation with respect to dividends on ordinary shares applicable to long-term capital gains (i.e., gains from the sale of capital assets held for more than one year) applicable to qualified dividend income (as discussed below). The Company, which is incorporated under the laws of the Kingdom of the Netherlands, believes that it qualifies as a resident of the Netherlands for purposes of, and is eligible for the benefits of, the Convention between the United States of America and the Kingdom of the Netherlands for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal Evasion with respect to Taxes on Income, signed on December 18, 1992, as amended and currently in force, or the U.S.-Netherlands Tax Treaty, although there can be no assurance in this regard. Further, the IRS has determined that the U.S.-Netherlands Tax Treaty is satisfactory for purposes of the qualified dividend rules and that it includes an exchange-of-information program. Therefore, subject to the discussion under “Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations,” below, if the U.S.-Netherlands Tax Treaty is applicable, such dividends will generally be “qualified dividend income” in the hands of individual U.S. holders, provided that certain conditions are met, including the holding period andrequirement as well as the absence of certain risk reduction transaction requirements are met. The dividends will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction generally allowed to corporate U.S. holders.transactions.

A U.S. holder generally may claim the amount of Dutch income withholding tax withheld as either a deduction from gross income or a credit against U.S. federal income tax liability. However, the foreign tax credit is subject to numerous complex limitations that must be determined and applied on a case-by-case basis. Generally, the credit cannot exceed the proportionate share of a U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability that such U.S. holder’s taxable income from sources outside the United States bears to such U.S. holder’s worldwide taxable income. In applying this limitation, a U.S. holder’s various items of income and deduction must be classified, under complex rules, as either “foreign source” or “U.S. source.” In addition, this limitation is calculated separately with respect to specific categories of income. The amount of a distribution with respect to the ordinary shares that is treated as a “dividend” may be lower for U.S. federal income tax purposes than it is for Dutch income tax purposes, potentially resulting in a reduced foreign tax credit for the U.S. holder. Each U.S. holder should consult its own tax advisors regarding the foreign tax credit rules.

135


Table of Contents

In general, the amount of a distribution paid to a U.S. holder in a foreign currency will be the dollar value of the foreign currency calculated by reference to the spot exchange rate on the day the U.S. holder receives the distribution, regardless of whether the foreign currency is converted into U.S. dollars at that time. Any foreign currency gain or loss a U.S. holder realizes on a subsequent conversion of foreign currency into U.S. dollars will be U.S. source ordinary income or loss. If dividends received in a foreign currency are converted into U.S. dollars on the day they are received, a U.S. holder should not be required to recognize foreign currency gain or loss in respect of the dividend.

(d)

Sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of our ordinary shares

A U.S. holder will generally recognize gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes upon the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of ordinary shares in an amount equal to the difference between the U.S. dollar value of the amount realized from such sale or exchange and the U.S. holder’s tax basis for those ordinary shares. Subject to the discussion under “Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations” below, this gain or loss will generally be a capital gain or loss and will generally be treated as from sources within the United States. The adjusted tax basis in an ordinary share generally will be equal to the cost of such ordinary share. Capital gain from the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of ordinary shares of a non-corporate U.S. holder is generally eligible for a preferential rate of taxation applicable to capital gains, if the non-corporate U.S. holder’s holding period determined at the time of such sale, exchange or other taxable disposition for such ordinary shares exceeds one year (i.e., such gain is long-term taxable gain). The deductibility of capital losses for U.S. federal income tax purposes is subject to limitations under the Code. Any such gain or loss that a U.S. holder recognizes generally will be treated as U.S. source income or loss for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.

129


Table of Contents

For a cash basis taxpayer, units of foreign currency paid or received are translated into U.S. dollars at the spot rate on the settlement date of the purchase or sale. In that case, no foreign currency exchange gain or loss will result from currency fluctuations between the trade date and the settlement date of such a purchase or sale. An accrual basis taxpayer, however, may elect the same treatment required of cash basis taxpayers with respect to purchases and sales of our ordinary shares that are traded on an established securities market, provided the election is applied consistently from year to year. Such election may not be changed without the consent of the IRS. For an accrual basis taxpayer who does not make such election, units of foreign currency paid or received are translated into U.S. dollars at the spot rate on the trade date of the purchase or sale. Such an accrual basis taxpayer may recognize exchange gain or loss based on currency fluctuations between the trade date and the settlement date. Any foreign currency gain or loss a U.S. Holder realizes will be U.S. source ordinary income or loss.

MedicareNet Investment Income Tax

Certain U.S. holders that are individuals, estates or trusts are subject to a 3.8% tax on all or a portion of their “net investment income,” which may include all or a portion of their dividend income and net gains from the disposition of ordinary shares. Each U.S. holder that is an individual, estate or trust is urged to consult its tax advisors regarding the applicability of the Medicare taxNet Investment Income Tax to its income and gains in respect of its investment in our ordinary shares.

(e)

Passive foreign investment company considerations

If we are classified as a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, in any taxable year, a U.S. holder would be subject to special rules generally intended to reduce or eliminate any benefits from the deferral of U.S. federal income tax that a U.S. holder could derive from investing in a non-U.S. company that does not distribute all of its earnings on a current basis.

A corporation organized outside the United States generally will be classified as a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes in any taxable year in which, after applying certain look-through rules with respect to the income and assets of its subsidiaries, either: (i) at least 75% of its gross income is “passive income” or (ii) at least 50% of the average quarterly value of its total gross assets (which, assuming we are not a CFC for the year being tested, would be measured by the fair market value of the assets, and for which purpose the total value of our assets may be determined in part by the market value of our ordinary shares, which is subject to change) is attributable to assets that produce “passive income” or are held for the production of “passive income.”

136


Table of Contents

Passive income for this purpose generally includes dividends, interest, royalties, rents, gains from commodities and securities transactions, the excess of gains over losses from the disposition of assets which produce passive income, and includes amounts derived by reason of the temporary investment of funds raised in offerings of our ordinary shares. If a non-U.S. corporation owns directly or indirectly at least 25% by value of the stock of another corporation, the non-U.S. corporation is treated for purposes of the PFIC tests as owning its proportionate share of the assets of the other corporation and as receiving directly its proportionate share of the other corporation’s income. If we are classified as a PFIC in any year with respect to which a U.S. holder owns our ordinary shares, we will continue to be treated as a PFIC with respect to such U.S. holder in all succeeding years during which the U.S. holder owns our ordinary shares, regardless of whether we continue to meet the tests described above.above, unless the  shareholder makes a purging election (which allows a shareholder to purge the continuing PFIC taint by either  making a deemed sale election or a deemed dividend election).   .

Based on the average value of our gross assets and composition of our income, we believe that we were not a PFIC during the 20172018 taxable year. Our status for any taxable year will depend on our assets and activities in each year, and because this is a factual determination made annually after the end of each taxable year, there can be no assurance that we will not be considered a PFIC for the current taxable year or any future taxable year. The market value of our assets may be determined in large part by reference to the market price of our ordinary shares, which is likely to fluctuate.

If we are a PFIC, and you are a U.S. holder, then  a special tax regime will apply unless you make a mark-to-market election (described below), (we do not currently intend to provide the information necessary for U.S. holders to  make qualified electing fund elections if we are treated as a PFIC for any taxable year), a special tax regime will apply to both (a) any “excess distribution” by us to you (generally, your ratable portion of distributions in any year which are greater than 125% of the average annual distribution received by you in the shorter of the three preceding years or your holding period for our ordinary shares) and (b) any gain realized on the sale or other disposition of the ordinary shares. (In

130


Table of Contents

determining the average annual distribution, the portion of any excess distribution from a prior year that was allocated to the prior-year PFIC period is disregarded.) Under this regime, any excess distribution and realized gain will be treated as ordinary income and will be subject to tax as if (a) the excess distribution or gain had been realized ratably over your holding period, (b) the amount deemed realized in each year had been subject to tax in each year of that holding period at the highest marginal rate for such year (other than income allocated to the current period or any taxable period before we became a PFIC, which would be subject to tax at the U.S. holder’s regular ordinary income rate for the current year and would not be subject to the interest charge discussed below), and (c) the interest charge generally applicable to underpayments of tax had been imposed on the taxes deemed to have been payable in those years. In addition, dividend distributions made to you will not qualify for the lower rates of taxation applicable to long-term capital gains discussed above under “Distributions.”

A U.S. holder may elect mark-to-market treatment, which may alleviate some of the adverse consequences of PFIC status. If a U.S. holder makes the mark-to-market election, the U.S. holder generally will recognize as ordinary income any excess of the fair market value of the ordinary shares at the end of each taxable year over their adjusted tax basis, and will recognize an ordinary loss in respect of any excess of the adjusted tax basis of the ordinary shares over their fair market value at the end of the taxable year, but only to the extent of the net amount of income previously included as a result of the mark-to-market election.election and not offset by prior mark‐to market losses. If a U.S. holder makes the election, the U.S. holder’s tax basis in the ordinary shares will be adjusted to reflect these income or loss amounts. Any gain recognized on the sale or other disposition of ordinary shares in a year when we are a PFIC will be treated as ordinary income and any loss will be treated as an ordinary loss (but only to the extent of the net amount of income previously included as a result of the mark-to-market election). The mark-to-market election is available only if we are a PFIC and our ordinary shares are “regularly traded” on a “qualified exchange.” Our ordinary shares will be treated as “regularly traded” in any calendar year in which more than a de minimis quantity of the ordinary shares are traded on a qualified exchange on at least 15 days during each calendar quarter (subject to the rule that trades that have as one of their principle purposes the meeting of the trading requirement as disregarded). The NASDAQ Global Market is a qualified exchange for this purpose and, consequently, if the ordinary shares are regularly traded on that market, the mark-to-market election will be available to a U.S. holder. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors to determine whether the mark-to-market election would be available and if so, what the consequences of making that election would be in their particular circumstances.

We do not currently intend to provide the information necessary for U.S. holders to make qualified electing fund elections if we are treated as a PFIC for any taxable year.

137


Table of Contents

If we are a PFIC, the general tax treatment for U.S. Holders described in this section would apply to indirect distributions and gains deemed to be realized by U.S. Holders in respect of any of our subsidiaries that also may be determined to be PFICs.

If a U.S. holder owns ordinary shares during any taxable year in which we are a PFIC, the U.S. holder generally will be required to file an IRS Form 8621 (Information Return by a Shareholder of a Passive Foreign Investment Company or Qualified Electing Fund) with respect to the company (and with respect to any of our subsidiaries that also may be determined to be PFICs), generally with the U.S. holder’s federal income tax return for that year. If our company were a PFIC for a given taxable year, then you should consult your tax advisor concerning your annual filing requirements.

The U.S. federal income tax rules relating to PFICs are complex. U.S. investors are urged to consult their own tax advisers with respect to the ownership and disposition of our ordinary shares, the consequences to them of an investment in a PFIC, any elections available with respect to our ordinary shares and the IRS information reporting obligations with respect to the ownership and disposition of our ordinary share.

(f)

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

U.S. holders generally will be subject to information reporting requirements with respect to dividends on ordinary shares and on the proceeds from the sale, exchange or disposition of ordinary shares that are paid within the United States or through U.S.-related financial intermediaries, unless the U.S. holder is an “exempt recipient.” In addition, U.S. holders may be subject to backup withholding on such payments, unless the U.S. holder provides a taxpayer identification number and a duly executed IRS Form W‑9 or otherwise establishes an exemption. Backup withholding is not an additional tax, and the amount of any backup withholding will be allowed as a credit against a U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle such holder to a refund, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

131


Table of Contents

(g)

Foreign Asset Reporting

Certain U.S. holders who are individuals are required to report information relating to an interest in our ordinary shares, subject to certain exceptions (including an exception for shares held in accounts maintained by U.S. financial institutions) by filing IRS Form 8938 (Statement of Specified Foreign Financial Assets) with their federal income tax return. U.S. holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding their information reporting obligations, if any, with respect to their ownership and disposition of our ordinary shares.

THE DISCUSSION SET OUT ABOVE IS INCLUDED FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY AND MAY NOT BE APPLICABLE DEPENDING UPON A HOLDER’S PARTICULAR SITUATION. IT DOES NOT COVER ALL TAX MATTERS THAT MAY BE OF IMPORTANCE TO A HOLDER. EACH HOLDER IS URGED TO CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISOR WITH RESPECT TO THE TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM OF THE OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF THE SHARES INCLUDING TAX CONSEQUENCES UNDER STATE, LOCAL AND OTHER TAX LAWS AND THE POSSIBLE TAX EFFECTS OF CHANGES IN THE UNITED STATES FEDERAL AND OTHER TAX LAWS.

F. Dividends and paying agents

Not applicable.

G. Statement by experts

Not applicable.

H. Documents on display

We are subject to certain reporting requirements of the Exchange Act. As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from the rules under the Exchange Act prescribing certain disclosure and procedural requirements for proxy solicitations, and

138


Table of Contents

our officers, directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and “short swing” profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act, with respect to their purchases and sales of shares. In addition, we are not required to file reports and Financial Statements with the Commission as frequently or as promptly as companies that are not foreign private issuers whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act. However, we are required to file with the Commission, within four months after the end of each fiscal year, an Annual Report on Form 20‑F containing Financial Statements audited by an independent accounting firm. We publish unaudited interim financial information after the end of each quarter. We furnish this quarterly financial information to the Commission under cover of a Form 6‑K.

It is possible to read and copy documents referred to in the 2015 Form 20‑F that have been filed with the SEC at the SEC’s public reference room located at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1‑800‑SEC‑0330 for further information on the public reference rooms and their copy charges. ProQR SEC filings are also publicly available through the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

I. Subsidiary information

Not applicable.

Item 11: Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We are exposed to a variety of financial risks: market risk (including foreign exchange risk and interest rate risk), credit risk and liquidity risk. Our overall risk management program focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets.

Our cash management policy is focused on optimizing the net interest result of funds invested in deposits while accepting limited risk (minimum ratings of P-1 or A2 for short-term and long-term, respectively by Moody’s and A-1 or A for short-term and long-term, respectively, by Standard and Poor’s). Individual commitments exceeding a defined threshold in foreign currencies may be hedged against our functional currency, the euro, to avoid foreign currency exposure affecting the income statement in comparison to budget.

132


Table of Contents

Market Risk

Foreign exchange risk arises from future commercial transactions and recognized assets and liabilities in foreign currencies, primarily with respect to the U.S. Dollar. We currently do not engage in hedging transactions to protect against uncertainty in future exchange rates between particular foreign currencies and the euro. We have exposure associated with the time delay between entering into a contract, budget or forecast and the realization thereof. To minimize economic exposure related to currency fluctuations, currencies on the balance sheet will be matched to the cash flows on an annual basis to ensure the availability of at least 12 months of liquidity per currency per the approved budget. The impact of fair value measurements on the financial statements is limited.

At December 31, 20172018 there was a net liability in U.S. Dollars of € 2.40.1 million  (2016:(2017: € 2.40.7 million). Foreign currency denominated receivables and trade payables are short term in nature (generally 30 to 45 days). As a result foreign exchange rate movements on receivables and trade payables, during the years presented had an immaterial effect on the financial statements.

Our interest rate risk exposure is limited due to the use of loans with fixed rates. At December 31, 2017,2018, we had several loans with a fixed interest rate,  totaling €9,386,000  (2017: € 7,244,000  (2016: € 5,697,000)7,244,000).

Credit Risk

Credit risk represents the risk of financial loss caused by default of the counterparty. We have no large receivables balances with external parties. Our principal financial assets are cash and cash equivalents which are, in line with our cash policy, placed at banks which meet our defined minimum credit ratings.

139


Table of Contents

Liquidity Risk

Management forecasts our liquidity requirements to ensure that there is sufficient cash to meet operational needs. We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents will enable us to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements into the second half of 2019.2021. We have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could use our capital resources sooner than we currently expect.

Item 12: Description of Securities other that Equity Securities

A. Debt securities

Not applicable.

B. Warrants and rights

Not applicable.

C. Other securities

Not applicable.

D. American depositary shares

Not applicable.

140133


 

Table of Contents

Part II

Item 13: Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies

No matters to report.

Item 14: Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds

No matters to report.

Item 15: Controls and Procedures

A. Disclosure controls and procedures

Under the supervision and with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and Chief Business and Financial Officer (CFO), the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a‑15(e) and 15d‑15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) has been evaluated as of the end of the period covered by the Annual Report (December 31, 2017)2018). The term “disclosure controls and procedures” means controls and other procedures of a company that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by a company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s  rules and forms and that such information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal executive and principal financial officers, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures.

Based on that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Business and Financial Officer have concluded that these disclosure controls and procedures are effective as at December 31, 2017.2018.

B. Management’s annual report on internal control over financial reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate "internal control over financial reporting," as defined in Rules 13a‑15(f) and 15d‑15(f) under the Exchange Act. This rule defines internal control over financial reporting as a process designed by, or under the supervision of, a company’s chief executive officer and chief financial officer and effected by our board of directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable, but not absolute, assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting is not intended to provide absolute assurance that a misstatement of our financial statements would be prevented or detected.

In connection with the preparation of the Company’s annual consolidated financial statements, management has undertaken an assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017.2018. Based on this assessment, management concluded that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as at December 31, 2017.2018.

141134


 

Table of Contents

C. Attestation report of the registered public accounting firm

This Annual Report does not include an attestation report of the company’s registered public accounting firm because “emerging growth companies” are not subject to the attestation requirements pursuant to the JOBS Act.

D. Changes in internal control over financial reporting

During the year ended December 31, 2017,2018, there have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 16A: Audit Committee Financial Expert

Currently, Paul Baart qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert,” as defined by the SEC and as determined by our supervisory board. In addition, he satisfies the independence requirements of the NASDAQ listing standards and Rule 10A‑3(b)(1) under the Exchange Act and the criteria for independence set forth in best practice 2.1.8 of the DCGC.

Item 16B: Code of Ethics

We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics applicable to all of our management board and supervisory board members and our employees, including our CEO, CFO, controller or principal accounting officers, or other persons performing similar functions, which is a “code of ethics” as defined by the SEC. The full text of the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is posted on our company website at www.ProQR.com.

If we make any amendment to the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics or grant any waivers, including any implicit waiver, from a provision of the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, we will disclose the nature of such amendment or waiver on our website within five working days to the extent required by the rules and regulations of the SEC.

The Code of Business Conduct and Ethics includes the whistleblower policy as contemplated in the DCGC.

Item 16C: Principal Accountant Fees and Services

The information required is included in note 24 to the financial statements.

Item 16D: Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees

Not applicable.

Item 16E: Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

Historically, we hold treasury shares which relate to ordinary shares that have legally been issued, but that are within our control. On September 25, 2017, we established a Dutch foundation named Stichting Bewaarneming Aandelen ProQR for holding shares in trust for employees, members of the Management Board and members of the Supervisory Board of the Company and its group companies who from time to time will exercise options under the Company’s equity incentive plans. We have issued an aggregate of 3,330,2254,277,051 ordinary shares to the foundation, with the nominal value of € 0.04 per share paid out of our reserves. Upon exercise of outstanding options, the foundation will transfer the appropriate number of ordinary shares underlying such exercise and the optionee will pay the appropriate exercise price to us as share premium. Our company is the sole director of the foundation, and the foundation is not permitted to receive dividends or to vote on the ordinary shares it will hold from time to time.

In 2016,2018, no purchases of our registered equity securities were made by or on our behalf or on the behalf of any affiliated purchaser.

Item 16F: Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant

None.

142135


 

Table of Contents

Item 16F: Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant

None.

Item 16G: Corporate Governance

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well as related rules subsequently implemented by the SEC, requires foreign private issuers, including our company, to comply with various corporate governance practices. As a foreign private issuer, subject to certain exceptions, the NASDAQ listing standards permit a foreign private issuer to follow its home country practice in lieu of the NASDAQ listing standards. In addition, a foreign private issuer must disclose in its annual reports filed with the SEC each such requirement that it does not follow and describe the home country practice followed instead of any such requirement.

The home country practices followed by our company in lieu of NASDAQ rules are described below:

·

We do not intend to follow NASDAQ’s quorum requirements applicable to meetings of shareholders. In accordance with Dutch law and generally accepted business practice, our articles of association do not provide quorum requirements generally applicable to general meetings of shareholders.

·

We do not intend to follow NASDAQ’s requirements regarding the provision of proxy statements for general meetings of shareholders. Dutch law does not have a regulatory regime for the solicitation of proxies and the solicitation of proxies is not a generally accepted business practice in the Netherlands. We do intend to provide shareholders with an agenda and other relevant documents for the general meeting of shareholders and shareholders will be entitled to give proxies and voting instructions to us and/or third parties.

We intend to take all actions necessary for us to maintain compliance as a foreign private issuer under the applicable corporate governance requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the rules adopted by the SEC and NASDAQ’s listing standards.

Certain NASDAQ corporate governance requirements are not reflected in the Dutch Corporate Governance Code (“DCGC”) or Dutch law. Accordingly, our shareholders may not be afforded the same protection as provided under NASDAQ corporate governance rules to the extent the DCGC or Dutch law does not provide similar protections. Furthermore, as a foreign private issuer, we will be exempt from the rules and regulations under the Exchange Act related to the furnishing and content of proxy statements, and our officers, directors and principal shareholders will be exempt from the reporting and short swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act. In addition, we will not be required under the Exchange Act to file annual, quarterly and current reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as domestic companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act.

Item 16H: Mine Safety Disclosure

Not applicable.

Part III

Item 17: Financial Statements

Financial Statements are filed as part of this annual report, starting on page F‑1.

Item 18: Financial Statements

Financial Statements are filed as part of this annual report, starting on page F‑1.

143


Table of Contents

Item 19: Exhibits

136


Table of Contents

Index of Exhibits

 

 

 

Exhibit No. 

    

Description

 

 

 

1.1

 

Amended Articles of Association of the Registrant effective as of June 22, 2016 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.1 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016 (File No. 001-36622) filed on March 31, 2017) 

 

 

 

1.2*

 

Amended Articles of Association of the Registrant effective as of February 19, 2018

 

 

 

2.1

 

Form of Registration Rights Agreement by and between the Registrant and the shareholders party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F‑1 (File No. 333‑198151) filed on September 8, 2014)

 

 

 

4.1#

 

ProQR Therapeutics B.V. Stock Option Plan and forms of notice of grant thereunder (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F‑1 (File No. 333‑198151) filed on August 14, 2014)

 

 

 

4.2#

 

ProQR Therapeutics N.V. Stock Option Plan and forms of notice of grant thereunder (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F‑1 (File No. 333‑198151) filed on September 8, 2014)

 

 

 

4.3#

 

Form of Management Services Agreement by and between the Registrant and Daniel Anton de Boer (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F‑1 (File No. 333‑198151) filed on September 8, 2014)

 

 

 

4.4#

 

Form of Management Services Agreement by and between the Registrant and René Beukema (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F‑1 (File No. 333‑198151) filed on September 8, 2014)

 

 

 

4.5

 

Form of Call Option Agreement by and between the Registrant and Stichting Continuity ProQR Therapeutics (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F‑1 (File No. 333‑198151) filed on September 16, 2014)

 

 

 

4.6

 

Sublease of Office Accommodation dated as of September 5, 2013 by and between the Registrant and Pharming Technologies B.V. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F‑1 (File No. 333‑198151) filed on August 14, 2014)

 

 

 

4.7

 

Sublease Agreement dated as of April 1, 2013 by and between the Registrant and MicroSafe Laboratories (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F‑1 (File No. 333‑198151) filed on August 14, 2014)

 

 

 

4.8†

 

Exclusive Patent License Agreement dated as of May 29, 2012 by and between the Registrant and The General Hospital Corporation d/b/a Massachusetts General Hospital (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F‑1 (File No. 333‑198151) filed on September 16, 2014)

 

 

 

4.9†

 

Agreement dated as of August 1, 2014 by and between the Registrant and Cystic Fibrosis Foundation Therapeutics, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F‑1 (File No. 333‑198151) filed on August 14, 2014)

 

 

 

144


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

Description

4.10#

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement for the Managing Directors, Supervisory Directors and officers of the Registrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F‑1 (File No. 333‑198151) filed on September 8, 2014)

 

 

 

137


Exhibit No.

Description

4.11†

 

License and Clinical Supply Agreement, dated as of October 8, 2014, between the Registrant and PARI Pharma GmbH (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Report of Foreign Private Issuer (File No. 001‑36622) filed on October 9, 2014)

 

 

 

4.12†

 

Amendment Number 4 to Exclusive Patent License Agreement, dated as of September 28, 2016, by and between the Registrant and The General Hospital Corporation d/b/a Massachusetts General Hospital (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.12 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016 (File No. 001-36622) filed on March 31, 2017) 

 

 

 

4.13†††

 

Lease Agreement for the Registrant’s facility in Zernikedreef in Leiden, the Netherlands (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.13 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016 (File No. 001-36622) filed on March 31, 2017).

 

 

 

4.14††

 

License Agreement between Radboudumc as Licensor, and ProQR Therapeutics N.V. as Licensee dated as of April 17, 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.14 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016 (File No. 001-36622) filed on March 31, 2017)

 

 

 

4.15*††

 

License Agreement between Inserm Transfert SA, Assistance-Publique- Hôpitaux de Paris, and ProQR Therapeutics N.V. as Licensee dated January 17, 2018

 

 

 

4.16*††

 

Letter Agreement between Foundation For Fighting Blindness Clinical Research Institute and ProQR Therapeutics IV B.V. dated as of February 9, 2018

 

 

 

4.17*††

License Agreement between Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and ProQR Therapeutics N.V. dated as of October 26, 2018

4.18*††

Stock Purchase Agreement between Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and ProQR Therapeutics N.V. dated as of October 26, 2018

4.19*††

Investor Agreement between Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and ProQR Therapeutics N.V. dated as of October 26, 2018

8.1*

 

Subsidiaries of the Registrant

 

 

 

12.1*

 

Certification by Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

 

 

12.2*

 

Certification by Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

 

 

13.1**

 

Certification by Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

 

 

15.1*

 

Consent of Deloitte Accountants B.V., Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

 

 

101.INS*

XBRL Instance Document.

101.SCH*

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.

101.CAL*

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document.

101.DEF*

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document.

101.LAB*

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document.

101.PRE*

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document.

138



*      Filed herewith

**    The certifications furnished in Exhibit 13.1 hereto are deemed to accompany this Annual Report on Form 20‑F and will not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Such certifications will not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filings under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, except to the extent that the Registrant specifically incorporates it by reference.

†      Confidential treatment has been granted as to certain portions, which portions have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

††    Application has been made for confidential treatment as to certain portions of this exhibit, which portions have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

145


†††  English summary of original Dutch document.

#      Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

146


Signatures

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20‑F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.

Leiden, March 30, 201828,  2019

 

 

 

PROQR THERAPEUTICS N.V.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Daniel de Boer

 

Name:

Daniel de Boer

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Smital Shah

 

Name:

Smital Shah

 

Title:

Chief Business and Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

147139


 

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

PAGE

Consolidated Financial Statements as at December 31, 20172018 and 20162017 and for the Years Ended December 31, 2017,2018, December 31, 20162017 and December 31, 20152016

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

F‑2

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 

F‑3

Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Comprehensive Income 

F‑4

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity 

F‑5

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows 

F‑6

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

F‑7

 

 

F-1


 

Report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To: the Shareholders and Supervisory Board of ProQR Therapeutics N.V.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial position of ProQR Therapeutics N.V. (“the Company”and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 20172018 and 2016,2017, the related consolidated statements of profit or loss and comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017,2018 and the related notes (collectively referred to as the "financial statements"). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 20172018 and 2016,2017, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017,2018, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.Board (“IFRS”).

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's financial statements based on our audit.audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our auditaudits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the auditaudits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audit,audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our auditaudits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our auditaudits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audit providesaudits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/

Deloitte Accountants B.V.

Amsterdam, theThe Netherlands

March 30, 201828, 2019

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2013.

F-2


 

PROQR THERAPEUTICS N.V.

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

    

December 31, 

    

December 31, 

 

 

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

 

 

 

(€ in thousands)

Assets

 

  

 

  

 

  

Intangible assets

 

 7

 

39

 

90

Property, plant and equipment

 

 8

 

2,505

 

3,438

Non-current assets

 

  

 

2,544

 

3,528

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Social security and other taxes

 

 9

 

396

 

395

Prepayments and other receivables

 

10

 

2,064

 

2,420

Cash and cash equivalents

 

11

 

48,099

 

59,200

Current assets

 

  

 

50,559

 

62,015

Total assets

 

  

 

53,103

 

65,543

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

  

 

  

 

  

Share capital

 

  

 

1,457

 

934

Share premium

 

  

 

148,763

 

123,597

Reserves

 

  

 

8,513

 

4,338

Accumulated deficit

 

  

 

(119,370)

 

(75,733)

Equity attributable to owners of the Company

 

12

 

39,363

 

53,136

Non-controlling interests

 

 

 

(38)

 

 —

Total equity

 

 

 

39,325

 

53,136

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

  

 

  

 

  

Borrowings

 

  

 

5,284

 

5,697

Non-current liabilities

 

13

 

5,284

 

5,697

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Borrowings

 

 

 

1,960

 

 —

Trade payables

 

  

 

546

 

328

Social security and other taxes

 

  

 

1,019

 

312

Pension premiums

 

  

 

 —

 

13

Deferred income

 

  

 

347

 

 —

Other current liabilities

 

  

 

4,622

 

6,057

Current liabilities

 

14

 

8,494

 

6,710

Total liabilities

 

  

 

13,778

 

12,407

Total equity and liabilities

 

  

 

53,103

 

65,543

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

    

December 31, 

    

December 31, 

 

 

 

 

2018

 

2017

 

 

 

 

(€ in thousands)

Assets

 

  

 

  

 

  

Intangible assets

 

 7

 

 —

 

39

Property, plant and equipment

 

 8

 

1,864

 

2,505

Non-current assets

 

  

 

1,864

 

2,544

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Social security and other taxes

 

 9

 

1,243

 

396

Prepayments and other receivables

 

10

 

1,544

 

2,064

Cash and cash equivalents

 

11

 

105,580

 

48,099

Current assets

 

  

 

108,367

 

50,559

Total assets

 

  

 

110,231

 

53,103

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

  

 

  

 

  

Share capital

 

  

 

1,726

 

1,457

Share premium

 

  

 

235,744

 

148,763

Reserves

 

  

 

10,888

 

8,513

Accumulated deficit

 

  

 

(155,443)

 

(119,370)

Equity attributable to owners of the Company

 

12

 

92,915

 

39,363

Non-controlling interests

 

 

 

(230)

 

(38)

Total equity

 

 

 

92,685

 

39,325

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

  

 

  

 

  

Borrowings

 

  

 

9,386

 

5,284

Non-current liabilities

 

13

 

9,386

 

5,284

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Borrowings

 

 

 

 —

 

1,960

Trade payables

 

  

 

135

 

546

Social security and other taxes

 

  

 

 —

 

1,019

Pension premiums

 

  

 

 7

 

 —

Deferred income

 

  

 

545

 

347

Other current liabilities

 

  

 

7,473

 

4,622

Current liabilities

 

14

 

8,160

 

8,494

Total liabilities

 

  

 

17,546

 

13,778

Total equity and liabilities

 

  

 

110,231

 

53,103

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-3


 

PROQR THERAPEUTICS N.V.

Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Comprehensive Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

    

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

    

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

 

 

 

(€ in thousands)

 

 

 

(€ in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other income

 

15

 

 

1,495

 

 

1,828

 

 

3,235

 

15

 

 

5,761

 

 

1,495

 

 

1,828

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development costs

 

16

 

 

(31,153)

 

 

(31,923)

 

 

(23,401)

 

16

 

 

(29,514)

 

 

(31,153)

 

 

(31,923)

General and administrative costs

 

  

 

 

(10,840)

 

 

(9,478)

 

 

(6,837)

 

  

 

 

(12,540)

 

 

(10,840)

 

 

(9,478)

Total operating costs

 

  

 

 

(41,993)

 

 

(41,401)

 

 

(30,238)

 

  

 

 

(42,054)

 

 

(41,993)

 

 

(41,401)

Operating result

 

  

 

 

(40,498)

 

 

(39,573)

 

 

(27,003)

 

  

 

 

(36,293)

 

 

(40,498)

 

 

(39,573)

Financial income and expense

 

18

 

 

(3,175)

 

 

470

 

 

6,171

 

18

 

 

(792)

 

 

(3,175)

 

 

470

Result before corporate income taxes

 

  

 

 

(43,673)

 

 

(39,103)

 

 

(20,832)

 

  

 

 

(37,085)

 

 

(43,673)

 

 

(39,103)

Corporate income taxes

 

19

 

 

(2)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

19

 

 

(1)

 

 

(2)

 

 

 —

Result for the year

 

  

 

 

(43,675)

 

 

(39,103)

 

 

(20,832)

 

  

 

 

(37,086)

 

 

(43,675)

 

 

(39,103)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Items that will never be reclassified to profit or loss

 

  

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

  

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Items that are or may be reclassified to profit or loss

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Foreign operations – foreign currency translation differences

 

  

 

 

151

 

 

(16)

 

 

 1

 

  

 

 

(28)

 

 

151

 

 

(16)

Total comprehensive loss (attributable to equity holders of the Company)

 

  

 

 

(43,524)

 

 

(39,119)

 

 

(20,831)

 

  

 

 

(37,114)

 

 

(43,524)

 

 

(39,119)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Result attributable to

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Owners of the Company

 

 

 

 

(43,637)

 

 

(39,103)

 

 

(20,832)

 

 

 

 

(36,894)

 

 

(43,637)

 

 

(39,103)

Non-controlling interests

 

 

 

 

(38)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

(192)

 

 

(38)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(43,675)

 

 

(39,103)

 

 

(20,832)

 

 

 

 

(37,086)

 

 

(43,675)

 

 

(39,103)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share information

 

20

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

20

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Weighted average number of shares outstanding

 

  

 

 

25,374,807

 

 

23,346,507

 

 

23,343,262

 

  

 

 

34,052,520

 

 

25,374,807

 

 

23,346,507

Earnings per share for result attributable to the equity holders of the Company (expressed in Euro per share)

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Basic and diluted loss per share

 

  

 

(1.72)

 

(1.67)

 

(0.89)

 

  

 

(1.08)

 

(1.72)

 

(1.67)

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

 

F-4


 

Table of Contents

PROQR THERAPEUTICS N.V.

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

s

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Attributable to Equity Holders of the Company

 

 

 

 

 

Attributable to Equity Holders of the Company

 

 

 

 

    

 

    

 

    

Equity

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

Equity

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

Settled

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Settled

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Employee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Employee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share

 

Share

 

Benefit

 

Translation

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

Non-controlling

 

Total

 

Share

 

Share

 

Benefit

 

Translation

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

Non-controlling

 

Total

 

Capital 

 

Premium

 

Reserve  

 

Reserve  

 

Deficit  

 

Total

 

Interests

 

Equity

 

Capital 

 

Premium

 

Reserve  

 

Reserve  

 

Deficit  

 

Total

 

Interests

 

Equity

 

(€ in thousands)

 

(€ in thousands)

 

(€ in thousands)

 

(€ in thousands)

 

(€ in thousands)

 

(€ in thousands)

 

(€ in thousands)

 

(€ in thousands)

 

(€ in thousands)

 

(€ in thousands)

 

(€ in thousands)

 

(€ in thousands)

 

(€ in thousands)

 

(€ in thousands)

 

(€ in thousands)

 

(€ in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at January 1, 2015

 

934

 

123,581

 

687

 

 —

 

(15,798)

 

109,404

 

 —

 

109,404

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Result for the year

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(20,832)

 

(20,832)

 

 —

 

(20,832)

Other comprehensive income

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 1

 

 —

 

 1

 

 —

 

 1

Recognition of share-based payments

 

 —

 

 —

 

1,212

 

 —

 

 —

 

1,212

 

 —

 

1,212

Shares options exercised

 

 —

 

14

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

14

 

 —

 

14

Balance at December 31, 2015

 

934

 

123,595

 

1,899

 

 1

 

(36,630)

 

89,799

 

 —

 

89,799

Balance at January 1, 2016

 

934

 

123,595

 

1,899

 

 1

 

(36,630)

 

89,799

 

 —

 

89,799

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Result for the year

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(39,103)

 

(39,103)

 

 —

 

(39,103)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(39,103)

 

(39,103)

 

 —

 

(39,103)

Other comprehensive income

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(16)

 

 —

 

(16)

 

 —

 

(16)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(16)

 

 —

 

(16)

 

 —

 

(16)

Recognition of share-based payments

 

 —

 

 —

 

2,454

 

 —

 

 —

 

2,454

 

 —

 

2,454

 

 —

 

 —

 

2,454

 

 —

 

 —

 

2,454

 

 —

 

2,454

Shares options exercised

 

 —

 

 2

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 2

 

 —

 

 2

 

 —

 

 2

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 2

 

 —

 

 2

Balance at December 31, 2016

 

934

 

123,597

 

4,353

 

(15)

 

(75,733)

 

53,136

 

 —

 

53,136

 

934

 

123,597

 

4,353

 

(15)

 

(75,733)

 

53,136

 

 —

 

53,136

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Result for the year

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(43,637)

 

(43,637)

 

(38)

 

(43,675)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(43,637)

 

(43,637)

 

(38)

 

(43,675)

Other comprehensive income

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

151

 

 —

 

151

 

 —

 

151

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

151

 

 —

 

151

 

 —

 

151

Recognition of share-based payments

 

 —

 

 —

 

4,024

 

 —

 

 —

 

4,024

 

 —

 

4,024

 

 —

 

 —

 

4,024

 

 —

 

 —

 

4,024

 

 —

 

4,024

Issue of ordinary shares

 

343

 

25,342

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

25,685

 

 —

 

25,685

 

343

 

25,342

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

25,685

 

 —

 

25,685

Issue of treasury shares

 

180

 

(180)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

180

 

(180)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Shares options exercised

 

 —

 

 4

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 4

 

 —

 

 4

 

 —

 

 4

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 4

 

 —

 

 4

Balance at December 31, 2017

 

1,457

 

148,763

 

8,377

 

136

 

(119,370)

 

39,363

 

(38)

 

39,325

 

1,457

 

148,763

 

8,377

 

136

 

(119,370)

 

39,363

 

(38)

 

39,325

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Result for the year

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(36,894)

 

(36,894)

 

(192)

 

(37,086)

Other comprehensive income

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(28)

 

 —

 

(28)

 

 —

 

(28)

Recognition of share-based payments

 

 4

 

2,185

 

3,224

 

 —

 

 —

 

5,413

 

 —

 

5,413

Issue of ordinary shares

 

265

 

83,926

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

84,191

 

 —

 

84,191

Shares options lapsed

 

 —

 

 —

 

(97)

 

 —

 

97

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Shares options exercised

 

 —

 

870

 

(724)

 

 —

 

724

 

870

 

 —

 

870

Balance at December 31, 2018

 

1,726

 

235,744

 

10,780

 

108

 

(155,443)

 

92,915

 

(230)

 

92,685

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

 

F-5


 

Table of Contents

PROQR THERAPEUTICS N.V.

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

 

(€ in thousands)

 

(€ in thousands)

Cash flow from operating activities

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Net loss

 

(43,675)

 

(39,103)

 

(20,832)

 

(37,086)

 

(43,675)

 

(39,103)

Adjustments for:

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

  

Amortization & depreciation

 

1,065

 

1,245

 

480

Amortization & depreciation & Impairment

 

992

 

1,065

 

1,245

Share-based payment expenses

 

4,024

 

2,454

 

1,212

 

5,413

 

4,024

 

2,454

Financial income and expense

 

3,175

 

(470)

 

(6,171)

 

792

 

3,175

 

(470)

Net foreign exchange gain / (loss)

 

151

 

(16)

 

 1

 

(28)

 

151

 

(16)

Changes in working capital

 

164

 

1,433

 

637

 

1,295

 

164

 

1,433

Corporate income tax paid

 

(2)

 

 —

 

 —

 

(1)

 

(2)

 

 —

Interest received

 

147

 

236

 

441

Interest received (paid)

 

130

 

147

 

236

Net cash used in operating activities

 

(34,951)

 

(34,221)

 

(24,232)

 

(28,493)

 

(34,951)

 

(34,221)

Cash flow from investing activities

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Purchases of intangible assets

 

 —

 

 —

 

(28)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

 

(121)

 

(2,539)

 

(1,296)

 

(312)

 

(121)

 

(2,539)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

(121)

 

(2,539)

 

(1,324)

 

(312)

 

(121)

 

(2,539)

Cash flow from financing activities

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Proceeds from issuance of shares, net of transaction costs

 

25,685

 

 —

 

 —

 

84,191

 

25,685

 

 —

Proceeds from exercise of share options

 

 4

 

 2

 

14

 

870

 

 4

 

 2

Proceeds from borrowings

 

301

 

370

 

1,640

 

264

 

301

 

370

Proceeds from convertible loans

 

650

 

 —

 

 —

 

1,132

 

650

 

 —

Redemption of financial lease

 

 —

 

(15)

 

(34)

 

 —

 

 —

 

(15)

Net cash generated by financing activities

 

26,640

 

357

 

1,620

 

86,457

 

26,640

 

357

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

(8,432)

 

(36,403)

 

(23,936)

 

57,652

 

(8,432)

 

(36,403)

Currency effect cash and cash equivalents

 

(2,669)

 

738

 

6,065

 

(171)

 

(2,669)

 

738

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year

 

59,200

 

94,865

 

112,736

 

48,099

 

59,200

 

94,865

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

 

48,099

 

59,200

 

94,865

 

105,580

 

48,099

 

59,200

 

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these financial statements.

F-6


 

Table of Contents

PROQR THERAPEUTICS N.V.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

1. General Information

ProQR Therapeutics N.V., or “ProQR” or the “Company”, is a development stage company domiciled in the Netherlands that primarily focuses on the development and commercialization of novel therapeutic medicines.

Since September 18, 2014, the Company’s ordinary shares are listed on the NASDAQ Global Market under ticker symbol PRQR.

The Company was incorporated in the Netherlands, on February 21, 2012 and was reorganized from a private company with limited liability to a public company with limited liability on September 23, 2014. The Company has its statutory seat in Leiden, the Netherlands. The address of its headquarters and registered office is Zernikedreef 9, 2333 CK Leiden, the Netherlands.

At December 31, 2017,2018, ProQR Therapeutics N.V. is the ultimate parent company of the following entities:

·

ProQR Therapeutics Holding B.V. (the Netherlands, 100%);

·

ProQR Therapeutics I B.V. (the Netherlands, 100%);

·

ProQR Therapeutics II B.V. (the Netherlands, 100%);

·

ProQR Therapeutics III B.V. (the Netherlands, 100%);

·

ProQR Therapeutics IV B.V. (the Netherlands, 100%);

·

ProQR Therapeutics VI B.V. (the Netherlands, 100%);

·

ProQR Therapeutics VII B.V. (the Netherlands, 100%);

·

ProQR Therapeutics VIII B.V. (the Netherlands, 100%);

·

ProQR Therapeutics IX B.V. (the Netherlands, 100%);

·

ProQR Therapeutics I Inc. (United States, 100%);

·

Amylon Therapeutics B.V. (the Netherlands, 80%);

·

ProQRAmylon Therapeutics, Inc. (United(Unites States, a 100% subsidiary of Amylon Therapeutics B.V.).

ProQR Therapeutics N.V. is also statutory director of Stichting Bewaarneming Aandelen ProQR (“ESOP Foundation”) and has full control over this entity.

As used in these consolidated financial statements, unless the context indicates otherwise, all references to “ProQR”, the “Company” or the “Group” refer to ProQR Therapeutics N.V. including its subsidiaries and the ESOP Foundation.

2. Basis of preparation

(a) Statement of compliance

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards, or IFRS, as issued by the IASB.

(b) Basis of measurement

The financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis except for financial instruments and share-based payment obligations which have been based on fair value. Historical cost is generally based on the fair value of the consideration given in exchange for assets.

F-7


 

Table of Contents

(c) Functional and presentation currency

These consolidated financial statements are presented in euro, which is the Company’s functional currency. All amounts have been rounded to the nearest thousand, unless otherwise indicated.

(d) Going Concern

The management board of ProQR has, upon preparing and finalizing the 20172018 financial statements, assessed the Company’s ability to fund its operations for a period of at least one year after the date of signing these financial statements.

The management board of the Company is confident about the continuity of the Company based on its existing funding, taking into account the Company’s current cash position and the projected cash flows based on the activities under execution on the basis of ProQR’s business plan and budget.

(e) Use of estimates and judgements

In preparing these consolidated financial statements, management has made judgements, estimates and assumptions that affect the application of accounting policies and the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expenses. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

Estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognized in the period in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that period or in the period of the revision and future periods if the revision affects both current and future periods.

Information about assumptions and estimation uncertainties that may have a significant risk of resulting in a material adjustment is included below.

(i) Share-based payments

Share options granted to employees and consultants are measured at the fair value of the equity instruments granted. Fair value is determined through the use of an option-pricing model considering, among others, the following variables:

a)

the exercise price of the option;

b)

the expected life of the option;

c)

the current value of the underlying shares;

d)

the expected volatility of the share price;

e)

the dividends expected on the shares; and

f)

the risk-free interest rate for the life of the option.

For the Company’s share option plans, management’s judgment is that the Black-Scholes valuation method is the most appropriate for determining the fair value of the Company’s share options.

Initially, the Company’s ordinary shares were not publicly traded and consequently the Company needed to estimate the fair value of its share and the expected volatility of that value. The expected volatility of all options granted was therefore based on the average historical volatility of the Company’s peers over a period that agrees with the expected option life. All assumptions and estimates are further discussed in Note 12(d) to the financial statements. The value of

F-8


 

Table of Contents

the underlying shares was determined on the basis of the prior sale of company stock method. As such, the Company has benchmarked the value per share to external transactions of Company shares and external financing rounds.

For options granted from the moment of listing as stated above, the Company uses the closing price of the ordinary shares on the previous business day as exercise price of the options granted.

The result of the share option valuations and the related compensation expense is dependent on the model and input parameters used. Even though Management considers the fair values reasonable and defensible based on the methodologies applied and the information available, others might derive a different fair value for the Company’s share options.

(ii) Corporate income taxes

The Company recognizes deferred tax assets arising from unused tax losses or tax credits only to the extent that the Company has sufficient taxable temporary differences or there is convincing evidence that sufficient taxable profit will be available against which the unused tax losses or unused tax credits can be utilized. Management’s judgment is that such convincing evidence is currently not sufficiently available and a deferred tax asset is therefore only recognized to the extent that the Company has sufficient taxable temporary differences.

(iii) Grant income

(Government) Grant income is not recognized until there is reasonable assurance that the Company will comply with the conditions attached to them. (Government) Grants are recognized in profit or loss on a systematic basis over the period the Company recognizes as expenses the related costs for which the grants are expected to compensate.

(iv) Research and development expenditures

Research expenditures are currently not capitalized but are reflected in the income statement because the criteria for capitalization are not met. At each balance sheet date, the Company estimates the level of service performed by the vendors and the associated costs incurred for the services performed.

Although we do not expect the estimates to be materially different from amounts actually incurred, the understanding of the status and timing of services performed relative to the actual status and timing of services performed may vary and could result in reporting amounts that are too high or too low in any particular period.

(f) Changes in accounting policies

The financial statements have been prepared on the basis of International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”), as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”). New

IFRS 9

IFRS 9 contains three principal classification categories for financial assets: measured at amortized cost, FVOCI and FVTPL. The classification of financial assets under IFRS 9 is generally based on the business model in which a financial asset is managed and its contractual cash flow characteristics. IFRS 9 eliminates the previous IAS 39 categories of held to maturity, loans and receivables and available for sale.

IFRS 9 largely retains the existing requirements in IAS 39 for the classification and measurement of financial liabilities. The adoption of IFRS 9 has not had a significant effect on the Group’s accounting policies related to financial liabilities and derivative financial instruments.

Other new Standards and Interpretations, which became effective as of January 1, 2017,2018, did not have a material impact on our financial statements.

F-9


Table of Contents

3. Significant Accounting Policies

The Company has consistently applied the following accounting policies to all periods presented in these consolidated financial statements.

(a) Basis of consolidation

(i) Subsidiaries

Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Group. The Group controls an entity when it has power over the entity, is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the entity. The Group reassesses whether or not it controls an entity if facts and circumstances indicate that there are changes to one or more of these elements. The financial statements of subsidiaries

F-9


Table of Contents

are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date on which control commences until the date on which control ceases.

(ii) Non-controlling interests (“NCI”)

NCI are measured at their proportionate share of the acquiree's identifiable net assets at the acquisition date. Changes in the Group's interest in a subsidiary that do not result in a loss of control are accounted for as equity transactions.

(iii) Loss of control

When the Group loses control over a subsidiary, it derecognisesderecognizes the assets and liabilities of the subsidiary, and any non-controlling interests and other components of equity. Any resulting gain or loss is recognisedrecognized in profit or loss. Any interest retained in the former subsidiary is measured at fair value when control is lost.

(iv) Transactions eliminated on consolidation

Intra-group balances and transactions, and any unrealisedunrealized income and expenses arising from intra-group transactions, are eliminated. UnrealisedUnrealized gains arising from transactions with equity-accounted investees are eliminated against the investment to the extent of the Group’s interest in the investee. UnrealisedUnrealized losses are eliminated in the same way as unrealisedunrealized gains, but only to the extent that there is no evidence of impairment.

(b) Classes of financial instruments

Financial instruments are both primary financial instruments, such as receivables and payables, and financial derivatives. For primary financial instruments, reference is made to the treatment per the corresponding balance sheet item.

Financial derivatives are valued at fair value. Upon first recognition, financial derivatives are recognized at fair value and then revalued as at balance sheet date.

(c) Foreign currencies

(i) Foreign currency transactions

Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions.

Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated into the functional currency at the exchange rate at the reporting date. Non-monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies that are measured at fair value are translated into the functional currency at the exchange rate when the fair value was determined. Foreign currency differences are generally recognized in profit or loss. Non-monetary items that are measured based on historical cost in a foreign currency are not translated.

F-10


Table of Contents

(ii) Foreign operations

The assets and liabilities of foreign operations are translated into euro at exchange rates at the reporting date. The income and expenses of foreign operations are translated into euros at the exchange rates at the dates of the transactions. Foreign currency differences are recognized in OCI and accumulated in the translation reserve, except to the extent that the translation difference is allocated to NCI.

(d) Recognition of other income

Other income includes amounts earned from third parties and are recognized when earned in accordance with the substance and under the terms of the related agreements and when it is probable that the economic benefits associated with the transaction will flow to the entity and the amount of the income can be measured reliably. The grants are

F-10


Table of Contents

recognized in other income on a systematic basis over the period the Company recognizes as expenses the related costs for which the grants are expected to compensate.

(e) Government grants — WBSO

The WBSO (“afdrachtvermindering speur- en ontwikkelingswerk”) is a Dutch fiscal facility that provides subsidies to companies, knowledge centers and self-employed people who perform research and development activities (as defined in the WBSO Act). Under this Act, a contribution is paid towards the labor costs of employees directly involved in research and development. The contribution is in the form of a reduction of payroll taxes and social security contributions recognized on a net basis within the labor costs. Subsidies relating to labor costs are deferred and recognized in the income statement in the period necessary to match them with the labor costs that they are intended to compensate.

(f) Employee benefits

(i) Short-term employee benefits

Short-term employee benefits are expensed as the related service is provided. A liability is recognized for the amount expected to be paid if the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation to pay this amount as a result of past service provided by the employee and the obligation can be estimated reliably.

(ii) Share-based payment transactions

The grant-date fair value of equity-settled share-based payment awards granted to employees is generally recognized as an expense, with a corresponding increase in equity, over the vesting period of the awards. The amount recognized as an expense is adjusted to reflect the number of awards for which the related service and non-market performance conditions are expected to be met, such that the amount ultimately recognized is based on the number of awards that meet the related service and non-market performance conditions at the vesting date. For share-based payment awards with non-vesting conditions, the grant-date fair value of the share-based payment is measured to reflect such conditions and there is no true-up for differences between expected and actual outcomes.

(iii) Pension obligations

The Company operates defined contribution pension plans for all employees funded through payments to insurance companies. The Company has no legal or constructive obligation to pay further contributions once the contributions have been paid. The contributions are recognized as employee benefit expense when employees have rendered the service entitling them to the contributions. Prepaid contributions are recognized as an asset to the extent that a cash refund or a reduction in the future payments is available.

(g) Taxation

Income tax expense represents the sum of the tax currently payable and deferred tax. It is recognized in profit or loss except to the extent that it relates to a business combination, or items recognized directly in equity or in OCI.

F-11


Table of Contents

(i) Current tax

The tax currently payable is based on taxable profit for the year. Taxable profit differs from profit as reported in the income statement because of items of income or expense that are taxable or deductible in other years and items that are never taxable or deductible. The Company’s liability for current tax is calculated using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the end of the reporting period.

(ii) Deferred tax

Deferred tax is recognized on differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the financial statements and the corresponding tax bases used in the computation of taxable profit.

F-11


Table of Contents

The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at the end of each reporting period and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available to allow all or part of the asset to be recovered. Since the Company does not expect to be profitable in the foreseeable future, its deferred tax assets are valued at nil.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the period in which the liability is settled or the asset realized, based on tax rates (and tax laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the end of the reporting period. The measurement of deferred tax liabilities and assets reflects the tax consequences that would follow from the manner in which the Company expects, at the end of the reporting period, to recover or settle the carrying amount of its assets and liabilities.

(h) Intangible assets

(i) Licenses

Acquired patents have a finite useful life and are carried at cost less accumulated amortization and impairment losses. Amortization is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate the cost of patents over their estimated useful lives (generally 10 years unless a patent expires prior to that date). Amortization begins when an asset is available for its intended use.

(ii) Research and development

Research expenditures are recognized as expenses as incurred. Costs incurred on development projects are recognized as intangible assets as of the date that it can be established that it is probable that future economic benefits that are attributable to the asset will flow to the Company considering its commercial and technological feasibility, generally when filed for regulatory approval for commercial production, and when costs can be measured reliably. Given the current stage of the development of the Company’s products no development expenditures have yet been capitalized.

Registration costs for patents are part of the expenditures for the research and development project. Therefore, registration costs for patents are expensed as incurred as long as the research and development project concerned does not yet meet the criteria for capitalization.

(iii) Other intangible assets

Other intangible assets, including software, that are acquired by the Company and have finite useful lives are measured at cost less accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment losses.

(iv) Amortization

Amortization is calculated to write off the cost of intangible assets less their estimated residual values using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives, and is recognized in profit or loss.

F-12


Table of Contents

The estimated useful lives for current and comparative periods are as follows:

 

 

 

 

  software:

    

3

years;

 

Amortization methods, useful lives and residual values are reviewed at each reporting date and adjusted if appropriate.

(i) Property, plant and equipment

(i) Recognition and measurement

Items of property, plant and equipment are measured at cost less accumulated depreciation and any accumulated impairment losses. If significant parts of an item of property, plant and equipment have different useful lives, then they

F-12


Table of Contents

are accounted for as separate items (major components) of property, plant and equipment. Any gain or loss on disposal of an item of property, plant and equipment is recognized in profit or loss.

(ii) Depreciation

Depreciation is calculated to write off the cost of items of property, plant and equipment less their estimated residual values using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives, and is recognized in profit or loss. Leased assets are depreciated over the shorter of the lease term and their useful lives unless it is reasonably certain that the Company will obtain ownership by the end of the lease term.

The estimated useful lives of property, plant and equipment for current and comparative periods are as follows:

 

 

 

 

  leasehold improvements:

    

5-10

years;

  laboratory equipment:

 

5

years;

   other:

 

3-5

years.

 

Depreciation methods, useful lives and residual values are reviewed at each reporting date and adjusted if appropriate.

(j) Impairment of tangible and intangible assets

At the end of each reporting period, the Company reviews the carrying amounts of its tangible and intangible assets to determine whether there is any indication that those assets have suffered an impairment loss. If any such indication exists, the recoverable amount of the asset is estimated in order to determine the extent of the impairment loss (if any). Where it is not possible to estimate the recoverable amount of an individual asset, the Company estimates the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit to which the asset belongs. Where a reasonable and consistent basis of allocation can be identified, corporate assets are also allocated to individual cash-generating units, or otherwise they are allocated to the smallest group of cash-generating units for which a reasonable and consistent allocation basis can be identified.

Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives and intangible assets not yet available for use are tested for impairment at least annually, and whenever there is an indication that the asset may be impaired.

The recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less costs of disposal and value in use. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset for which the estimates of future cash flows have not been adjusted.

If the recoverable amount of an asset (or cash-generating unit) is estimated to be less than its carrying amount, the carrying amount of the asset (or cash-generating unit) is reduced to its recoverable amount. An impairment loss is recognized immediately in profit or loss, unless the relevant asset is carried at a revalued amount, in which case the impairment loss is treated as a revaluation decrease.

F-13


Table of Contents

Where an impairment loss subsequently reverses, the carrying amount of the asset (or cash-generating unit) is increased to the revised estimate of its recoverable amount, but so that the increased carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined had no impairment loss been recognized for the asset (or cash-generating unit) in prior years. A reversal of an impairment loss is recognized immediately in profit or loss, unless the relevant asset is carried at a revalued amount, in which case the reversal of the impairment loss is treated as a revaluation increase.

(k) Financial assets

All financial assets are recognized and derecognized on the trade date where the purchase or sale of a financial asset is under a contract whose terms require delivery of the financial asset within the timeframe established by the market

F-13


Table of Contents

concerned, and are initially measured at fair value plus transaction costs, exceptand subsequently measured at amortized cost or fair value on the basis of the entity’s business model for thosemanaging the financial assets classified as at fair value through profit or loss, which are initially measured at fair value.and the contractual cash flow characteristics of the financial assets.

LoansSpecifically:

·

debt instruments that are held within a business model whose objective is to collect the contractual cash flows, and that have contractual cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding, are measured subsequently at amortised cost, and

·

all other debt investments and equity investments are measured subsequently at fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL).

(l) Contract receivables

TradeContract receivables, loans and other receivables that have fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market are classified as “loans and receivables”. Loans and receivables are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method, less any impairment.

AnThe group applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach to measuring expected credit losses which uses a lifetime expected loss allowance for all trade receivables. To measure the expected credit losses, trade receivables have been grouped based on shared credit risk characteristics and the days past due. Trade receivables are written off when there is no reasonable expectation of recovery. Indicators that there is no reasonable expectation of recovery include, amongst others, the failure of a debtor to engage in a repayment plan with the group, and a failure to make contractual payments for a period of greater than 120 days past due. Impairment losses on trade receivables and contract assets are presented as net impairment losses within operating profit. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off are credited against the same line item.
 

Previous accounting policy for impairment of trade receivables

In the prior year, an allowance for doubtful accounts is established when there is objective evidence that the Company will not be able to collect all amounts due according to the original terms of receivables. Significant financial difficulties of the debtor, probability that the debtor will enter into bankruptcy or financial reorganization, and default or delinquency in payments are considered indicators that the trade receivable is impaired. Loans and receivables are included in ‘current assets’, except for maturities greater than 12 months after the balance sheet date, which are classified as ‘non-current assets’.

For all financial assets, the fair value approximates its carrying value.

(l)(m) Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand and all highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less that are convertible to a known amount of cash and bear an insignificant risk of change in value.

(m)

F-14


Table of Contents

(n) Financial liabilities and equity instruments

Debt and equity instruments are classified as either financial liabilities or as equity in accordance with the substance of the contractual arrangement.

Equity instruments

An equity instrument is any contract that evidences a residual interest in the assets of an entity after deducting all of its liabilities. Equity instruments issued by the Company are recognized at the proceeds received, net of direct issue costs.

Compound financial instruments

Compound financial instruments issued by the Group comprise convertible notes denominated in euro that can be converted to share capital at the option of the holder, when the number of shares to be issued is fixed and does not vary with changes in fair value.

The liability component of a compound financial instrument is recognisedrecognized initially at the fair value of a similar liability that does not have an equity conversion option. The equity component is recognisedrecognized initially at the difference between the fair value of the compound financial instrument as a whole and the fair value of the liability component. Any directly attributable transaction costs are allocated to the liability and equity components in proportion to their initial carrying amounts.

Subsequent to initial recognition, the liability component of a compound financial instrument is measured at amortisedamortized cost using the effective interest method. The equity component of a compound financial instrument is not remeasured.

Interest related to the financial liability is recognisedrecognized in profit or loss. On conversion, the financial liability is reclassified to equity and no gain or loss is recognised.

F-14


Table of Contents

recognized.

Other financial liabilities

Other financial liabilities, including borrowings, are initially measured at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred, and are subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method, with interest expense recognized on an effective yield basis.

The effective interest method is a method of calculating the amortized cost of a financial liability and of allocating interest expense over the relevant period. The effective interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash payments through the expected life of the financial liability, or, where appropriate, a shorter period.

Borrowings and other financial liabilities are classified as ‘non-current liabilities,’ other than liabilities with maturities up to one year, which are classified as “current liabilities”.

The Company derecognizes financial liabilities when the liability is discharged, cancelled or expired. For all financial liabilities, the fair value approximates its carrying amount.

(n)(o) Leases

(i) Determining whether an arrangement contains a lease

At inception of an arrangement, the Company determines whether such an arrangement is or contains a lease.

At inception or on reassessment of an arrangement that contains a lease, the Company separates payments and other consideration required by such an arrangement into those for the lease and those for other elements on the basis of their relative fair values. If the Company concludes for a finance lease that it is impracticable to separate the payments reliably, then an asset and a liability are recognized at an amount equal to the fair value of the underlying asset.

F-15


Table of Contents

Subsequently, the liability is reduced as payments are made and an imputed finance cost on the liability is recognized using the Company’s incremental borrowing rate.

(ii) Leased assets

Assets held by the Company under leases that transfer to the Company substantially all of the risks and rewards of ownership are classified as finance leases. The leased assets are measured initially at an amount equal to the lower of their fair value and the present value of the minimum lease payments. Subsequent to initial recognition, the assets are accounted for in accordance with the accounting policy applicable to that asset.

Assets held under other leases are classified as operating leases and are not recognized in the Company’s statement of financial position.

(iii) Lease payments

Payments made under operating leases are recognized in profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. Lease incentives received are recognized as an integral part of the total lease expense, over the term of the lease.

Minimum lease payments made under finance leases are apportioned between the finance expense and the reduction of the outstanding liability. The finance expense is allocated to each period during the lease term so as to produce a constant periodic rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability.

4. New standards and interpretations not yet adopted

A number of new standards, amendments to standards and interpretations are effective for annual periods beginning after January 1,  2018,2019, and have not been applied in preparing these consolidated financial statements. Those which may be relevant to the Group are set out below. The Group does not plan to adopt these standards early.

F-15


Table of Contents

IFRS 9 Financial Instruments

IFRS 9, published in July 2014, replaces the existing guidance in IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement. IFRS 9 includes revised guidance on the classification and measurement of financial instruments, including a new expected credit loss model for calculating impairment on financial assets, and the new general hedge accounting requirements. It also carries forward the guidance on recognition and derecognition of financial instruments from IAS 39.

IFRS 9 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018, with early adoption permitted.

IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers

IFRS 15 establishes a comprehensive framework for determining whether, how much and when revenue is recognised. It replaces existing revenue recognition guidance, including IAS 18 Revenue, IAS 11 Construction Contracts and IFRIC 13 Customer Loyalty Programmes.

IFRS 15 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018, with early adoption permitted.

IFRS 16 Leases

IFRS 16 specifies how a company will recognise,recognize, measure, present and disclose leases. The standard provides a single lessee accounting model, requiring lessees to recogniserecognize assets and liabilities for all leases unless the lease term is 12 months or less or the underlying asset has a low value. Lessors continue to classify leases as operating or finance, with IFRS 16’s approach to lessor accounting substantially unchanged from its predecessor, IAS 17.

The impact on the income statement is that current operating expenses will be replaced by depreciation and interest. Total expenses (depreciation for 'right of use' assets and interest on lease liabilities) are higher in the earlier years of a typical lease and lower in the later years, in comparison with current accounting for operating leases. The main impact on the statement of cash flows is higher cash flows from operating activities, since cash payments for the principal part of the lease liability are classified in the net cash flow from financing activities by approximately € 1.2 million.

IFRS 16 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2019, with early adoption permitted and is expected to have an effect on our balance sheet of approximately € 52.3 million.

The adoption of these StandardsThere are no other standards that are not yet effective and Interpretations are notthat would be expected to have a material effectimpact on the financial statements.entity in the current or future reporting periods and on foreseeable future transactions.

F-16


Table of Contents

5. Financial Risk Management

5.1 Financial risk factors

The Company’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks: market risk (including currency risk, interest rate risk and price risk), credit risk and liquidity risk. The Company’s overall financial risk management seeks to minimize potential adverse effects resulting from unpredictability of financial markets on the Company’s financial performance.

Risk management is carried out by the finance department. The finance department identifies and evaluates financial risks and proposes mitigating actions if deemed appropriate.

(a) Market risk

Market risk is the risk that changes in market prices – such as foreign exchange rates, interest rates and equity prices – will affect the Company’s income or the value of its holdings of financial instruments. The objective of market risk management is to manage and control market risk exposures within acceptable parameters, while optimizing the return.

Foreign exchange risk

Foreign exchange risk arises from future commercial transactions and recognized assets and liabilities in foreign currencies, primarily with respect to the U.S. Dollar. The Company has an exposure associated with the time delay between entering into a contract, budget or forecast and the realization thereof. The Company operates a foreign

F-16


Table of Contents

exchange policy to manage the foreign exchange risk against the functional currency based on the Company’s cash balances and the projected future spend per major currency.

At December 31, 20172018 there was a net liability in U.S. Dollars of € 0.70.1 million (2016:(2017: € 2.40.7 million). Foreign currency denominated receivables and trade payables are short term in nature (generally 30 to 45 days). As a result foreign exchange rate movements on receivables and trade payables, during the years presented had an immaterial effect on the financial statements.

At year-end, a substantial amount of our cash balances are denominated in U.S. Dollars. This amount reflects our current expectation of future expenditure in U.S. dollars.

A reasonably possible weakening of the U.S. Dollar by 10% against all other currencies at December 31, 20172018 would have affected the measurement of our cash balances denominated in a U.S. Dollar and affected equity and profit or loss by € 2.52.4 million (2016:(2017: € 2.5 million). The analysis assumes that all other variables, in particular interest rates, remain constant.

Price risk

The market prices for the production of preclinical and clinical materials and services as well as external contracted research may vary over time. Currently, the commercial prices of any of the Company’s product candidates is uncertain. When the development products near the regulatory approval date or potential regulatory approval date, the uncertainty of the potential sales price decreases. The Company is not exposed to commodity price risk.

Furthermore the Company does not hold investments classified as available-for-sale or at fair value through profit or loss,designated for sale, therefore are not exposed to equity securities price risk.

Cash flow and fair value Interest rate risk

The Company’s exposure to interest rate risks is limited due to the use of loans with fixed rates. The Company has several loans with fixed interest rates, totaling €7,244,000€9,386,000 at December 31, 2017 (2016:2018 (2017: € 5,697,000)7,244,000). Details on the interest rates and maturities of these loans are provided in Note 13.

F-17


Table of Contents

(b) Credit risk

Credit risk represents the risk of financial loss caused by default of the counterparty. The Company has no large receivables balances with external parties. The Company’s principal financial assets are cash and cash equivalents which are held at ABN Amro, Rabobank and Wells Fargo. Our cash management policy is focused on preserving capital, providing liquidity for operations and optimizing yield while accepting limited risk (Short-term credit ratings must be rated A‑1/P‑1/F1 at a minimum by at least one of the Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organizations (NRSROs) specifically Moody’s, Standard & Poor’s or Fitch. Long-term credit rating must be rated A2 or A at a minimum by at least one NRSRO).

At December 31, 20172018 and December 31, 2016,2017, substantially all of our cash and cash equivalents were held at three large institutions, Rabobank, ABN Amro and Wells Fargo. All institutions are highly rated (ratings of Aa2,Aa3, A1 and A2 for Rabobank, ABN Amro and Wells Fargo respectively) with sufficient capital adequacy and liquidity metrics.

There are no financial assets past due date or impaired. No credit limits were exceeded during the reporting period.

(c) Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk represents the risk that an entity will encounter difficulty in meeting obligations associated with its financial liabilities. Prudent liquidity risk management implies ensuring sufficient availability of cash resources for funding of operations and planning to raise cash if and when needed, either through issue of shares or through credit facilities. Management monitors rolling forecasts of the Company’s liquidity reserve on the basis of expected cash flow.

F-17


Table of Contents

The table below analyzes ProQR’s undiscounted liabilities into relevant maturity groupings based on the remaining period at year-end until the contractual maturity date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Less than 

    

Between 1 

    

Between 2 

    

 

    

Less than 

    

Between 1 

    

Between 2 

    

 

 

1 year  

 

and 2 years  

 

and 5 years  

 

Over 5 years  

 

1 year  

 

and 2 years  

 

and 5 years  

 

Over 5 years  

 

(€ in thousands)

At December 31, 2018

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Borrowings

 

 —

 

797

 

8,984

 

 —

Trade payables and other payables

 

8,160

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Total

 

8,160

 

797

 

8,984

 

 —

 

(€ in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 2017

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Borrowings

 

1,960

 

980

 

5,981

 

 —

 

1,960

 

980

 

5,981

 

 —

Trade payables and other payables

 

6,534

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

6,534

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Total

 

8,494

 

980

 

5,981

 

 —

 

8,494

 

980

 

5,981

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 2016

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Borrowings

 

 —

 

1,839

 

4,860

 

 —

Trade payables and other payables

 

6,710

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Total

 

6,710

 

1,839

 

4,860

 

 —


5.2 Capital risk management

The Company’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern in order to provide returns for shareholders, benefits for other stakeholders and to maintain an optimal capital structure to reduce the cost of capital.

In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Company may adjust the amount of dividends paid to shareholders (although at this time the Company does not have retained earnings and is therefore currently unable to pay dividends), return capital to shareholders, issue new shares or sell assets to reduce debt.

The total amount of equity as recorded on the balance sheet is managed as capital by the Company.

F-18


Table of Contents

5.3 Fair value measurement

For financial instruments that are measured on the balance sheet at fair value, IFRS 13 requires disclosure of fair value measurements by level of the following fair value measurement hierarchy:

·

quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (level 1);

·

inputs other than quoted prices included within level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (that is, as prices) or indirectly (that is, derived from prices) (level 2); and

·

inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (that is, unobservable inputs) (level 3).

The carrying amount of all financial assets and financial liabilities is a reasonable approximation of the fair value and therefore information about the fair values of each class has not been disclosed.

6. Segment Information

The Company operates in one reportable segment, which comprises the discovery and development of innovative, RNA based therapeutics. The management board is identified as the chief operating decision maker. The management board reviews the operating results regularly to make decisions about resources and to assess overall performance.

The Company has not generated any sales revenues since inception.

All non-current assets of the Company are located in the Netherlands. The amounts provided to the management board with respect to total assets and liabilities are measured in a manner consistent with that of the financial statements.

F-18F-19


 

Table of Contents

7. Intangible Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Licenses 

    

Software 

    

Total  

    

Licenses 

    

Software 

    

Total  

 

(€ in thousands)

 

(€ in thousands)

 

(€ in thousands)

 

(€ in thousands)

 

(€ in thousands)

 

(€ in thousands)

Balance at January 1, 2016

 

  

 

  

 

  

Cost

 

39

 

152

 

191

Accumulated amortization

 

 —

 

(50)

 

(50)

Carrying amount

 

39

 

102

 

141

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additions

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Amortization

 

 —

 

(51)

 

(51)

Movement for the period

 

 —

 

(51)

 

(51)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2016

 

  

 

  

 

  

Balance at January 1, 2017

 

  

 

  

 

  

Cost

 

39

 

152

 

191

 

39

 

152

 

191

Accumulated amortization

 

 —

 

(101)

 

(101)

 

 —

 

(101)

 

(101)

Carrying amount

 

39

 

51

 

90

 

39

 

51

 

90

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additions

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Amortization

 

 —

 

(51)

 

(51)

 

 —

 

(51)

 

(51)

Movement for the period

 

 —

 

(51)

 

(51)

 

 —

 

(51)

 

(51)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2017

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Cost

 

39

 

152

 

191

 

39

 

152

 

191

Accumulated amortization

 

 —

 

(152)

 

(152)

 

 —

 

(152)

 

(152)

Carrying amount

 

39

 

 —

 

39

 

39

 

 —

 

39

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additions

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Impairment

 

(39)

 

 —

 

(39)

Amortization

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Movement for the period

 

(39)

 

 —

 

(39)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2018

 

  

 

  

 

  

Cost

 

39

 

152

 

191

Accumulated amortization

 

(39)

 

(152)

 

(191)

Carrying amount

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

In 2012, the Company acquired an exclusive license from the Massachusetts General Hospital. The initial payment in respect of the license, in the amount of € 39,000 will be amortized over the commercial life of products based on the license during the patent-life.

The amortization charge for 2017has been impaired and is included in the general and administrative costs for an amount of €51,000 (2016:€ 39,000 (2017: € -).

The amortization charge for 2018 is included in the general and administrative costs for an amount of € - (2017: € 51,000).

F-19F-20


 

Table of Contents

8. Property, Plant and Equipment (‘PP&E’)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Leasehold

    

Laboratory

    

 

    

 

    

Leasehold

    

Laboratory

    

 

    

 

 

improvements 

 

equipment 

 

Other 

 

Total  

 

improvements 

 

equipment 

 

Other 

 

Total  

 

(€ in thousands)

 

(€ in thousands)

 

(€ in thousands)

 

(€ in thousands)

 

(€ in thousands)

 

(€ in thousands)

 

(€ in thousands)

 

(€ in thousands)

Balance at January 1, 2016

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Balance at January 1, 2017

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Cost

 

985

 

1,136

 

651

 

2,772

 

1,847

 

1,957

 

1,283

 

5,087

Accumulated depreciation

 

(94)

 

(305)

 

(174)

 

(573)

 

(508)

 

(660)

 

(481)

 

(1,649)

Carrying amount

 

891

 

831

 

477

 

2,199

 

1,339

 

1,297

 

802

 

3,438

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additions

 

1,166

 

806

 

461

 

2,433

 

 9

 

47

 

26

 

82

Depreciation

 

(499)

 

(340)

 

(332)

 

(1,171)

 

(294)

 

(409)

 

(312)

 

(1,015)

Transfer

 

(196)

 

 —

 

196

 

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Disposals

 

(23)

 

 —

 

 —

 

(23)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Movement for the period

 

448

 

466

 

325

 

1,239

 

(285)

 

(362)

 

(286)

 

(933)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2016

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Balance at December 31, 2017

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Cost

 

1,847

 

1,957

 

1,283

 

5,087

 

1,856

 

2,004

 

1,309

 

5,169

Accumulated depreciation

 

(508)

 

(660)

 

(481)

 

(1,649)

 

(802)

 

(1,069)

 

(793)

 

(2,664)

Carrying amount

 

1,339

 

1,297

 

802

 

3,438

 

1,054

 

935

 

516

 

2,505

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additions

 

 9

 

47

 

26

 

82

 

18

 

281

 

13

 

312

Depreciation

 

(294)

 

(409)

 

(312)

 

(1,015)

 

(296)

 

(419)

 

(238)

 

(953)

Disposals

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Movement for the period

 

(285)

 

(362)

 

(286)

 

(933)

 

(278)

 

(138)

 

(225)

 

(641)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2017

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Balance at December 31, 2018

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Cost

 

1,856

 

2,004

 

1,309

 

5,169

 

1,874

 

2,285

 

1,322

 

5,481

Accumulated depreciation

 

(802)

 

(1,069)

 

(793)

 

(2,664)

 

(1,098)

 

(1,488)

 

(1,031)

 

(3,617)

Carrying amount

 

1,054

 

935

 

516

 

2,505

 

776

 

797

 

291

 

1,864

 

The depreciation charge for 20172018 is included in the research and development costs for an amount of € 836,000  (2016:725,000  (2017: € 907,000)836,000) and in the general and administrative costs for an amount of € 179,000  (2016:228,000  (2017: € 264,000)179,000).

9. Social Security and Other Taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

December 31, 

    

December 31, 

    

December 31, 

    

December 31, 

 

2017

 

2016

 

2018

 

2017

 

(€ in thousands)

 

(€ in thousands)

Value added tax

 

396

 

395

 

311

 

396

Wage tax

 

 —

 

 —

 

932

 

 —

 

396

 

395

 

1,243

 

396

 

All receivables are considered short-term and due within one year.

10. Prepayments and Other Receivables

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

December 31, 

    

December 31, 

    

December 31, 

    

December 31, 

 

2017

 

2016

 

2018

 

2017

 

(€ in thousands)

 

(€ in thousands)

Prepayments

 

1,991

 

1,250

 

645

 

1,991

Other receivables

 

73

 

1,170

 

899

 

73

 

2,064

 

2,420

 

1,544

 

2,064

 

All receivables are considered short-term and due within one year.

F-20F-21


 

Table of Contents

All receivables are considered short-term and due within one year.

11. Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

December 31, 

    

December 31, 

    

December 31, 

    

December 31, 

 

2017

 

2016

 

2018

 

2017

 

(€ in thousands)

 

(€ in thousands)

Cash at banks

 

48,099

 

56,354

 

105,580

 

48,099

Bank deposits

 

 —

 

2,846

 

 —

 

 —

 

48,099

 

59,200

 

105,580

 

48,099

 

The cash at banks is at full disposal of the Company. Bank deposits are convertible into cash upon request of the Company.

12. Shareholders’ Equity

(a) Share capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of shares 2017

 

Number of shares 2016

 

Number of shares 2015

 

Number of shares 2018

 

Number of shares 2017

 

Number of shares 2016

    

Ordinary 

    

Ordinary 

    

Ordinary 

    

Ordinary 

    

Ordinary 

    

Ordinary 

Balance at January 1

 

23,346,856

 

23,345,965

 

23,338,154

 

36,425,014

 

23,346,856

 

23,345,965

Issued for cash

 

8,573,975

 

 —

 

 —

 

6,612,500

 

8,573,975

 

 —

Issued for services

 

112,473

 

 —

 

 —

Exercise of share options

 

1,034

 

891

 

7,811

 

226,098

 

1,034

 

891

Treasury shares issued

 

4,503,149

 

 —

 

 —

Treasury shares issued (transferred)

 

(226,098)

 

4,503,149

 

 —

Balance at December 31

 

36,425,014

 

23,346,856

 

23,345,965

 

43,149,987

 

36,425,014

 

23,346,856

 

The authorized share capital of the Company amounting to € 3,000,0007,200,000 consists of 37,500,00090,000,000 ordinary shares and 37,500,00090,000,000 preference shares with a par value of € 0.04 per share. At December 31, 2017,  36,425,0142018, 43,149,987 ordinary shares were issued and fully paid in cash, of which 4,503,1494,277,051 were held by the Company as treasury shares (2016:  1,173,958)(2017: 4,503,149).

On October 2, 2015, the Company filed a shelf registration statement, which permitted: (a) the offering, issuance and sale by the Company of up to a maximum aggregate offering price of $ 200,000,000 (€ 166,764,000)  of its ordinary shares, warrants and/or units; and (b) as part of the $ 200,000,000, the offering, issuance and sale by us of up to a maximum aggregate offering price of $ 60,000,000 (€ 50,029,000)  of its ordinary shares that may be issued and sold under a sales agreement in one or more at-the-market offerings. In 2017, the Company has issued 976,477 shares pursuant to its current at-the-market offering program, resulting in proceeds of € 4,138,000, net of € 127,000 of offering expenses.

On June 28, 2017, the Company agreed to the issuance of 1,200,000 ordinary shares to institutional investors at an issue price of $ 5.00 (€ 4.40) per share in a registered direct offering with gross proceeds of € 5,278,000. The closing of the offering was effected on July 3, 2017. Transaction costs amounted to € 414,000, resulting in net proceeds of € 4,864,000.

In November 2017, the Company consummated an underwritten public offering and concurrent registered direct offering of 6,397,498 ordinary shares at an issue price of $ 3.25 (€ 2.76) per share. The gross proceeds from both offerings amounted to € 17,671,000 while the transaction costs amounted to € 988,000, resulting in net proceeds of € 16,683,000.

In September 2018, the Company consummated an underwritten public offering and concurrent registered direct offering of 6,612,500 ordinary shares at an issue price of $ 15.75 per share. The gross proceeds from this offering amounted to € 89,983,000 while the transaction costs amounted to € 5,792,000, resulting in net proceeds of € 84,191,000.

In November 2018, the Company issued 112,473 shares in the aggregate amount of $ 2.5 million, at $ 22.23 (€ 19.46) per share to Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Under the terms of the agreement, an upfront payment in ordinary shares to its common stock was made to Ionis upon signing the worldwide license agreement. The Company was granted an exclusive worldwide license to QR-1123 and relevant patents. The Company will also make future milestone payments, certain of which will be made in equity and others in cash or equity at the company’s discretion, and royalties on net sales of 20% through the royalty term.

On November 7, 2018, the Company filed a shelf registration statement, which permitted: (a) the offering, issuance and sale by the Company of up to a maximum aggregate offering price of $ 300,000,000 of its ordinary shares, warrants

F-22


Table of Contents

and/or units; and (b) as part of the $ 300,000,000, the offering, issuance and sale by us of up to a maximum aggregate offering price of $ 75,000,000 of its ordinary shares that may be issued and sold under a sales agreement with H.C. Wainwright & Co in one or more at-the-market offerings.

(b) Equity settled employee benefit reserve

The costs of share options for employees, members of the supervisory board and members of the management board are recognized in the income statement, together with a corresponding increase in equity during the vesting period, taking into account (deferral of) corporate income taxes. The accumulated expense of share options recognized in the income statement is shown separately in the equity category ‘equity settled employee benefit reserve’ in the ‘statement of changes in equity’. On September 25, 2017, we established a Dutch foundation named Stichting Bewaarneming Aandelen ProQR for holding shares in trust for employees, members of the Management Board and members of the Supervisory Board of the Company and its group companies who from time to time will exercise options under the Company’s equity incentive plans.

F-21


Table of Contents

(c) Translation reserve

The translation reserve comprises all foreign currency differences arising from the translation of the financial statements of foreign operations.

(d) Share options

The Company operates an equity-settled share-based compensation plan which was introduced in 2013. Options may be granted to employees, members of the supervisory board, members of the management board and consultants. The compensation expenses included in operating costs for this plan were € 3,224,000 in 2018 (2017: € 4,024,000, in 2017  (2016:2016: € 2,454,000,  2015: € 1,212,000)2,454,000), of which € 2,167,000 (2017: € 2,059,000, (2016:2016: € 1,480,000,  2015: € 801,000)1,480,000) was recorded in general and administrative costs and € 1,057,000 (2017: € 1,965,000, (2016:2016: € 974,000,  2015: € 411,000)974,000) was recorded in research and development costs based on employee allocation.

Options granted under this stock option plan are exercisable once vested. Any vesting schedule may be attached to the granted options, however the typical vesting period is four years (25% after every year). The options expire ten years after date of grant. Options granted under the stock option plan are granted at exercise prices which equal the fair value of the ordinary shares of the Company at the date of the grant.

The Company accounts for its employee stock options under the fair value method. The fair value of the options is estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, with on average the following assumptions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Options granted 

    

Options granted 

    

Options granted 

 

    

Options granted 

    

Options granted 

    

Options granted 

 

 

in 2017

 

in 2016

 

in 2015

 

 

in 2018

 

in 2017

 

in 2016

 

Risk-free interest rate

 

1.913

%  

1.467

%  

1.497

%

 

2.223

%  

1.913

%  

1.467

%  

Expected dividend yield

 

 —

%  

 —

%  

 —

%

 

 —

%  

 —

%  

 —

%  

Expected volatility

 

88.7

%  

86.3

%  

86.8

%

 

80.9

%  

88.7

%  

86.3

%  

Expected life in years

 

 5

 years  

 5

 years  

 5

 years  

 

 5

 years  

 5

 years  

 5

 years  

 

The resulting weighted average grant date fair value of the options amounted to € 2.02 in 2018 (2017: € 3.21, in 2017  (2016:2016: € 3.72,  2015: € 10.35)3.72). The stock options granted have a 10 year life following the grant date and are assumed to be exercised five years from date of grant for all awards.

F-23


Table of Contents

Movements in the number of options outstanding and their related weighted average exercise prices are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

2018

 

2017

 

2016

    

Number of

    

Average

    

Number of

    

Average

    

Number of

    

Average

    

Number of

    

Average

    

Number of

    

Average

    

Number of

    

Average

 

options  

 

exercise price  

 

options  

 

exercise price  

 

options  

 

exercise price  

 

options  

 

exercise price  

 

options  

 

exercise price  

 

options  

 

exercise price  

Balance at January 1

 

2,205,989

 

4.88

 

1,108,935

 

4.19

 

998,765

 

2.78

 

3,331,875

 

4.78

 

2,205,989

 

4.88

 

1,108,935

 

4.19

Granted

 

1,199,447

 

4.63

 

1,214,126

 

5.49

 

125,798

 

15.27

 

1,570,366

 

3.11

 

1,199,447

 

4.63

 

1,214,126

 

5.49

Forfeited

 

(72,527)

 

5.56

 

(116,181)

 

4.64

 

(7,817)

 

4.64

 

(142,467)

 

4.29

 

(72,527)

 

5.56

 

(116,181)

 

4.64

Exercised

 

(1,034)

 

3.54

 

(891)

 

2.38

 

(7,811)

 

1.78

 

(226,098)

 

4.02

 

(1,034)

 

3.54

 

(891)

 

2.38

Expired

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

(22,164)

 

 

 6

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

Balance at December 31

 

3,331,875

 

4.78

 

2,205,989

 

4.88

 

1,108,935

 

4.19

 

4,511,512

 

4.24

 

3,331,875

 

4.78

 

2,205,989

 

4.88

Exercisable at December 31

 

1,148,893

 

 

  

 

615,246

 

 

  

 

339,352

 

 

  

 

1,683,731

 

 

  

 

1,148,893

 

 

  

 

615,246

 

 

  

 

The options outstanding at December 31, 20172018 had an exercise price in the range of € 1.11 to € 20.34 (2016:(2017: € 1.11 to € 20.34, 2015:2016: € 1.11 to € 20.34) and a weighted-average contractual life of 7.6 years (2017: 7.9 years, (2016:  8.3 years,  2015:2016: 8.3 years).

The weighted-average share price at the date of exercise for share options exercised in 20172018 was € 15.36 (2017: € 4.32, (2016:2016: € 4.23,  2015: € 19.30)4.23).

Please refer to Note 23 for the options granted to key management personnel.

F-22


Table of Contents

13. Non-current liabilities

(a) Borrowings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

December 31, 

    

December 31, 

    

December 31, 

    

December 31, 

 

2017

 

2016

 

2018

 

2017

 

(€ in thousands)

 

(€ in thousands)

Innovation credit

 

4,899

 

4,598

 

5,164

 

4,899

Accrued interest on innovation credit

 

1,683

 

1,099

Convertible loans

 

662

 

 —

 

1,871

 

662

Accrued interest

 

2,351

 

1,683

Total borrowings

 

7,244

 

5,697

 

9,386

 

7,244

Current portion

 

(1,960)

 

 —

 

 —

 

(1,960)

 

5,284

 

5,697

 

9,386

 

5,284

Innovation credit (“Innovatiekrediet”)

On June 1, 2012, ProQR was awarded an Innovation credit by the Dutch government, through its agency RVO of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, for the Company’s cystic fibrosis program. Amounts were drawn under this facility in the course of the years 2013 through 2017. The credit covers 35% of the costs incurred in respect of the program up to an initial maximum of € 5.0 million.

The credit is interest-bearing at a rate of 10% per annum. Early October 2018 ProQR received a conditional waiver of the €5 million Innovation credit. The total loan of € 7.4 million including interest will be waived after 3 years if certain conditions are met. The conditions are reviewed by RVO on an annual basis.

On December 10, 2018 ProQR was awarded an Innovation credit by the Dutch government, through its agency RVO of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, for the QR-110 program. Amounts will be drawn under this facility from 2018 through 2021. The credit of € 4.7 million through December 31, 2021 will be used to conduct the Phase 2/3 clinical study and efforts to obtain regulatory and ethical market approval (NDA/MAA) of QR-110 for LCA10, of which €163,000 has been received in 2018. The credit, including accrued interest of 10% per annum, is repayable in three installments on November 30, 2018, November 30, 2019 and November 30, 2020, depending on the technical successobtaining market approval. The credit covers 35% of the program.costs incurred in respect of the program up to € 4.7 million.


The assets which are co-financed with the granted innovation creditcredits are subject to a right of pledge for the benefit of RVO.

F-24


Table of Contents

Convertible loans

Convertible loans were issued to Amylon Therapeutics B.V. in 2017 and 2018 and are interest-bearing at an average rate of 8% per annum. They are convertible into a variable number of ordinary shares within 36 months at the option of the holder or the Company in case financing criteria are met. Any unconverted loans become payable on demand after 24 – 36 months in equal quarterly terms.

In March 2018, we entered into a convertible loan (the “Loan”), pursuant to which we borrowed an aggregate of €260,000 from the lender. The loan bears interest at a rate of 3% per annum. The outstanding principal and interest under the Loan is convertible into our ordinary shares upon the first to occur of the following events, at the election of the lender for (i) or (ii): (i) our public announcement of a strategic business partnership aimed at joint development of, or development by the partner of, our Huntington’s disease program, in which case the lender may convert the outstanding Loan amount into our ordinary shares at the then-prevailing trading price less a 25% discount; (ii) our public announcement of our decision to independently develop our Huntington’s disease program in the future, in which case the lender may convert the outstanding Loan amount into our ordinary shares at the then-prevailing trading price; or, (iii) on or around March 30, 2020 at the then-prevailing trading price plus a 25% premium. In no event are we required, nor are we permitted, to issue ordinary shares in an amount that exceeds 0.5% of the total number of ordinary shares outstanding immediately prior to the entry into the Loan. The Loan agreement restricts the lender’s ability to transfer the Loan, and prohibits the lender from entering into or engaging in any hedge, swap, short sale, derivative transaction or other agreement or arrangement that transfers any ownership of, or interests in, the Loan or our ordinary shares issued or issuable upon conversion of the Loan. The Loan and the ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of the Loan were issued in reliance on a private placement exemption from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

14. Current Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

December 31, 

    

December 31, 

    

December 31, 

    

December 31, 

 

2017

 

2016

 

2018

 

2017

 

(€ in thousands)

 

(€ in thousands)

Borrowings

 

1,960

 

 —

 

 —

 

1,960

Trade payables

 

546

 

328

 

135

 

546

Social securities and other taxes

 

1,019

 

312

 

 —

 

1,019

Pension premiums

 

 —

 

13

 

 7

 

 —

Deferred income

 

347

 

 —

 

545

 

347

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

 

4,622

 

6,057

 

7,473

 

4,622

 

8,494

 

6,710

 

8,160

 

8,494

 

At December 31, 2017,2018, current liabilities included deferred income resulting from installmentsfunds received for one of the € 6 million grant (ProQR: € 4.6 million) from the European Commission (EC) under the Horizon 2020 program to finance the clinical development of eluforsen.our research and innovation programs.

F-23


Table of Contents

15. Other income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

 

(€ in thousands)

 

(€ in thousands)

Grant income

 

870

 

1,632

 

3,188

 

5,378

 

870

 

1,632

Rental income from property subleases

 

625

 

196

 

47

 

174

 

625

 

196

Other income

 

209

 

 —

 

 —

 

1,495

 

1,828

 

3,235

 

5,761

 

1,495

 

1,828

 

In August 2014, the Company entered into an agreement with Cystic Fibrosis Foundation Therapeutics, Inc., or CFFT, a subsidiary of the Cystic Fibrosis Foundation, pursuant to which CFFT agreed to provide the Company with up to $ 3 million (€ 2.5 million) to support the clinical development of eluforsen. The grantOther income is recognized in other income in the same period in which the related R&D costs are recognized.

incidental by nature. In 2015, the European Commission (EC) through its Horizon 2020 program awarded ProQRus and itsour academic partners a grant of € 6 million (ProQR: € 4.6 million) to support the clinical development of eluforsen through December 31, 2017.(ProQR: € 4.6 million). Horizon 2020 is one of the largest research and innovation programs in the European Union with nearly € 80 billion in available funding for qualified projects from 2014 to 2020. This program has ended at December 31, 2017 and the final amount of € 1.3 million has been recognized as other income in 2018.

Both grants

F-25


Table of Contents

On February 9, 2018, the Company entered into a partnership agreement with Foundation Fighting Blindness (FFB), under which FFB has agreed to provide funding of $ 7.5 million for the preclinical and clinical development of QR‑421a for Usher syndrome type 2A targeting mutations in exon 13. In 2018 € 2.5 million has been recognized as other income.

On June 5, 2018, the Company entered into a partnership agreement with EB Research Partnership (EBRP) and EB Medical Research Foundation (EBMRF) under which EBRP and EBMRF have agreed to provide funding of $ 5.0 million for the clinical development of QR‑313 for Dystrophic Epidermolysis Bullosa targeting mutations in exon 73. In 2018 € 1.3 million has been recognized as other income.

Grants are recognized in other income in the same period in which the related R&D costs are recognized.

16. Research and Development Costs

Research and development costs amounted to € 31,153,00029,514,000 in 2017  (2016:2018 (2017: € 31,923,000,  2015:31,153,000,2016: € 23,401,000)31,923,000) and comprise allocated employee costs, the costs of materials and laboratory consumables, the costs of external studies including, amongst others, clinical studies and toxicology studies and external research, license- and IP-costs and allocated other costs.

17. Employee Benefits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

 

(€ in thousands)

 

(€ in thousands)

Wages and salaries

 

11,855

 

10,184

 

7,128

 

11,558

 

11,855

 

10,184

Social security costs

 

1,285

 

1,093

 

596

 

1,346

 

1,285

 

1,093

Pension costs — defined contribution plans

 

860

 

764

 

478

 

868

 

860

 

764

Equity-settled share based payments

 

4,024

 

2,454

 

1,212

 

3,224

 

4,024

 

2,454

 

18,024

 

14,495

 

9,414

 

16,996

 

18,024

 

14,495

Average number of employees for the period

 

139.9

 

133.4

 

86.1

 

127.7

 

139.9

 

133.4

 

Employees per activity at December 31 (converted to FTE):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

December 31, 2017

    

December 31, 2016

    

December 31, 2015

    

December 31, 2018

    

December 31, 2017

    

December 31, 2016

Research and Development

 

96.2

 

100.4

 

72.4

 

89.2

 

96.2

 

100.4

General and Administrative

 

34.0

 

32.9

 

27.1

 

29.6

 

34.0

 

32.9

Total number of employees at December 31 (converted to FTE)

 

130.2

 

133.3

 

99.5

 

118.8

 

130.2

 

133.3

 

Of all employees 125.2112.8 FTE are employed in the Netherlands (2016: 128.3(2017: 125.2 FTE).

Included in the wages and salaries for 20172018 is a credit of € 1,294,000 (2017: € 723,000, (2016:2016: € 807,000,  2015: € 372,000)807,000) with respect to WBSO subsidies.

18. Financial Income and Expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

 

 

(€ in thousands)

Interest income:

 

  

 

  

 

  

Current accounts and deposits

 

189

 

90

 

270

Interest costs:

 

  

 

  

 

  

Interest on loans and borrowings

 

(810)

 

(596)

 

(538)

Foreign exchange result:

 

  

 

  

 

  

Net foreign exchange benefit/(loss)

 

(171)

 

(2,669)

 

738

 

 

(792)

 

(3,175)

 

470

F-24F-26


 

Table of Contents

18. Financial Income and Expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

 

(€ in thousands)

Interest income:

 

  

 

  

 

  

Current accounts and deposits

 

90

 

270

 

501

Interest costs:

 

  

 

  

 

  

Interest on loans and borrowings

 

(596)

 

(538)

 

(395)

Foreign exchange result:

 

  

 

  

 

  

Net foreign exchange benefit/(loss)

 

(2,669)

 

738

 

6,065

 

 

(3,175)

 

470

 

6,171

19. Income Taxes

The calculation of the tax charge is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

 

 

(€ in thousands)

 

 

(€ in thousands)

 

Income tax based on domestic rate

 

10,918

 

9,776

 

5,208

 

 

9,106

 

10,918

 

9,776

 

Tax effect of:

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

Non-deductible expenses

 

(634)

 

(622)

 

(309)

 

 

(818)

 

(634)

 

(622)

 

Deductible expenses

 

1,448

 

 —

 

 —

 

Tax incentives

 

 —

 

(46)

 

136

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

(46)

 

Current year losses for which no deferred tax asset was recognized

 

(10,257)

 

(9,045)

 

(5,035)

 

 

(9,710)

 

(10,257)

 

(9,045)

 

Change in unrecognized deductible temporary differences

 

(25)

 

(63)

 

 —

 

 

(25)

 

(25)

 

(63)

 

Income tax charge

 

 2

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 1

 

 2

 

 —

 

Effective tax rate

 

 —

%  

 —

%  

 —

%

 

 —

%  

 —

%  

 —

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due to the operating losses incurred since inception the Company has no tax provisions as of the balance sheet date. Furthermore, no significant temporary differences exist between accounting and tax results.

Realization of deferred tax assets is dependent on future earnings, if any, the timing and amount of which are uncertain. Accordingly, the Company has not yet recognized any deferred tax asset related to operating losses. As per December 31, 2017,2018, the Company has a total amount of € 162.6 million (2017: € 123.9 million, (2016:2016: € 82.9 million,  2015: € 46.9 million) tax loss carry-forwards available for offset against future taxable profits. According to current tax regulations the first amount of the tax loss carry-forwards will expire in 2021.

20. Earnings Per Share

(a) Basic and diluted earnings per share

Basic earnings per share are calculated by dividing the result attributable to equity holders of the Company by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the year.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

Result attributable to equity holders of the Company (€ in thousands)

 

 

(43,637)

 

 

(39,103)

 

 

(20,832)

 

 

(36,894)

 

 

(43,637)

 

 

(39,103)

Weighted average number of shares outstanding

 

 

25,374,807

 

 

23,346,507

 

 

23,343,262

 

 

34,052,520

 

 

25,374,807

 

 

23,346,507

Basic (and diluted) earnings per share (€ per share)

 

(1.72)

 

(1.67)

 

(0.89)

 

(1.08)

 

(1.72)

 

(1.67)

 

(b) Diluted earnings per share

For the periods included in these financial statements, the share options are not included in the diluted earnings per share calculation as the Company was loss-making in all periods. Due to the anti-dilutive nature of the outstanding options, basic and diluted earnings per share are equal.

F-25


Table of Contents

(c) Dividends per share

The Company did not declare dividends for any of the years presented in these financial statements.

21. Operational Leases

Since 2012, the Company is domiciled in Leiden, the Netherlands, where it currently has entered into rental agreements for laboratory space and offices.offices and since late 2018 in Cambridge, Massachusetts, USA.

F-27


Table of Contents

We lease facilities of approximately 2,960 square meters in total, located at Zernikedreef in Leiden, the Netherlands, where our headquarters and our laboratories are located. The lease for this facility terminates on December 31, 2020, and subject to the provisions of the lease, may then be renewed for subsequent 5 year terms. In May 2018, we entered into an agreement to lease additional office space in the US, at CIC Cambridge. Per January 2019, we rent an office of approximately 60 square meters, located at 245 Main Street, Cambridge, MA 02142. We believe that our existing facilities are adequate to meet current needs and that suitable alternative spaces will be available in the future on commercially reasonable terms.

The lease expenditure charged to the income statement in 20172018 amounts to € 1,813,000 (2017: € 2,103,000, (2016:2016: € 1,849,000,  2015: € 703,000)1,849,000). The future aggregate minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

December 31, 2017

    

December 31, 2016

    

December 31, 2015

    

December 31, 2018

    

December 31, 2017

    

December 31, 2016

 

(€ in thousands)

 

(€ in thousands)

Less than 1 year

 

1,607

 

1,775

 

1,938

 

1,233

 

1,607

 

1,775

Between 1 and 5 years

 

3,312

 

5,508

 

7,212

 

1,233

 

3,312

 

5,508

More than 5 years

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Total

 

4,919

 

7,283

 

9,150

 

2,466

 

4,919

 

7,283

 

The Company leased out a part of its officesoffice in the U.S. and the Netherlands.Netherlands during 2017 and early 2018. In 2017,2018, total sublease income amounted to €174,000  (2017: € 625,000, (2016: € 196,000,  2015:  €47,000)2016: €196,000), which is recorded in other income. At 31 December, the future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable leases are receivable as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

December 31, 2017

    

December 31, 2016

    

December 31, 2015

    

December 31, 2018

    

December 31, 2017

    

December 31, 2016

 

(€ in thousands)

 

(€ in thousands)

Less than 1 year

 

174

 

463

 

185

 

 

 

174

 

463

Between 1 and 5 years

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

More than 5 years

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Total

 

174

 

463

 

185

 

 —

 

174

 

463

 

 

22. Commitments and Contingencies

(a) Claims

There are no claims known to management related to the activities of the Company.

(b) Patent license agreements

On October 26, 2018, we and Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. entered into a License Agreement, pursuant to which Ionis granted an exclusive, worldwide, royalty-bearing license to us to develop and commercialize certain pharmaceutical products, including the product designated by Ionis as IONIS-RHO-2.5Rx, which has been re-designated by us as QR-1123, for the prevention or treatment of retinitis pigmentosa in humans, including patient screening. Ionis also granted to the Company certain sub-license rights. Under the License Agreement, we are required to make an upfront payment of an aggregate of up to $ 6.0 million in installments, and certain payments up to an aggregate of $ 20.0 million upon the satisfaction of certain development and sales milestones. In addition, Ionis is entitled to royalty payments in the double digits of aggregate annual net sales, subject to minimum sales in certain circumstances, and subject to reduced rates in certain circumstances. The royalty term lasts on a product-by-product and country-by-country basis, until the later of the expiration of the patent rights licensed to us and the expiration of regulatory-based exclusivity for such product in such country. The License Agreement may also be terminated by either party based upon certain uncured material breach by, or insolvency of, the other party, or by us at any time with advanced notice. In connection with the upfront payments and development milestone payments, we also simultaneously entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement with Ionis, pursuant to which we agreed to issue an aggregate of $ 2.5 million of ordinary shares to satisfy the first installment upfront payment, and the remaining installment of the upfront payment in ordinary shares determined upon the due date of such installment.  In addition, the Stock Purchase Agreement provides for the ability for us, at our discretion, to pay the development milestone payments in ordinary shares when such payments are due.  We may not issue ordinary shares to Ionis to the extent that such issuance would result in Ionis owning in excess of 18.5% of our issued and outstanding

F-28


Table of Contents

shares, nor may we issue ordinary shares if such issuance, together with previous issuances under the Stock Purchase Agreement, would exceed 19.9% of our outstanding ordinary shares as of the date of the execution of the Stock Purchase Agreement. Under these circumstances, we are required to pay the remainder of the upfront and/or development milestone payments in cash. In addition, in connection with the Stock Purchase Agreement, we also entered into an Investor Agreement with Ionis, pursuant to which we agreed to register for resale the ordinary shares issued by us under the Stock Purchase Agreement, under the circumstances described in the Investor Agreement. The Investor Agreement also contains customary covenants related to our registration of such shares, preparation of filings in connection therewith and indemnification of Ionis. The Investor Agreement also contains lockup provisions prohibiting the disposition of our ordinary shares issued under the Stock Purchase Agreement for a period of 12 months from the applicable issuance date, as well as voting provisions requiring Ionis to vote its ordinary shares in accordance with the recommendations of our board of directors, in each case subject to certain exceptions

In April 2014 the Company entered into a Patent License Agreement with Radboud University Medical Center, or Radboud in the field of antisense oligonucleotide-based therapy for Leber’s Congenital Amaurosis, or LCA. Under the terms of this license agreement, the Company has an exclusive, sublicensable, world-wide royalty-bearing license under certain Radboud patent rights to develop, make, have made, use, sell offer for sale and import of certain licensed products of Radboud for use in all prophylactic and therapeutic uses in the field of LCA.  Pursuant to the terms of the license agreement, the Company is obligated to pay Radboud net-sales-related royalties which shall be determined on a product-by-product and country-by-country basis.  If the Company required to pay any third party royalties, it may deduct that amount from that which is owed to Radboud. Radboud shall provide human resources, materials, facilities and equipment that are necessary for preclinical and clinical trials and if the Company does not purchase such trial facilities from Radboud, it is required to pay an increased net-sales-related royalty. In the Company’s sole discretion, it may elect to convert the obligation to pay net-sales-related royalties into one of the two lump-sum royalty options depending on whether the Company elects to convert prior to or after regulatory approval has been filed. The license agreement will remain in effect until the date on which all patent applications and all granted patents ensuing from such applications have expired or is terminated earlier in accordance with the agreement. Either party may terminate the agreement if the other party is in default of a material obligation under the agreement which has not been cured within 30 days of notice of such default.  Either party may also terminate the agreement if the other party declares bankruptcy, dissolves, liquidates or the like.  Radboud may also terminate the agreement if the Company does not pay any amount owed under the agreement and such payment remains overdue for at least 30 days after receiving notice from Radboud of the amount due.

In June 2015, we entered into another license agreement with Radboud. Under the terms of this license agreement, the Company has an exclusive, sublicensable, world-wide royalty-bearing license under certain Radboud patent rights to develop, make, have made, use, sell offer for sale and import of certain licensed products of Radboud for use in all prophylactic and therapeutic uses in the field of Usher syndrome.  Pursuant to the terms of the license agreement, the Company is obligated to pay Radboud net-sales-related royalties which shall be determined on a product-by-product and country-by-country basis. If the Company is required to pay any third party royalties, it may deduct that amount from that which is owed to Radboud. Radboud shall provide human resources, materials, facilities and equipment that are necessary for preclinical and clinical trials and if the Company does not purchase such trial facilities from Radboud, it is required to pay an increased net-sales-related royalty. In the Company’s sole discretion, it may elect to convert the obligation to pay net-sales-related royalties into one of the two lump-sum royalty options depending on whether it elects to convert prior to or after regulatory approval has been filed. The license agreement will remain in effect until the date on which all patent applications and all granted patents ensuing from such applications have expired or is terminated earlier in accordance with the agreement. Either party may terminate the agreement if the other party is in default of a material obligation under the agreement which has not been cured within 30 days of notice of such default. Either party may also terminate the agreement if the other party declares bankruptcy, dissolves, liquidates or the like. Radboud may also terminate the agreement if the Company does not pay any amount owed under the agreement and such payment remains overdue for at least 30 days after receiving notice from Radboud of the amount due.

In January 2018, the Company entered into a license agreement with Inserm Transfert SA and Assistance-Publique-Hôpiteaux de Paris. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company has a world-wide, exclusive, royalty-bearing license under patent rights belonging to Inserm Transfert SA and other co-owners to develop, have developed, make, have made, use, have used and sell, have sold or otherwise distribute certain licensed products related to antisense

F-29


Table of Contents

oligonucleotides for treating LCA and method of treatment claims relating to modulation of the splicing of the CEP290 gene product. The Company has the right to grant sublicenses to third parties subject to certain limitations such as the sublicensee’s activities do not conflict with the public order or ethical obligations of Inserm Transfert SA or any co-owner and do not tarnish the image of Inserm Transfert SA or any co-owner. In partial consideration of the rights and licenses granted by the license agreement, the Company is required to make payments upon the completion of certain milestones: completion of a clinical trial more advanced than First in Man, such as a phase IIb; and the first marketing authorization or any foreign equivalent for a first product.  In further consideration of the rights and license granted under the agreement, the Company shall pay to Inserm Transfert SA a running royalty on net sales of products sold by us or our sublicensee. Unless terminated earlier pursuant to termination provisions of Agreement, the license agreement will remain in effect on a country-by-country basis, until the later to occur of the following events (i) the invalidation or expiration of the last to expire or to be invalidated patent rights which covers the manufacture, use or sale of the product in said country or until the expiration of the exclusive commercialization right granted by a regulatory agency to a product as an orphan drug or (ii) five years after the first commercial sale of a product in the country in which the product is sold.  The agreement may be terminated by either party in the event of an uncured breach by the non-breaching party.  Inserm Transfert SA may terminate the agreement if we become the subject of voluntary or involuntary winding-up proceedings or judicial recovery, if the Company or its sublicensees interrupt development activities for at least one year, if the Company or its sublicensees interrupt commercialization for more than twelve months after the first commercialization in a country, if the Company does not commercialize a product within two years following our obtaining of marketing approval in a country, or if the Company or our sublicensees do not put a product into commercial use and do not keep products reasonably available to the public within twelve years of the effective date of the agreement.

In January 2016, the Company entered into an agreement with Leiden University Medical Center, or LUMC, which gives us a world-wide, exclusive, royalty-bearing license in the field of amyloid beta related diseases, notably Alzheimer’s disease and HCHWA-D, under certain patent rights of LUMC regarding antisense oligonucleotide based therapies. This license agreement contains certain diligence obligations for the Company coupled to milestone payments and complements the Company’s intellectual property relating to its CNS program. On September 12, 2017, this program was transferred to Amylon Therapeutics B.V., in which the Company maintains a majority ownership.

In January 2017, the Company entered into an agreement with LUMC, which gives us a world-wide, exclusive, royalty-bearing license in the field of Huntington’s disease, under certain patent rights of LUMC regarding antisense oligonucleotide based therapies. This license agreement contains certain diligence obligations for the Company coupled to milestone payments and complements the Company’s intellectual property relating to the HD program.

In 2012, the Company and the General Hospital Corporation (MGH) have entered into a Patent License Agreement for the Company’s CF program pursuant to which the Company may have certain royalty and milestone obligations. The Company is also obligated to pay MGH up to $ 700,000 (€ 584,000)611,000) in milestone payments upon the achievement of certain development and regulatory milestones and, beginning after its first commercial sale of a product covered by the licensed patent rights, a $ 10,000 (€ 8,000)9,000) annual license fee which is creditable against royalties due to MGH in the same calendar year. In addition, the Company is obligated to pay MGH 2% of any net sales by the Company, its affiliates or sublicensees on licensed products made or sold in the United States, as well as a low double-digit percentage of any payments the Company may receive from any sublicensee anywhere in the world.

The Company has entered into various other Patent License Agreements, including those with Radboud University Medical Center, Leiden University Medical Centre, Inserm Transfert and Assistance-Publique-Hôpiteaux de Paris, and PARI Pharma GmbH, under which the Company is granted world-wide exclusive licenses pursuant to which the Company may have certain royalty obligations in relation to its product candidates. Pursuant to the terms of these agreements, the Company has made upfront payments, is obligated to make milestone payments and has to make sales-based royalty payments after market authorization. In specific cases, the Company has the option to make a one-time

F-26


Table of Contents

payment to buy of royalty obligations or in case the Company terminates an agreement before or after regulatory approval of the product. The Company may terminate an agreement for any reason.

(c) Clinical support agreements

In August 2014, the Company entered into an agreement with Cystic Fibrosis Foundation Therapeutics, Inc., or CFFT, a subsidiary of the Cystic Fibrosis Foundation, pursuant to which CFFT agreed to provide the Company with up to $ 3 million (€ 2.52.6 million) to support the clinical development of eluforsen.

Pursuant to the terms of the agreement, the Company is obligated to make a one-time milestone payment to CFFT of up to approximately $ 16 million (€ 1314 million), payable in three equal annual installments following the first commercial sale of eluforsen, the first of which is due within 90 days following the first commercial sale. The Company is also obligated to make a one-time milestone payment to CFFT of up to $ 3 million (€ 2.52.6 million) if net sales of eluforsen exceed $ 500 million (€ 417437 million) in a calendar year. Lastly, the Company is obligated to make a payment to CFFT of

F-30


Table of Contents

up to approximately $ 6 million (€ 5 million) if it transfers, sells or licenses eluforsen other than for certain clinical or development purposes, or if the Company enters into a change of control transaction prior to commercialization. However, the payment in the previous sentence may be set-off against the $ 16 million milestone payment. Either CFFT or the Company may terminate the agreement for cause, which includes the Company’s material failure to achieve certain commercialization and development milestones. The Company’s payment obligations survive the termination of the agreement.

On February 9, 2018, the Company entered into an agreement with Foundation Fighting Blindness (FFB), under which FFB will provide funding of $7.5$ 7.5 million (€ 6.36.6 million) to advance QR-421aQR‑421a into the clinic and will receive future milestone payments.

Pursuant to the terms of the agreement, the Company is obligated to make a one-time milestone payment to FFB of up to approximately $ 37.5 million (€ 31.332.8 million), payable in four equal annual installments following the first commercial sale of QR-421a,QR‑421a, the first of which is due within 60 days following the first commercial sale. The Company is also obligated to make a payment to FFB of up to approximately $ 15 million (€ 12.513.1 million) if it transfers, sells or licenses QR-421aQR‑421a other than for certain clinical or development purposes, or if the Company enters into a change of control transaction. However, the payment in the previous sentence may be set-off against the $ 37.5 million milestone payment. Either FFB or the Company may terminate the agreement for cause, which includes the Company’s material failure to achieve certain commercialization and development milestones. The Company’s payment obligations survive the termination of the agreement.

On June 5, 2018, the Company entered into a partnership agreement with EB Research Partnership (EBRP) and EB Medical Research Foundation (EBMRF) under which EBRP and EBMRF have agreed to provide funding of $ 5.0 million for the clinical development of QR-313 for Dystrophic Epidermolysis Bullosa targeting mutations in exon 73. Pursuant to the terms of the agreement, the Company shall, during the period starting upon completing a Successful Clinical Study, pay EBRP the total Actual Award in 12 equal semi-annual installments of the Actual Award made by EBRP. ProQR shall have the option, at its discretion, to pay the amount for each installment in ProQR Therapeutics N.V. shares at the price of market close on the payment due date. In addition to the payment in subparagraph (a) above, ProQR shall pay a return on investment to EBRP in an amount equal of 1.36 times the Actual Award at the first anniversary of First Commercial Sale; 1.36 times the Actual Award at the second anniversary of First Commercial Sale; 1.36 times the Actual Award at the third anniversary of First Commercial Sale; and 1.0 times the Actual Award when aggregate Net Sales of the Product exceed $ 100 million.

In the event of a License Transaction by ProQR or a Change of Control Transaction (collectively a “Disposition Transaction”): (i) ProQR shall pay to EBRP 33.3 percent of any consideration received by ProQR in connection with such transaction (whether up front or in subsequent milestone or other payments and whether in cash or other property) not to exceed four (4) times the amount of the Actual Award (the “Disposition Payment”), provided that (i) the amount of the actual total payment previously made by ProQR under Section 2(a) shall be deducted  from the amount of the “Disposition Payment”.

(d) Research and development commitments

The Company has research and development commitments, mainly with CRO’s, amounting to € 7,704,0008,114,000 at December 31, 2017  (2016:2018 (2017: € 8,856,000)7,704,000). Of these obligations an amount of € 6,094,0005,807,000 is due in 2018,2019, the remainder is due in 1 to 5 years.

23. Related-Party Transactions

Details of transactions between the Company and related parties are disclosed below.

F-27F-31


 

Table of Contents

(a) Compensation of the Supervisory Board

The remuneration of the supervisory board members in 20172018 is set out in the table below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2017

 

2018

    

Short term

    

Post-employment

    

Share-based

    

 

    

Short term

    

Post-employment

    

Share-based

    

 

 

employee benefits

 

benefits

 

payment

 

Total

 

employee benefits

 

benefits

 

payment

 

Total

 

(€ in thousands)

 

(€ in thousands)

Mr. Dinko Valerio

 

36

 

 —

 

87

 

123

 

36

 

 —

 

69

 

105

Mr. Henri Termeer

 

28

 

 —

 

160

 

188

Mr. Antoine Papiernik

 

76

 

 —

 

 —

 

76

 

72

 

 —

 

 —

 

72

Ms. Alison Lawton

 

31

 

 —

 

99

 

130

 

31

 

 —

 

75

 

106

Mr. Paul Baart

 

84

 

 —

 

 —

 

84

 

80

 

 —

 

 —

 

80

Mr. James Shannon

 

33

 

 —

 

92

 

125

 

33

 

 —

 

73

 

106

 

288

 

 —

 

438

 

726

 

252

 

 —

 

217

 

469

 

The remuneration of the supervisory board members in 2017 is set out in the table below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2017

 

    

Short term

    

Post employment

    

Share-based

    

 

 

 

employee benefits

 

benefits

 

payment

 

Total

 

 

(€ in thousands)

Mr. Dinko Valerio

 

36

 

 —

 

87

 

123

Mr. Henri Termeer

 

28

 

 —

 

160

 

188

Mr. Antoine Papiernik

 

76

 

 —

 

 —

 

76

Ms. Alison Lawton

 

31

 

 —

 

99

 

130

Mr. Paul Baart

 

84

 

 —

 

 —

 

84

Mr. James Shannon

 

33

 

 —

 

92

 

125

 

 

288

 

 —

 

438

 

726

The 2016 remuneration is set out in the table below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2016

 

    

Short term

    

Post employment

    

Share-based

    

 

 

 

employee benefits

 

benefits

 

payment

 

Total

 

 

(€ in thousands)

Mr. Dinko Valerio

 

36

 

 —

 

52

 

88

Mr. Henri Termeer

 

31

 

 —

 

51

 

82

Mr. Antoine Papiernik

 

78

 

 —

 

 —

 

78

Ms. Alison Lawton

 

31

 

 —

 

74

 

105

Mr. Paul Baart

 

82

 

 —

 

 —

 

82

Mr. James Shannon

 

29

 

 —

 

27

 

56

 

 

287

 

 —

 

204

 

491

 

The 2015 remuneration is set out in the table below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015

 

    

Short term

    

Post employment

    

Share-based

    

 

 

 

employee benefits

 

benefits

 

payment

 

Total

 

 

(€ in thousands)

Mr. Dinko Valerio

 

36

 

 —

 

12

 

48

Mr. Henri Termeer

 

34

 

 —

 

11

 

45

Mr. Antoine Papiernik

 

73

 

 —

 

 —

 

73

Ms. Alison Lawton

 

31

 

 —

 

48

 

79

Mr. Paul Baart

 

73

 

 —

 

 —

 

73

 

 

247

 

 —

 

71

 

318

As at December 31, 2017:2018:

·

Mr. Valerio holds 1,043,420 ordinary shares in the Company, as well as 88,425115,925 options. These options vest in four annual equal tranches of 25% starting for the first time as of the first anniversary of the date of grant. In 2016, Mr. Valerio was granted 23,989 options under the Option Plan to acquire depositary receipts issued for ordinary shares at an exercise price of € 6.08 per option. In 2017, Mr. Valerio was granted 32,164 options at an average exercise price of € 4.65 per option.

In 2018, Mr. Valerio was granted 27,500 options at an average exercise price of € 2.74 per option. On September 12, 2017, Mr. Valerio provided a convertible loan to Amylon Therapeutics B.V. This loan is interest-bearing at an average rate of 8% per annum and is convertible into a variable number of ordinary shares within 36 months at the option of the holder or the Company in case financing criteria are met. Any unconverted loans become payable on demand after 24 months in equal quarterly terms.

F-28F-32


 

Table of Contents

·

Mr. Termeer passed away on May 12, 2017. His full board fee was awarded post mortem.

·

Mr. Antoine Papiernik does not hold any shares or options in the Company. As a managing partner of Sofinnova Partners SAS, the management company of Sofinnova Capital VII FCPR, holder of 3,625,9252,764,194 ordinary shares, Mr. Papiernik may be deemed to have share voting and investment power with respect to such shares.

·

Ms. Lawton holds 68,97396,473 options. In 2015,2016, Ms. Lawton was granted 4,97023,989 options under the Option Plan to acquire depositary receipts issued for ordinary shares at an exercise price of € 16.10 per option. In 2016, she was granted 23,989 options with an exercise price of € 6.08 per option. In 2017, sheMs. Lawton was granted 32,164 options with an average exercise price of € 4.65 per option. In 2018, Ms. Lawton was granted 27,500 options with an average exercise price of € 2.74 per option. Under these option grants options vest in four annual equal tranches of 25% starting for the first time as of the first anniversary of the date of grant.

·

Mr. Paul Baart does not hold any shares or options in the Company.

·

Mr. James Shannon holds 61,538 ordinary shares in the Company and 65,23392,733 options. In 2016, heMr. Shannon was granted 33,069 options under the Option Plan to acquire depositary receipts issued for ordinary shares at an exercise price of € 4.32 per option. In 2017, heMr. Shannon was granted 32,164 options at an exercise price of € 4.65 per option. In 2018, Mr. Shannon was granted 27,500 options at an exercise price of € 2.74 per option. Under these option grants options vest in four annual equal tranches of 25% starting for the first time as of the first anniversary of the date of grant.

(b)   Compensation of key management

Our management board is supported by our officers, or senior management. The total remuneration of the management board and senior management in 2018 amounted to € 5,481,000 with the details set out in the table below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018

 

    

Short term

    

Post

    

 

    

 

 

 

employee

 

employment

 

Share-based

 

 

 

 

benefits

 

benefits

 

payment

 

Total

 

 

(€ in thousands)

Mr. D.A. de Boer1

 

 726

 

 9

 

668

 

1,403

Mr. R.K. Beukema2

 

809

 

16

 

464

 

1,289

Management Board

 

1,535

 

25

 

1,132

 

2,692

Senior Management

 

1,726

 

64

 

999

 

2,789

 

 

3,261

 

89

 

2,131

 

5,481


1

Short term employee benefits includes a bonus for Mr. Daniel de Boer, of € 281,000 based on goals realised in 2018.

2

Short term employee benefits includes a bonus for Mr. René Beukema, of € 134,000 based on goals realised in 2018 and a severance payment of € 324,000.

F-33


Table of Contents

The total remuneration of the management board and senior management in 2017 amounted to € 5,096,000 with the details set out in the table below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2017

 

    

Short term

    

Post

    

 

    

 

 

 

employee

 

employment

 

Share-based

 

 

 

 

benefits

 

benefits

 

payment

 

Total

 

 

(€ in thousands)

Mr. D.A. de Boer1

 

 570

 

 8

 

622

 

1,200

Mr. R.K. Beukema2

 

411

 

15

 

261

 

687

Management Board

 

981

 

23

 

883

 

1,887

Senior Management

 

1,719

 

66

 

1,424

 

3,209

 

 

2,700

 

89

 

2,307

 

5,096


1

Short term employee benefits includes a bonus for Mr. Daniel de Boer of € 217,000 based on goals realised in 2017.

2

Short term employee benefits includes a bonus for Mr. René Beukema of € 113,000 based on goals realised in 2017.

The total remuneration of the management board and senior management in 2016 amounted to € 3,038,000 with the details set out in the table below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2016

 

    

Short term

    

Post

    

 

    

 

 

 

employee

 

employment

 

Share-based

 

 

 

 

benefits

 

benefits

 

payment

 

Total

 

 

(€ in thousands)

Mr. D.A. de Boer1

 

 429

 

 7

 

391

 

827

Mr. R.K. Beukema2

 

346

 

13

 

165

 

524

Management Board

 

775

 

20

 

556

 

1,351

Senior Management

 

1,020

 

48

 

619

 

1,687

 

 

1,795

 

68

 

1,175

 

3,038


1

Short term employee benefits includes a bonus for Mr. Daniel de Boer of € 131,000 based on goals realised in 2016.

2

Short term employee benefits includes a bonus for Mr. René Beukema of € 76,000 based on goals realised in 2016.

F-29


Table of Contents

The total remuneration of the management board and senior management in 2015 amounted to € 2,420,000 with the details set out in the table below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015

 

    

Short term

    

Post

    

 

    

 

 

 

employee

 

employment

 

Share-based

 

 

 

 

benefits

 

benefits

 

payment

 

Total

 

 

(€ in thousands)

Mr. D.A. de Boer1

 

 397

 

 7

 

164

 

568

Mr. R.K. Beukema2

 

313

 

13

 

88

 

414

Management Board

 

710

 

20

 

252

 

982

Senior Management

 

943

 

27

 

468

 

1,438

 

 

1,653

 

47

 

720

 

2,420


1

Short term employee benefits includes a bonus for Mr. Daniel de Boer of € 100,000 based on goals realised in 2015.

2

Short term employee benefits includes a bonus for Mr. René Beukema of € 46,000 based on goals realised in 2015.

As at December 31, 2017:2018:

·

Mr. de Boer holds 1,152,293705,309 ordinary shares in the Company as well as 449,338828,623 options. In 2015,2016, Mr. de Boer was awarded a total number of 23,902129,727 options to acquire ordinary shares at € 16.10 per option. In 2016, he was awarded 129,727 options at an exercise price of € 6.64 per option. In 2017, heMr. de Boer was awarded 239,717 options at an exercise price of € 4.65 per option. In 2018, Mr. de Boer was awarded 379,285 options at an exercise price of € 2.74 per option. These options vest over four years in equal annual installments and had a remaining weighted-average contractual life of 8.38.1 years at December 31, 2017.2018.

·

Mr. Beukema holds 346,239 ordinary shares in the Company as well as 299,081440,013 options. In 2015,2016, Mr. Beukema was awarded 8,71350,608 options to acquire ordinary shares at € 16.10 per option. In 2016, he was awarded 50,608 options at an exercise price of € 6.64 per option. In 2017, heMr. Beukema was awarded 101,408 options at an exercise price of € 4.65 per option. In 2018, Mr. Beukema was awarded 140,932 options at an exercise price of € 2.74 per option. These options vest over four years in equal annual installments and had a remaining weighted-average contractual life of 7.37.2 years at December 31, 2017.2018. Mr. Beukema left the Company January 1, 2019.

ProQR does not grant any loans, advanced payments and guarantees to members of the Management and Supervisory Board.

F-34


Table of Contents

24. Auditor fees

The fees for services provided by our external auditor, Deloitte Accountants B.V., are specified below for each of the financial years indicated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

 

(€ in thousands)

 

(€ in thousands)

Audit fees

 

175

 

165

 

193

 

181

 

175

 

165

Audit-related fees

 

140

 

39

 

 —

 

261

 

140

 

39

Tax fees

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

All other fees

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

315

 

204

 

193

 

442

 

315

 

204

 

Audit fees

Consist of aggregate fees for professional services provided in connection with the annual audit of our financial statements, the review ofprocedures on our quarterly financial statements, consultations on accounting matters directly related to the audit, and comfort letters, consents and assistance with and review of documents filed with the SEC.

25. Subsequent events

On March 26, 2019, the Company announced the strategic spin out of the Dystrophic Epidermolysis Bullosa (DEB) activities into the newly formed company, Wings Therapeutics. This company is formed and financed by EB Research Partnership (EBRP), the largest global non-profit dedicating to treating and curing EB. Wings Therapeutics will focus on developing therapies for DEB and continue to conduct clinical trials with QR-313 in exon 73 as well as progress other RNA molecules that are designed for other mutations that cause DEB. ProQR has a minority stake in Wings Therapeutics and will be eligible for milestone and royalty rights to commercial products. The financial impact on the Company is estimated to be immaterial. 

F-30


Table of Contents

25. Subsequent events

In January 2018, ProQR announced a research collaboration with Galapagos, where the Company’s Axiomer technology will be applied to certain fibrosis targets identified by Galapagos. The Axiomer platform may be applicable to more than 20,000 disease-causing mutations. The Company plans to develop its Axiomer platform in select therapeutic areas and continue to validate and create value for this novel technology through licensing, partnering and other strategic relationships.

In February 2018, the Company entered into a partnership with Foundation Fighting Blindness in which ProQR will receive up to $7.5 million  (€6.3 million) in funding from FFB for the pre-clinical and clinical development of QR-421a for Usher syndrome type 2A targeting mutations in exon 13.

F-31F-35